Denville Scientific Inc. Catalog

teRMS & cONDitiONS

Net 30 days for credit approved accounts. American Express, Visa and Mastercard accepted. We also accept checks and money orders. FOB South Plainfield, N.J.,USA. Shipping Charges are prepaid and added to invoice. An interest charge of 1.5% per month will be added to overdue invoices.

Information contained herein is not to be considered binding as to illustrations, prices, or specifications. Information is effective Jan. 1, 2005 and subject tochange without notice. Prices are in U.S. Dollars.

MiNiMUM ORDeR:

Although we do not have a minimum order requirement, orders below $35.00 are subject to a handling charge of $10.00 (or the difference between $35.00and the amount of the order, whichever is less.)

gOveRNMeNt cUStOMeRS:

• NIH Blanket Purchase Order (BPA) #263-00041696-09-BPA/G

ShiPPiNg iNFORMatiON:

Most shipments are sent via second day service. Items over 25lbs are sent via ground service. Items over 70lbs are sent via common carrier. Customers may selectother shipping methods. Please state your preference.

To keep pace with emerging technological trends, we rely heavily upon sug ges tions and feed -

back from re search ers. By listening to our cus tom ers, we have been able to develop countless new

products and en hance ments. Chanc es are your lab is currently using one or more of Denville's

innovations such as benchtop tube coolers, chemiluminescent detection spray, extended length

pipette tips or block in cu ba tors for microtubes.

Since 1979, Denville Scientific has been providing biore searchlab o ra to ries with innovative, cost-effective prod ucts andtech ni cal so lu tions de signed to improve lab o ra to ry efficiency,safety and results. Our emphasis on quality, value and customersatisfaction has served our cus tom ers and our company well. Asa result of our recent growth, we have expanded our facilities,our staff and our product line to serve you better. In addition toour traditional line of liquid handling prod ucts, our new catalogoffers detailed de scrip tions and il lus tra tions on hun dreds ofnew items, many of which demonstrate our commitment topreserving the en vi ron ment. Our knowl edge able sales staffwel comes your ques tions and com ments.

We want to thank our loyal customers for their support andpa tron age and we welcome those who may be seeing ourcatalog for the first time. We recognize the vital nature of yourresearch and we realize the sig nif i cance of our sup port ing role asa "supplier to science". As bio med i cal research moves forwardthrough a promising new century, we, at Denville, remainfirmly ded i cat ed to providing the scientific com mu ni tywith the finest tools and finest ser vice avail able.

RetURNS: Returns are accepted only with prior authorization. A ReturnAu tho ri za tion Number (RA#) must be obtained and then clearly marked onthe return ship ping carton. Special order items are not returnable. Unlessotherwise specified, returns should be sent to: Denville Scientific, Inc. 3005Hadley Road South Plainfield, NJ 07080 USA

WaRRaNty & SeRvice: All equipment valued above $3000.00 is coveredby 12 months on-site service warranty within the Continental United States.Other equipment requiring service during the normal 12 months warrantyperiod, will be repaired or replaced at our option. Return of such equipmentmust be authorized prior to ship ment.

orderingUS AND INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS:

PhONe: 800-453-0385 or 908-757-7577

Fax: 908-757-7551

e-Mail: [email protected]

Mail: Denville Scientific, inc., P.O. Box 4588,

Metuchen, N.J. 08840-4588, USa

lOg ON: www.densci.com

centrifugesandcentrifugetubes

page 3

tissueculture

page 165

page 79

electrophoresisandautoradiography

page 27

MolecularBiology Kits andReagents

page 111 page 123page 97MolecularBiologyequipmentand Supplies

generalconsumables

page 147Sample Storageand handling

contents

PipettingSystems andtips

R e S e a R c h e q U i P M e N t a N D P l a S t i c S

general labequipment

page 47

hotplates&Stirrers■ Corrosion resistant ceramic top■ 380°C maximum temperature■ 60 to 1500 rpm

see general lab equipment section

shake, rock &roll■ Orbital and reciprocal shakers■ Platform rockers■ 3-D and low profile rollers


slide spinner Centrifuge■ Holds 2 microarray slides■ Liquid spins off, captured in

cassettesee centrifuge section

8&12 channel pipettes

■ Lightweight Body■ Rotating manifold■ Individual precision pistons■ Curved, low force ejector bar

see pipetting systems section

Incublock™

Microtube Incubators■ Ambient to 150°C (±0.5°C)■ Precision contoured wells

for uniform thermal transfer■ All digital controls and displays


■ RNA Mini Purification■ DNA PCR Purification■ DNA Gel Extraction■ DNA Plasmid Mini Prep■ DNA Plasmid Maxi Prep

see kits section

a selection of the hundreds of

new products featured throughout

centrifuges;page 3

electrophoresis;page 27

general lab equip;page 47

general consumables;page 79

Mini Mouse Micro Centrifuges Bench-top Centrifuges

Refrigerated Centrifuges Rotors Flip-Top Microtubes Screw-Cap Microtubes

Ultracentrifuge Tubes Conical Centrifuge Tubes Culture Tubes

R E S E A R C H E Q U I P M E N T A N D P L A S T I C S

Centrifuges & Centrifuge Tubes

pages 3-26

Centrifuges

1-800-453-03854




molecular biologyequip/supplies; page 97

■ Quiet & compact

■ Spins multiple micro sample tube sizes

■ Ideal for Quick Spin-downs

■ Fast Starting & Stopping

This personal mini centrifuge is ideal for quick spin downof micro sample sizes. With a clear lid and an electronicsafety cut-off, samples can safely be observed at all times.

The centrifuge quickly accelerates to maximum speed(6,600 rpm / 2,200 rcf ) and stops within seconds when thelid is opened or the unit is turned off. The sophisticatedmotor mounting system provides quiet, vibration-freeoperation.

All centrifuges include a round rotor with capacity for sixstandard micro sample tubes (1.5 ml to 2.0 ml) as well asa strip tube rotor for 2 x 8 PCR strips or sixteen individual0.2 ml tubes. Additional adapters are also included for 0.4-0.5 ml tubes. The rotors can be easily interchanged withina matter of seconds..

Mini Mouse II Microcentrifuge

Up to 8x1.5 ml

•

Cat. No. Description Price

C0801-N MiniMouse II Minifuge with 8x 1.5 ml/2 ml rotor & 0.2 ml rotor for $305.00

strip & tubes, 0.5 ml and 0.4 ml adapters, blue lid

C0801-NC MiniMouse II Minifuge, as shown above, with clear lid 305.00

C0801-NT MiniMouse II Minifuge, as shown above, with teal lid 305.00

C0801-NP MiniMouse II Minifuge, as shown above, with purple lid 305.00

C0801-NR MiniMouse II Minifuge, as shown above, with red lid 305.00

SPECIFICATIONS:RPM: 6,600 rpmRCF: 2,200 x gMax Capacity - Microtube Rotor: 8 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubesPCR Strip rotor: 2 x 8-strips or

16 x 0.2 ml tubesDimensions (WxDxH): 5 x 5.4 x 3.9 in.

(12.6 x 13.8 x 10 cm)Operating Temp. Range: +4°C to 50°C

Slide Spinner Centrifuge■ Holds 2 microarray slides

■ liquid spins off, captured in cassette

This new mini-centrifuge has a special rotor designed to hold 2 microarray slides in removable cassettes. During atypical 10 second spin, liquid is pulled off the slide surface and is retrieved in the bottom of the cassette for easydiscarding. Ideal for use after microarray hybridization or washing; the dried slide is then ready for scanning.

The Slide Spinner comes with the slide rotor and 2 cassettes. The drive system has been optimized for the ideal speedfor rapidly drying the slide without splashing. Please note: the Slide Spinner rotor is not available separately for usewith any other centrifuges.


C1183 Slide Spinner centrifuge $510.00

C1183-C Extra cassettes, pk of 2 93.00

Centrifuges

www.densci.com 5

kits & reagents;page 111

sample storage andhandling; page 147

pipetting systems &tips; page 123

tissue culture;page 165

Unlike traditional mini centrifuges, the newMyFUGE™ 12 eliminates the need to changerotors when switching between microtubesand PCR strips. The included, uniqueCOMBI-Rotor™ is all that is required forrunning 12 microtubes and 4 PCR stripssimultaneously. With a fixed speed thatproduces 2,000 x g, this centrifuge is perfectfor quick spin downs. Simply close the lidand the unit quickly ramps up to 5500 rpm.Open the lid, and the rotor quicklydecelerates for removal of samples. At just5.5 in. wide and less than 4.5 in. tall, theMyFUGE™ 12 truly is a personal centrifugewith unmatched capacity and flexibiilty.

■ Incredibly quiet / brushless motor

■ cold room compatible

■ Quick spin feature

■ compact (9 x 11 in. footprint)

With state-of-the-art digital brushless tech nol o gy, theDenville 260D provides all of the most request ed fea tures ina single, af ford able microcentrifuge. The 260D may be usedin a cold room and its autoclavable rotors have a clear cov erthat “snaps” on or off easily with one hand. The 45° anglerotors ac cept all types of 1.5 ml to 2.2 ml tubes, in clud ingscrew top and self-stand ing “skirt ed” tubes.

The 260D is completely self-cooling, and is the quietestcentrifuge in its class. It may be used for timed or momentaryspins, generating up to 16,000 x g (14,000 rpm). Two yearwarranty.

■ comBI-rotor™ for tubes and strips

■ twice the capacity of traditional minicentrifuges

■ nearly silent operation

■ Starts & stops with opening/closingof the lid

SPECIFICATIONSSpeed/ Max. RCF: 500 to 14,000 rpm/16,000 x gSpeed increments 100 rpmAcceleration/De cel er a tion: 13 sec./10 sec.Timer: 0.5 to 99 min utes with holdNoise level: 55 dBADi men sions (WxDxH): 9x11x7.5 in. (23x29x19 cm)Weight: 13 lbs. / 5.9 kg

SPECIFICATIONSSpeed: 5,500 rpm / 2,000 x gCapacity: 12 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml tubes,

32 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes, 4 x PCR strips (8x0.2 ml)

Dimensions: 5.5 x 7.9 x 4.4 in, 14 x 20 x 11.2 cm

Weight: 2.1 lbs. / 5 kg

Up to 24x1.5 ml

•

Denville™ 260D Microcentrifuge

18 tube rotor


C0812 MyFUGE™ Mini Centrifuge, with COMBI-Rotor for 12 microtubes $349.00

and PCR strips/tubes

C0812-A5 Adapters, 0.5 ml, pk of 6 19.00

C0812-A2 Adapters, 0.2 ml, pk of 6 19.00

24 tube rotor

Up to 12x1.5 ml

•


C0260-18 Microcentrifuge w/18 tube angle rotor, 14,000 rpm max. $1,495.00

C0260-24 Microcentrifuge w/24 tube angle rotor, 14,000 rpm max. 1,650.00

(two rows of 12 tubes)

C0160-SS StripSpin adapter for Denville 18 place rotor, fits 18 place rotor of 260D only 95.00

C1205 Adapters for 0.5 ml tubes, pkg/6, for 18 or 24 tube rotor 32.00

C1206 Adapters for 0.4 ml tubes, pkg/6, for 18 or 24 tube rotor 32.00

C1236V-20X Replacement/extra rotor cover, fits18 tube and 24 tube angle rotors 32.00

Unique COMBI-Rotor Compact, low profile design

Denville™ MyFUGE™12

Centrifuges

1-800-453-03856





SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range 500 rpm to 13,300 rpmMaximum RCF 16,300 x gMaximum capacity 24 x 1.5/2.0 mlTimer 0 to 30 minutes or continuous� Quick� button for momentary

operationDimensions (W x D x H) 9.25 x 11.5 x 8.5 in./

23.5 x 29.3 x 21.6 cmWeight 18 lbs./8.1 kg

■ extremely Quiet

■ digital display

■ Quick Spin Feature

■ 24 Place rotor

■ 13,300 rPm (16,300 x g)

■ cold room Safe

■ two year Warranty

SPECIFICATIONS:Capacity: 2 PCR PlatesRotor Speed: 2500 rpmG-Force: 500 x gRotor: Fixed VerticallyDimensions (W x D x H): 7.5 x 8.2 x 7.2 in.

19 x 21 x 18.3 cmWeight: 6 lbs. / 3 kg

■ Quickly Spin down droplets andcondensation

■ Use before and after thermal cycling toincrease Pcr yield

■ accepts skirted, non-skirted and allstandard Pcr plates

■ less than 1⁄4 the size of most platecentrifuges

Up to 2x PCRplates

MPS1000™ Mini Plate Spinner

Before

After

Up to 24x1.5 ml

•

Smallfootprint

•


C0265-24 300D Digital Microcentrifuge w/24 tube angle rotor, 13,300 rpm max. $2,195.00

C1205 Adapters for 0.5 ml tubes for 18 or 24 tube rotor, pkg/6 32.00

C1206 Adapters for 0.4 ml tubes for 18 or 24 tube rotor, pkg/6 32.00

C1222 Adapters for 0.2 ml single PCR tubes for 18 or 24 tube rotor, pkg/6 32.00

Denville™ 300D Microcentrifuge

The 300D features precise digital microprocessor control. This centrifuge is loaded with features, yet has a pricelow enough to make it the most economical high performance microcentrifuge on the market. A newlydesigned, easy-access 24 x 1.5 ml rotor is supplied with the 300D. This innovative rotor places the tubes on aplateau, where the user can easily grip their tops. The powerful brushless motor quickly accelerates the rotorto a maximum speed of 13,300 rpm/16,300 x g. The controls are simple, consisting of only two knobs. The lastrun settings remain in memory allowing for repetitive centrifuging without resetting of parameters. Extremelyquiet and cool running, this unit has a small footprint.

The MPS1000 mini plate spinner is 75% smaller than most plate centrifuges and accepts skirted, non-skirtedand all standard PCR plates. Quickly spins down droplets and condensation. Use before and after thermalcycling to improve PCR yield.


C1000 Mini Plate Spinner centrifuge with two position rotor, 120 V $625.00

C1000-230V Mini Plate Spinner centrifuge with two position rotor, 230 V $625.00

Centrifuges

www.densci.com 7





SPECIFICATIONS:Prism

™Air

Speed Range: 500 to 15,000 rpm Maximum RCF: 21,200 x g Maximum capacity: 24 x 1.5/2.0 ml Timer: 0.5 to 99 min or continuous Dimensions (WxDxH): 9.45x13.8x7.48 in.

24 x 35 x 19 cmWeight: 21 lbs. / 9.6 kg

Prism™

R

Speed Range: 500 to 13,500 rpmMaximum RCF: 17,135 x gTemp. Range: -10°C to 40°CTimer: 0.5 to 99 min or continuousDimensions (WxDxH): 10.9 x 17 x 9.75 in.

27.7 x 43 x 24.75 cmWeight: 44 lbs. / 20 kg

■ optional StripSpin™ adapter for 0.2 mltubes and strips

■ Includes easy access rotor (24 x 1.5 ml)up to 17,135 x g

■ Prism™ air-cooled microcentrifuge:unique multi-Flow air cooling technology

■ Prism™ r refrigerated microcentrifuge:powerful refrigeration system, Quick-cool to 4°c in 8 min.


C2500-R Prism™ Air Microcentrifuge with 24 place rotor, 120 V $1,995.00

C2500-R Prism™R Refrigerated Microcentrifuge with 24 place rotor, 115 V 4,995.00

C2500-R-230V Prism™R Refrigerated Microcentrifuge with 24 place rotor, 230 V 4,995.00

C2500-RC1 Rotor Cover w/clasp 39.00

C2500-SS StripSpin Adapter for 2x PCR strips or 16x 0.2 ml tubes 90.00

C1205 Individual adapters for 0.5/0.6 ml tubes, pk of 6 32.00

C1222 Individual adapters for 0.2 ml thermal cycling tubes, pk of 6 32.00


Prism™ High Speed Microcentrifuges

Up to 24x1.5 ml

•

Development of the Prism™ high-speed microcentrifuges started with feedback from our thousands of LifeScience customers worldwide. We summarized this feedback and put our design and development teams towork to create an easy-to-use, high performance centrifuge in a modern and attractive form. Our new frictionfit lid latching system combines reliability and safety with easy operation. The updated control panel with asingle large control knob and easy to read LCD provides an intuitive interface for operation. Speed (in RPM orG-Force) and run time can be quickly and accurately set, and actual speed and time remaining are displayedduring a run. A momentary spin function is activated by pressing and holding the quick key.

The Prism™ uniquely designed 24-place rotor allows easy access to the tops of sample tubes, allowing for fasterwork flow. The individual tube slots in the solid rotor support tubes along their length to eliminate tubedeformation or cracking even at the highest speed settings. In the event of a tube failure,tube pieces and samples are contained within the sample well. The rotor is designed tohold all standard 1.5/2.0 ml tubes (both conical bottom and skirted), and the snap on lidoffers space for micro-filter filters that fit into the tops of the tubes. Adapters are availablefor processing smaller tubes, and our exclusive StripSpin Adapter fits onto the top of therotor for centrifuging standard 8-tube PCR strips. The rotor is seated on a tapered shaftwhich facilitates easy removal of the rotor for cleaning and autoclaving.

The Prism™ Air-Cooled Microcentrifuge offers a maximum speed of 15,000 rpm / 21,200 x g for very efficientseparation of nucleic acids and protein samples. Quick acceleration and deceleration reduce processing time,and our unique multi-flowair cooling system keeps the rotor and samples close to ambient temperature withminimal noise.

The new Prism™ R Refrigerated Microcentrifuge is quickly becoming the benchmark in the refrigeratedmicrocentrifuge category. In spite of its remarkably small footprint, the Prism™ R has a powerful cooling capacityand brushless motor. The powerful refrigeration system maintains temperatures as low as -10°C and is designedto reach 4°C (from room temperature) in less than 8 minutes. The brushless motor drive quickly and effortlesslyaccelerates the rotor to set speed. A computer designed isolation system ensures vibration free operation, evenwith a slight imbalance. The Prism™ R is also equipped with an imbalance detection system that automaticallyshuts down operation in the event of a significant imbalance.

StripSpin adapter

Prism™ Air

Prism™ R

Centrifuges

1-800-453-03858






C0216-MK Z 216 MK Refrigerated Microcentrifuge, 115 V $5,678.50

C0216-MK-230VZ 216 MK Refrigerated Microcentrifuge, 230 V 5,678.50

C0216-24 Rotor, 24 x 1.5 ml/2.0 ml 613.50

C0216-24H Rotor, 24 x 1.5 ml/2.0 ml (Aerosol Tight) 962.50

C0216-30H Rotor, 30 x 1.5 ml/2.0 ml (Aerosol Tight) 996.25

C0216-44 Rotor, 44 x 1.5 ml/2.0 ml 719.25

C0216-48 Rotor, 24 x 1.5 ml/24 x 2.0 ml 852.25

C0216-64 Rotor, 64 x 0.5 ml 903.25




■ Up to 44 x 1.5 mlcapacity

■ High speed - up to15,000 rpm/ 21,380 x g

■ Whisper quiet brushlessinduction drive

■ automatic g-force conversionprogram

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 250 rpm to 15,000 rpmMaximum RCF: 21,380 x gMaximum capacity: 44 x 1.5/ 2.0 mlTimer: 1 to 99 minutes or continuous

“Quick” button for momentary operation

Dimensions (W x D x H): 11 x 14.6 x 10.25 in./28 x 37 x 26 cm

Weight: 33 lbs./15 kg

■ Small footprint; highcapacity

■ Quick-cool feature

■ Up to 21,380 x g

■ Stores programs & calculates g-force

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 200 rpm to 15,000 rpmMaximum RCF: 21,380 x gTemperature range: -20°C to +40°CTimer: 10 sec. to 99 hr. 59 min.Dimensions (W x D x H): 10.9 x 11.6 x 21.3 in.

28 x 29 x 54 cmWeight - 77 lbs./35 kg

Up to

44x1.5 ml

Up to

44x1.5 ml

The Z216MK sets a new standard in therefrigerated microcentrifuge category. In spite ofits remarkably small footprint, the Z216 MK has apowerful brushless in duc tion motor and coolingcapacity to spare. A newly designed LCD controlpanel provides intuitive control over all operatingparameters, including the new “Quick-COOL”feature, for rapidly cooling down the rotorchamber. (Cools to 4°C in less than 12minutes). The brushless in duc tion motorpowers samples to speeds above 21,000 x g andsix available rotor options permit running a variety oftubes from 0.2 to 2.0 ml. Capacity is unmatched with aunique 44 position rotor.

The Z233M-2 was designed to be themost versatile microcentrifuge available. A mi cro -pro ces sor and brushless in duc tion drive makethe Z233M-2 the ul ti mate in high per for mance.Operating parameters, including speed/g-forceand run time are set using easy to turn knobswhile their values are shown on large digitaldisplays. Both rpm and g-force can be displayedduring a run. Ac cel eration and de cel er a tionrates can be set at fast or slow. Mo men taryspins are achieved by press ing the quickbutton. A rugged housing, heavy duty lid lockand hinge and stain less steel bowl makes theZ233M-2 mi cro cen tri fug e durable workhorse.

Z216MK Refrigerated Microcentrifuge

Z233M-2 Microcentrifuge


C0233-M2 Z233M-2 Ambient Microcentrifuge, without rotor $2,694.00

C0230-2A Angle rotor, 24 x 1.5 ml, max 15,000 rpm/21,380 x g 517.25

C0230-9A Angle rotor, 44 x 1.5 ml, max 14,000 rpm/18,400 x g 646.75

C0230-55A Angle rotor, 48 place: 24 x 1.5 ml and 24 x 0.5 ml, max 14,000 rpm/18,400 x g 646.75

C0230-2AH Angle rotor, 24 x 1.5 ml with hermetically sealable lid 971.25




Centrifuges

www.densci.com 9





Z100A Clinical Centrifuge■ Ideal for doctor’s offices and clinics

■ For blood, urine and cell separations

■ Variable speed, 1000 to 4000 rpm (1900 x g)

■ Built in timer

■ Sealing lid cuts power when opened

The economical Z100A is designed for routine separations in medical laboratories. The included 6 x 15 ml anglerotor accepts 15 ml tubes directly. Smaller tubes (such as 5 ml, 7 ml and 10 ml) can all be accommodated usingthe accessory adapter kit.


C0100 Centrifuge with 6 x 15 ml rotor $495.00

C0200-17A Adapter kit, pk of 6 adapters for 5, 7 and 10 ml tubes. 92.25

Spectrafuge 6C Clinical Centrifuge■ Ideal for doctor’s offices and clinics

■ For blood, urine and cell separations

■ Variable speed, 300 to 6000 rpm (4000 x g)

■ PPP and PrP separations in 2 minutes

■ accepts all common tubes (from 5 to 15 ml)

The Spectrafuge 6C has been designed for quick production of PPP (platelet poor plasma) and PRP (platelet richplasma) as well as other applications in the clinical and research laboratory.

The removable rotor of the Spectrafuge 6C accepts 6 x 15 ml tubes, and with the adapters, will accommodate allcommon blood draw tubes. The variable speed allows for a variety of applications to be performed. A timercontrols operation from 30 seconds to 30 minutes. The time can also be set to continuous, by selecting the “On”position, or to momentary, by pressing and holding the start knob.

The control panel of the centrifuge features easy to turn knobs and large digital displays for time and speed.During operation of the centrifuge, the lid is locked. Once the rotor has come to a stop, both the time andspeed displays flash “00” to signify that the run has been completed. The lid can now be opened by pressingthe lid knob.

A small footprint allows the Spectrafuge 6C to fit on even the most crowded bench. Its rugged constructionwill provide years of trouble free operation. The centrifuge can be operated on the bench or in a cold room.


C0060 Centrifuge with 6 x 15 ml rotor $895.00

C0200-17A Adapter kit, pk of 6 adapters for 5, 7 and 10 ml tubes 92.25

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed / Max RCF: 1,000 to 4,000 rpm / 1,900 x gTimer: 0-30 minutes with "Hold”Rotor angle: 45°Dimensions (LxWxH): 10.5 x 13.4 x 9.8 inWeight: 12 lbs. / 5.5 kg

Up to 6x15 ml

•

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed/ Max. RCF: 300 to 6,500 rpm (4,000 x g)Speed Increments: 100 rpmTimer: 0.5-30 minutes with "hold"Rotor angle: 30°Dimensions: [WxDxH] 8.25 x 9.5 x 7 inWeight: 8.5 lbs./4 kg.

Up to 6x15 ml

•

*Capacity may vary based on serum volume.

Centrifuges

1-800-453-038510





■ High Swing-out capacity, up to 8 x 50 ml or 12 x 15 ml

■ compact design, under 16 in. wide

■ Permanent indication of preset andactual values

■ 10 acceleration and decelerationrates

■ advanced controls, radiuscorrection, rotor identification, etc.

Z306 and Refrigerated Z326K Centrifuges

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed / Max RCF: 200 to 6000 rpm / 4,185 x gTimer: 10 seconds to 99 minutesDimensions (WxDxH): 11 x 14.6 x 10.2 in.Weight: 30 lbs. / 14 kg.

■ compact (11 x 14.6 in. footprint)

■ High Speed (up to 6000 rpm)

■ Speeds as low as 200 rpm (20 x g)

■ Brushless motor is whisper quiet

■ digital microprocessor control

Up to 24x1.5 ml

•

Hermle Z206A Multi-purpose Centrifuge

SPECIFICATIONS:Maximum Speed / RCF:

Z306: 13,500 rpm / 17,319 x gZ326K: 18,000 rpm / 23,545 x g

Maximum Capacity: 4 x 100 mlTimer: 10 sec. to 99 min.Temperature Range: -10°C to +40°C (Z326K only)Program Storage: Up to 99Dimensions:

Z306: 14 x 13 x 18.5 in. / 35 x 33 x 47 cmZ326K: 16 x 19 x 14 in. / 41 x 48 x 36 cm

Weight:Z306: 60 lbs. / 27 kgZ326K: 132 lbs. / 60 kg

Z306

Z326K

Up to 8x50 ml

•


C0306 Z306 Universal Centrifuge $4,708.00

C0326K Z326K Refrigerated Centrifuge 6,850.50

See rotors and accessories section on pages 14-16

These high performance centrifuges accept a variety of rotors for tube sizes up to 100 ml. High speed and g-force ratings expand the use of these centrifuges to a range of applications in areas such as molecular biologyand basic research.

A powerful microprocessor provides control over all operating parameters. Both actual and set values can beviewed at all times on the large LCD display. Braking intensity, radius correction and program storage are justa few of the many programming functions available on the Z306 and Z326K centrifuges.

A continuous air flow system maintains sample temperature in the chamber of the Z306 and Z326K centrifuges.from rising significantly above ambient. The powerful refrigeration system in the Z326K can cool all rotors below4°C, even at maximum speed. The new Quick-COOL feature rapidly cools the chamber down to the desiredtemperature, at the touch of a button. Safety features incorporated into the Z306 and Z326K series includeautomatic rotor recognition / overspeed protection, imbalance sensors and self diagnostics.


C0206-A Z206A Centrifuge without rotor $1,794.25

C0200-96 Angle rotor, 12 x 15 ml, 28° angle, 6,000 rpm/4,180 x g 539.75

C0200-17A Adapter kit, pk of 6 adapters for 5, 7 and 10 ml tubes 92.25

C0200-97 *Angle rotor 6 x 50 ml, 28° angle, 6,000 rpm/3,820 x g maximum 730.00

C0232-8B Adapters, 15 ml conical or round in 50 ml rotor, pk of 6 104.00

C0232-9B Adapters for 7 ml round in 50 ml rotor, pk of 6 104.00

C0200-18 *Swing-out rotor, 6 x 5 ml, 3,500 rpm/1,420 x g maximum 567.75

C0200-1 Angle rotor, 18 x 1.5 ml, 6,000 rpm/2,930 x g maximum 398.25

*Adapters for other tube sizes also available.

The Z206A can be used with any of fouroptional rotors. There are three angle rotors (6x 50 ml, 12 x 15 ml and 18 x 1.5 ml) for up to6000 rpm and one swing-out (6 x 5 ml) for up to3500 rpm. Speeds can be selected in rpm or rcfin increments of 10. Acceleration and brakingcan be adjusted to any of 10 preset levels.

Centrifuges

www.densci.com 11





Z400 and Refrigerated Z400K

■ 4 x 500 ml maximum capacity

■ maximum speed 13,500 rpm/17,310 x g

■ High capacity rotors

■ automatic rotor recognition

■ microprocessor control with g-force conversion program

■ multiple swing out and angle rotoroptions

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 250 rpm to 13,500 rpmMaximum RCF: 17,310 x gMaximum capacity: 4 x 500 mlTimer: 1 to 60 minutes or continuous


Temperature range (Z400K): -10° to +40°CDimensions (W x D x H)Z400: 16.1 x 22.2 x 14.8 in./

41 x 56.5 x 37.5 cmZ400K: 29.1 x 22.8 x 13.4 in./

74 x 58 x 34 cmWeightZ400: 121 lbs./55 kgZ400K: 174 lbs./79 kg

Up to 4x500 ml

•

Multiple swing-out and angle rotor options make the Z400 series cen tri fug es useful for a wide range ofap pli ca tions from molecular and cellular biology to microplate tech nol o gy and blood separations.

The microprocessor based controls are designed for quick and easy programming. Parameters are set withknobs while their values are shown on large digital displays. To prevent ac ci den tal change, the knobs arein ac ti vat ed during a run unless the preset key is depressed.

Both the Z400 and Z400K feature main te nance-free, in duc tion drives for ex cep tion al ly quiet and smooth op -er a tion. Safety features include an elec tron ic lid lock, im bal ance sensors and a rotor recogni tion pro gram thatau to mat i cal ly limits each rotor to its max i mum rated speed. G-force conversion software allows for setting anddisplay of speed in rpm or RCF. Ac cel er a tion and de cel er a tion rates can be set at fast or slow.

A continuous flow of ambient air through the rotor chamber of the Z400 prevents sample temperature fromrising sig nif i cant ly above ambient, even during extended runs. The powerful refrigeration system in the Z400Kcan maintain all of the available rotors at or below 4°C, even at maximum speed.


C0400 Z400 Universal Centrifuge $4,606.25

C0400-K Z400K Refrigerated Universal Centrifuge 7,305.75


12

The Z383 series accepts tubes up to 500 ml in a variety of swing out and angle rotors. In addition, the centrifugeswill accept a variety of high speed angle rotors for tubes up to 85 ml. High speed capabilities and large capacityrotors make the Z383 and Z383K the ul ti mate in intelligent centrifuges.

The Z383 series op er at ing system is based on ad vanced, easy to use mi cro pro ces sor control and rotor rec og -ni tion. Feedback systems au to mat i cal ly limit each rotor to its rated maximum speed. A cen trif u gal radiuscor rec tion function com pen sates for various tubes, adapters and inserts so that an extremely accurate g-valueis cal cu lat ed and displayed. The hybrid control panel com bines modern mi cro pro ces sor control and easy turnknobs. All pa ram e ters are en tered with knobs while their values are dis played digitally. Re pet i tive runs aresimple - just press the start key. Up to ten pro grams can be stored in memory and recalled.

The brushless induction drives in these cen tri fug es are powerful, yet extremely quiet. The motors accelerate allrotors to speed quickly. Braking level is fully adjustable.

A powerful refrigeration system in the Z383K main tains all rotors at or below 4°C, even at maximum speed. Theprecool function cools the rotor and cen tri fuge before a run to protect temper a ture sensitive samples


C0383 Z383 High Capacity Centrifuge, without rotor $6,141.25

C0383-K Z383K High Capacity Refrigerated Centrifuge, w/o rotor 9,667.50


SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 200 rpm to 17,000 rpmMaximum RCF: 26,810 x gMaximum capacity: 4 x 500 mlTimer: 1 to 60 minutes or continuous


Temperature range (Z383K): -10° to +40°CDimensions (W x D x H):Z383: 18.9 x 23.6 x 14.7 in./

48 x 60 x 38 cmZ383K: 29.5 x 23.6 x 14.7 in./

75 x 60 x 38 cmWeight:Z383: 132 lbs./60 kgZ383K: 264 lbs./120 kg

■ 4 x 500 ml maximum capacity

■ maximum speed 17,000 rpm/ 26,810 x g

■ 10 levels of braking intensity

■ automatic rotor recognition

■ microprocessor control with g-forceconversion and program memory

■ multiple swing out, angle and highspeed rotor options

Up to 4x500 ml

•

Z383 and Refrigerated Z383K

Centrifuges

1-800-453-0385





Centrifuges

■ Up to 30,000 rpm/65,390 x g

■ Stores up to 99 programs

■ Pre-cooling capability

■ Quiet, brushless drive

■ Versatility, 10 rotor optionscombining Speed and capacity

■ High Speed, Up to 29,068 x g

■ new modern design with easyoperation control panel and lcddisplay

■ Surprisingly compact with 1.5 litercapacity (6x250 ml)

With the new Hermle Z36HK, the high cost, large spacerequirements and inconvenience of high speed

floor model centrifuges are all eliminated. Thebenchtop Z36HK has 9 rotor options and

generates speeds up to 30,000 rpmwith RCFs up to 65,390 x g.

Advanced microprocessor based controlsare easy to use, easy to program and allow

quick, direct access to parameters. Speeds can beselected in rpm or g-force and the display shows‘selected’ as well as ‘actual’ values. It can storeprograms with various accel/decel rates, speeds,

times and temperatures or a run can be instantlyinitiated by pressing the ‘quick’ button.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 200 rpm to 30,000 rpmMaximum RCF: 65,390 x gMaximum capacity: 6 x 250 mlTimer: 0-99 hour or continuousIncrements: 10 sec. or 1 min.Temperature range: -10° to +40°CDimensions (W x D x H) 28 x 20 x 16.5 in./

71 x 51 x 42 cmWeight 200 lbs./90 kg

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 200 rpm to 20,000 rpm Maximum RCF: 29,068 x g Maximum capacity: 6 x 250 ml (Angle) Timer: 0-99 hour or continuousIncrements: Selection of speed, g-force and

time in increments of 10Dimensions (W x D x H) 17 x 20 x 15 in./

43 x 51 x 38 cmAccel. / Decel. Rates: 10Program Storage: 99Noise Level: Less than 60 dBA


C0036-HK Z36HK High speed refrigerated benchtop centrifuge $12,648.75


www.densci.com 13





UP TO

65,390 X G

Z36HK Extra High Speed Centrifugehigh speed (65,000 x g) with refrigeration, right at the bench

Z366 High Speed CentrifugeThe new Z366 centrifuge is the most versatileambient centrifuge in the Hermle family. Withhigh capacity (6x250 ml) and high speed(29,068 x g), the Z366 model is the idealambient centrifuge for any lab. The Z366 offers7 high speed angle rotors, a 4x250 ml swingout rotor, and a 2x3 microplate rotor.

The new distinctly modern controlpanel features a large LCD display.The adjustment knob allows for quickand easy setting of all operatingparameters, including speed (rpm orrcf ), run time (up to 99 hours),andmore. The new rotor recognitionsystem recognizes the rotor as soonas the centrifuge lid is closed. Therotor number is displayed and allsetings are limited to the maxspecifications of that rotor.


C0366 Z366 High Speed Centrifuge $5,281.00


Up to 6x250 ml

•

Centrifuge Rotors

1-800-453-038514





4 x 500 ml swing-out rotor14 x 100 ml swing-out rotor1

20 x 15 ml swing-out rotor

6 x 85 ml high speed angle rotor

Cat. # C0382-78 $2,555.75Cat. # C0382-78H* $3,038.25Fits: Z383/ Z383K - 15,000 rpm/25,900 x g

Centrifugal radius: 10.3 cm

Adapters: Pack of 2C0360-94A 50 ml, round $123.50C0360-94B 30 ml, 90-103 mm 123.50C0360-94C 15 ml, round 123.50C0360-94D 50 ml conical 123.50C0360-94X 15 ml, conical 123.50*Hermetically sealed version




Adapters: Pack of 2C0360-91C 30 ml, 92/95 mm long $123.50C0360-91A 16 ml, 105 mm long 123.50C0232-8B 15 ml conical/round, pk 6 104.00C0232-9B 7 ml, pk 6 104.00*Hermetically sealed version




Adapters: Pack of 2C0360-76A 15 ml $123.50C0360-76C 16 ml 123.50*Hermetically sealed version

Cat. # C0326-72C (with buckets) $1,704.25Cat. # C0326-72 (w/o buckets) $1,292.50Fits: Z306 - 4,000 rpm/2,486 x g

Z326K - 5,000 rpm/3,885 x g

Centrifugal radius: 14 cm

Inserts: Pack of 2C0320-720 1 x 100 ml $164.50C0320-728 1 x 50 ml conical 164.50C0320-726* 2 x 15 ml conical 164.50C0320-724 4 x 10 ml 164.50C0320-730 4 x 7 ml 164.50C0320-721 5 x 1.5 ml 164.50Carriers (4x required):C0326-72A 3 x 15 ml 286.75C0326-72B 2 x 50 ml 286.75*Sealing lid does not fit with this insert

Cat. # C0383-75 $1,647.25Fits: Z400/ Z400K - 3,500 rpm/2,547 x g

Z383/ Z383K - 4,500 rpm/4,210 x g


Carriers (4x required): Pack of 2C0383-75D** 1 x 500 ml bottle $409.00C0383-75E 1 x 250 ml bottle 409.00C0383-75B 5 x 50 ml conical 409.00C0383-75C* 7 x 50 ml conical 409.00C0383-75A 12 x 15 ml conical 409.00C0383-75F 19 x 10 ml 409.00C0383-75G 19 x 5/7 ml 409.00C0383-75H 3 std. microplates, 1 deepwell plate 574.25C0383-75L Sealing lid, ea 64.00C0383-75DB Bottle, 500 ml 12.00*Sealing lid does not fit with this insert; **For use with C0383-75DB



Z383/ Z383K - 3,500 rpm/2,520 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C0232-8B 15 ml conical/round $104.00C0232-9B 7 ml 104.00C0230-41 Cushion for 12 x 75 ml 20.75

in C0232-9, each


Z383/ Z383K - 3,500 rpm/2,561 x g


Adapters :C0200-17A Combination adapter for $92.25

5, 7 and 10 ml, pk 6C0230-20 1.5 ml, pk 4 113.75

4 x 100 ml economy swing-outrotor

Cat. # C0326-12 $1,165.00Fits: Z306 - 4,500 rpm/3,350 x g

Z326K - 4,500 rpm/3,350 x g


Carriers (4x required) Pack of 2C0300-120 1 x 100 ml $200.25C0300-122 1 x 50 ml conical 200.25C0300-123 1 x 15 ml conical 200.25C0300-124 7 x 10 ml round 200.25C0300-126 7 x 5,/7 ml Vacutainer 200.25

www.densci.com 15

Centrifuge Rotorskits & reagents;page 111




24 x 15 ml angle rotor


Z383/ Z383K - 3,500 rpm/1,972 x g


Adapters:C0200-17A Combination adapter for $92.25

5, 7 and 10 ml, pk 6C0230-20 1.5 ml, pk 4 113.75

2 x 3 microplates swing-out rotor


Z383/ Z383K - 4,500 rpm/2,762 x g

Cat. # C0036-16 $2,152.25Fits: Z306 - 4,500 rpm/2,720 x g

Z326K - 4,500 rpm/2,720 x gZ366 - 4,500 rpm/2,720 x gZ36HK - 4,500 rpm/2,720 x g


Adapters: Pack of 2C0320-504 Tube rack, 48 x 1.5 ml $398.25

44 x 1.5/2.0 ml angle rotor

Cat. # C0252-9 $903.25Fits: Z326K - 13,500 rpm/17,110 x g

Z400/ Z400K - 13,500 rpm/17,110 x gZ383/ Z383K - 13,500 rpm/17,110 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C1205 0.5/0.6 ml $32.00C1206 0.4/0.25 ml 32.00C1222 0.2ml thermal cycling 32.00

24 x 1.5/2.0 ml high speed angle rotor

Cat. # C0252-87 $880.50Cat. # C0252-87H* $1,165.00Fits: Z400/ Z400K - 13,500 rpm/17,310 x g

Z383/ Z383K - 17,000 rpm/26,810 x g

Cat. # C0326-24 $535.50Cat. # C0326-24H* $1,165.00Fits: Z306 - 13,500 rpm/17,319 x g

Z326K - 14,500 rpm/21,381 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C1205 0.5/0.6 ml $32.00C1206 0.4/0.25 ml 32.00C1222 0.2ml thermal cycling 32.00*Hermetically sealed version

24 x 1.5/2.0 ml, 24 x 0.5 ml combination angle rotor

Cat. # C0252-55 $903.25Fits: Z400/ Z400K - 13,500 rpm/17,110 x g

Z383K - 13,500 rpm/17,110 x g

Cat. # C0326-48 $903.25Fits: Z326K - 13,500 rpm/17,110 x g

Z383/ Z383K - 13,500 rpm/17,110 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C1205 0.5/0.6 ml1 $32.00C1206 0.4/0.2 5 ml1 32.00C1222 0.2 ml thermal cycling1 32.001 These adapters can be used only in 1.5/2.0ml tube slots.


12 x 15 ml conical angle rotor


Cat. # C0326-97 $994.00Fits: Z306 - 6,000 rpm/3,863 x g

Z326K - 6,000 rpm/3,863 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C0232-8B 15 ml conical/round $104.00C0232-9B 7 ml 104.00C0230-41 Cushion for 12 x 75 ml, each 20.75

Cat. # C0036-19 $1,396.25Fits: Z306 - 4,500 rpm/2,830 x g

Z326K - 4,500 rpm/2,830 x g Z366 - 4,500 rpm/2,830 x gZ36HK - 4,500 rpm/2,830 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C0200-10 10/15 ml, round bottom $62.75C0200-17A 7/5 ml 92.25


Cat. # C0326-96 $903.25Fits: Z306 - 6,000 rpm/4,185 x g

Z326K - 6,000 rpm/4,185 x g


Adapters:C0200-17A Combination adapter for $92.25

5, 7 and 10 ml, pk 6C0230-20 1.5 ml, pk 4 113.75

6 x 50 ml conical angle rotor


Centrifuge Rotors

1-800-453-038516






Cat. # C0036-28 $2,266.00Fits: Z366 - 12,000 rpm/15,777 x g

Z36HK - 12,000 rpm/15,777 x g



Cat. # C0036-22 $1,879.75Fits: Z326K - 12,000 rpm/13,523 x g

Z366 - 13,000 rpm/15,871 x gZ36HK - 21,000 rpm/41,410 x g

Centrifugal radius: 8.4 cm*50 ml round bottom only

Inserts: Pack of 2C0360-91C 30 ml, round $123.50C0360-91A 16 ml, round 123.50C0360-91D 15 ml, round 123.50C0232-8B 15 ml, conical 123.50



Z366 - 12,000 rpm/14,811 x gZ36HK - 20,000 rpm/41,470 x g


Inserts: Pack of 2C0360-94C 15 ml, round $123.50C0360-94B 30 ml, round 123.50C0360-94A 50 ml, round 123.50C0360-94D 50 ml, conical 123.50C0360-94X 15 ml, conical 123.50


Cat. # C0036-21 $3,287.75Fits: Z366 - 8,000 rpm/10,017 x g

Z36HK - 10,000 rpm/15,650 x g

Centrifugal radius: 14 cm

Adapters: Pack of 2C0036-21A 3 x 15 ml, conical $169.75C0036-21B 50 ml, round 169.75C0036-21C 50 ml, conical 169.75C0036-21D 2 x 30 ml, round 169.75C0036-21E 5 x 10 ml, round 169.75C0036-21F 8 x 1.5 ml 169.75


Cat. # C0036-18 $2,038.75Fits: Z306 - 7,500 rpm/7,232x g

Z326K - 9,000 rpm/10,414 x gZ366 - 11,000 rpm/15,556 x gZ36HK - 12,000 rpm/18,510 x g


Adapters: Pack of 2C0360-94C 15 ml, round $123.50C0360-94B 30 ml, round 123.50C0360-94A 50 ml, round 123.50C0360-94D 50 ml, conical 123.50C0360-94X 15 ml, conical 123.50


Cat. # C0036-75 $1,925.25Fits: Z366 - 4,500 rpm/3,780 x g

Z36HK - 4,000 rpm/2,990 x g


Adapters: Pack of 2C0036-75A 7 x 15 ml, conical $329.00C0036-75B 2 x 50 ml round 329.00C0036-75C 3 x 50 ml conical 329.00C0036-75D 1 x 250 ml 329.00C0036-75E 8 x 10 ml (16 mm) 329.00C0036-75G 10 x 5, 7 ml 329.00

Cat. # C0036-17 $1,255.75Fits: Z306 - 12,000 rpm/15,193 x g

Z326K - 14,000 rpm/20,598 x gZ366K - 15,000 rpm/23,645 x gZ36HK - 20,000 rpm/42,030 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C1205 0.5/0.6 ml $32.00C1206 0.4/0.25 ml 32.00C1222 0.2 ml thermal cycling 32.00

30 x 1.5/2.0 ml high speed anglerotor


Z366 - 20,000 rpm/29,068 x gZ366 - 20,000 rpm/29,068 x gZ36HK - 30,000 rpm/65,390 x g


Adapters: Pack of 6C1205 0.5/0.6 ml $32.00C1206 0.4/0.25 ml 32.00C1222 0.2 ml thermal cycling 32.00

12 x 1.5/2.0 ml high speed anglerotor

Centrifuges

www.densci.com 17





Cat. No. Description Qty. 1-9 units 10 or more

C2170 Posi-Click tube, 1.7 ml, natural color 500 $14.75 $12.50

C2172 Presterilized 1.7 ml tubes, natural color, 500 19.50 17.70

10 sterile, resealable pouches of 50 tubes

C2171 Posi-Click tube, 1.7 ml, assorted colors 500 15.00 12.50

C2176 Posi-Click tube, 0.6 ml, natural color 1000 27.00 23.00

C2177 Posi-Click tube, 0.6 ml, assorted colors 1000 28.00 24.00Colored Tubes - All above tubes are available in individual colors at the same price as the assorted tubes. Please choosefrom Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, Orange or Violet and add the first letter of the color to the end of the catalog number, forexample, C2170-R

Posi-Click™ TubesWhen you hear it click, you know it's closed

■ Boil-proof cap

■ Withstand 28,000 x g

■ easy to open, easy to close

■ double, high pressure lockingring

■ rnase, dnase & pyrogen free

■ Unsurpassed clarity

■ Frosted writing surface andgraduations

■ Ultra smooth interior - lowliquid retention

Our most populartubes are nowavailable...Pres t er il ized!

Look at these improvements!

Our latest design incorporates over 20 improvements that have made Posi-Click tubes our #1 seller.Denville's new Posi-Click™ tubes seal easily with a distinct "click" and stay closed through incubation, freezingand boiling pro ce dures. The unique closure system provides a tight seal that is actually strength ened by internalpressure. It will withstand boiling for 5 to 10 minutes. These tubes represent our fourth generation of im prove -ments, in cor po rat ing over a dozen advanced features. Shouldn’t you be using the best?

Interlocking bevel and taper;Cap closes easily and com plete lywith a Positive “Click”.

Boil-proof locking ring formspos i tive, high pressure seal withmatch ing ring in tube neck.In ter nal pres sure actual lystrength ens the seal. Withstandsboiling for 5 to 10 min utes.

Unsurpassed claritymade from highest quality,virgin, single meltpolypropylene. Easy tovisualize the smallest pellets.

Clean molding process Cer ti fied RNase, DNase andPy ro gen free.

Smooth, flat cap with etchedmarking area on entire sur face;no in jec tion molding artifacts.

Thin circle in center of capallows through-cap in jec tion.

Cap size and shapeen hanced for improved fit in

rotors, blocks and racks; reducestube to tube interference.

“Auto-fold” strapallows easy closing- holds cap at 90°

angle after re open ing- reduces pipettor

interference with capand between tubes.

Etched markingsurface on non-graduated side.

Diamond polished moldsyield an ultra-smooth interior

sur face - lowest retention factor.

Autoclavable at 121°C, 15 PSI for15 min. Tested to 28,000 x g.

No “nub” at true con i calbottom - no optical dis tor tion;eases pellet visualization.

Bevelled lip expands surface areaof tab, reducing thumb pressure

- tube opens easily with one hand.

Centrifuge Tubes

1-800-453-038518





Original Microcentrifuge Tubes■ Withstand 17,000 x g

■ tough polypropylene or soft polyethylene

Our original micro tubes were introduced in 1978. Two decades later, thousands of laboratories are still usingthem, thanks to their broad selection and reputation for reliability. Although we have subsequently introducednewer microtube designs with additional and/or different features, popular demand dictates that we continueto make these tubes available.

Cat No. Volume Dimensions Material Qty. Price

Standard Microtubes (attached caps)

C19001B* 1.5 ml 38 x 10 mm PP 1000 $37.50

C19003FT* 1.5 ml 38 x 10 mm PP 1000 31.00

C18001GD 0.5 ml 30 x 8 mm PP 1000 33.00

C19002 0.4 ml 47 x 6 mm PE 1000 39.00

C19002-R 0.4 ml 47 x 6 mm PE - red 1000 39.00

C19002-B 0.4 ml 47 x 6 mm PE - blue 1000 39.00

C19002-G 0.4 ml 47 x 6 mm PE - green 1000 39.00

C19002-Y 0.4 ml 47 x 6 mm PE - yellow 1000 39.00

C19002-O 0.4 ml 47 x 6 mm PE - orange 1000 39.00

C15001 0.3 ml 32 x 6 mm PE 1000 40.00

C15002 0.3 ml 32 x 6 mm PP 1000 40.00

C15004 0.25 ml 29 x 6 mm PE 1000 35.00

*C19003FT has a flat cap, while C19001B has an indentation.

In addition, C19003FT has graduation lines and a frosted marking area.

Cat No. Volume Dimensions Color Qty. Price†C1730 0.6 ml 30 x 8 mm Natural 1000 $32.00

C19061 0.6 ml 30 x 8 mm Assorted 1000 33.00†C19032* 1.7 ml 39 x 10 mm Natural 1000 35.90

C19034* 1.7 ml 39 x 10 mm Assorted 1000 36.00

C1734 2.0 ml 39 x 10 mm1 Natural 1000 39.50

C19024 2.0 ml 39 x 10 mm1 Assorted 1000 43.00

C19020 2.0 ml 39 x 10 mm2 Natural 1000 35.00†Colored Tubes - C1730 and C19032 tubes are available in individual colors at the same price as the assortedtubes. Please choose from Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, or Violet and add the first letter of the color to the endof the catalog number, for example, C1730-R.*Tested to 27,000 x g

Cat. No. Volume Dimensions Description Qty. Price

Sterile Microtubes (Individually wrapped)

C18001S 0.5 ml 30 x 8 mm PP/gamma irradiated 500 69.00

C19001BS 1.5 ml 38 x 10 mm PP/gamma irradiated 500 67.00

Tubes Without Caps

C19001BUC 1.5 ml 38 x 10 mm PP/without cap 1000 44.00

C19002UC 0.4 ml 47 x 6 mm PE/without cap 1000 39.00

C19001BUC

C19001B

C19003FT

C18001GD

C19002

C15002

C15001

C15004

Premium Microcentrifuge Tubes■ Withstand 21,000 x g

■ Improved optical clarity

■ Smooth, uniform bottoms

These premium quality tubes were first introduced in 1989 and their innovative features have madethem popular in labs around the world.They have external graduation lines and two etched marking surfaces(on the flat cap and the side of the tube). The 1.7 ml and 0.5 ml sizes do not have injection nubs at the bottomand, therefore, have extremely smooth round bottoms for improved visibility and pellet formation. Tube rimsand caps are small enough to fit side by side, in almost any rack. Caps make a “clicking” sound when beingsealed.

C1734

C19020C1730

C19032

1. Short Taper Bottom 2. Long Taper Bottom

Centrifuge Tubes

www.densci.com 19





Description Qty. Price

C19165 Cap lock for 1.5 to 2.0 ml tubes, assorted colors 100 $26.50

C19166 Cap lock for 0.5 to 0.65 ml tubes, assorted colors 100 26.50

C19170 Cap opener 5 16.00

G7922 Pestle for 1.5 ml microtubes, stainless 1 53.00

steel shaft (3.2 x 143 mm) & blunt tip

G7922-1 Same as above, but with fine conical tip 1 53.00

S7080 Battery operated, hand held mixer for above pestles 1 79.00

C19125 Tube cutter for up to 9.4 mm diameter 1 27.50

C19126 Replacement blade for cutter 1 9.90

Clip-Top Tubes■ Graduated and exceptionally clear

Denville's new Clip-Top Tubes stay closed regardless of protocol temperatures. Incubation, cycling, freezing,even boiling cannot defeat the patented integral locking system. They are easily opened and closed, have apierceable cap and a frosted writing surface on both the cap and side.

Cat. No. Description Color Qty. Price

C2116-5 Clip-Top tube, 1.6 ml natural 1000 $40.00

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.1

Locking cap!

SlipTech™ Low Binding Microtubes■ rnase free

Similar to our Premium microtubes, but with prelubricated internal surface for all ap pli ca tions requiring minimalbinding characteristics.

Cat. No. Description Qty. Price

C19063 600 µl, natural color 500 $23.00

C19065 600 µl, rainbow pack 500 24.50

C19033 1.7 ml, natural color 250 13.50

C19035 1.7 ml, rainbow pack 250 14.90


C19025 2.0 ml, rainbow pack 250 18.90

Microtubes with Color Coded Caps■ colored disk sealed inside markable cap

These clear tubes have your choice of 6 color codes encapsulated between the cap’s two layers ofpolypropylene. They also feature a special protective flange on the front of the cap to prevent your thumb fromcontacting the sample.

Microtube Tools■ cap locks & openers

■ Pestles & tube cutters


C1735-X 1.5 ml tubes with color caps 500 $18.50

C1736-X 2.0 ml tubes with color caps 400 19.00

X = Add letter for desired color: Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, Orange, White

1.5 ml 1.5 mlblunt fine

Centrifuge Tubes

20

Amber MicroTubes■ Protect light sensitive samples


C2170-AM 1.5 ml tube, attached cap 500 $16.50

C18001-A 0.5 ml tube, attached cap 1000 36.00

C19043-A 2.0 ml tube, screw neck 500 23.00

C19053-A 0.5 ml tube, screw neck 500 23.00

C19048 Amber screw cap with fitted O-ring 500 36.00

Screw-cap MicroTubes■ o-ring seal, safe from -80° to +121°c

■ Suitable for vapor phase ln2

■ available in light blocking amber

■ etched marking area on tube and cap

Cat No. Cat. No. Description/Packaging Price

Conical Free Standing Packaging

0.5 ml

C19051 C19053 Tubes without caps, 0.5 ml, pkg. 1000 $37.20

N.A. C19053-A Tubes without caps, amber color, pkg. 500 23.00

C19050-S C19052-S Sterile tubes with caps attached with 72.00

O-rings (10 bags of 50 sterile tubes), pkg. 500

1.5 ml

C19041 C19055 Tubes without caps, 1.5 ml, pkg. 1000 37.20

C19041-A N.A. Tubes without caps, amber color, pkg. 500 23.00



2.0 ml (2 ml free standing tubes are graduated)





Screw Caps (for all sizes)

C19045 Screw Caps, natural color without O-rings, pkg. 1000 32.00

C19046 Screw Caps, natural color with fitted O-rings, pkg. 1000 64.00

C19046-COLOR Screw Caps, various colors, with O-rings see below, pkg. 1000 64.00

C19048 Screw Caps, amber with fitted O-rings, pkg. 500 36.00

C19039-BL Tethered Caps, blue, with fitted O-rings, pkg. 500 37.00

C19046 caps are normally supplied in natural color, but are also available color coded Red, Blue, Green, Yellow,Orange, Violet, White or Assorted. To order, add the first letter of the color to the end of the catalog number.Example: C19046-A for O-ring caps in a package of assorted colors.

Siliconized tubes are available....

please see SlipTech Plasticware.

19051 19053 1904119050-S 19052-S 19040-S

19055 19031 1904319056-S 19030-S 19042-S

to -80°C

Tethered Caps

1-800-453-0385





Centrifuge Tubes

www.densci.com 21

Cryogenic Storage Vials■ Silicone gasket

■ Internal or external threads, only 11⁄4 turn

Our Cryovials are designed for storing biological materials at temperatures as low as -190°C. A siliconegasket between the polypropylene tube and cap assures a leakproof seal at all tem per atures. The cap of theexternal thread vials has a flexible sealing lip at its top as well as an exclusive silicone seal. Together, the two formthe best possible seal for ultra-low temperatures. Nonsterile vials do not include gasket or frosted marking area.All are standard 12.5 mm diameter.

to -190°C

to -190°C

Cat. No. Volume Bottom Dimensions* Pkg/500 Cat. No. Pkg/1000

STERILE NONSTERILE

V8725 0.65 ml self stand. 10 x 32 mm $90.00 V8720 $130.00

V8735 1.7 ml conical 10 x 46 mm 90.00 V8730 130.00

V8745 1.7 ml free stand. 10 x 47 mm 90.00 V8740 130.00

V8755 2.0 ml conical 10 x 47 mm 90.00 V8750 130.00


*Note: Max. diameter including rim & cap = 12.95 mm

V8799-A Anodized alum. rack w/24 serrated holes to lock vials in place 28.50/ea

to -190°CCryoStor Vials■ temperature range –190°c to +121°c

(vapor phase)

■ Syringe permeable cap and moldedgraduations

Constructed of LN2 grade polypropylene to withstandtemperature extremes. Caps (white) supplied with integral"O"-ring to maintain seal integrity. Autoclavable.

V8720V8725

V8760V8765

V8730V8735

V8740V8745

V8750V8755





*V9000 color coded cap inserts are available in individual colors at the same price as the assorted inserts. Pleasechoose from Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, Lilac, Pink, Tan, Violet, GRey, BurntOrange or White and add the coloredbold letter(s) of the color to the end of the catalog number, for example, V9000-BO for burnt orange and V9000-Rfor red.

Cat. No. Volume Bottom Length Pkg./100 Cs./1000 Cat. No. Cs./1000

Internal Threads STERILE NONSTERILE*

V9011 1.2 ml selfstand. 43 mm $37.90 $265.30 V9111 $139.00

V9012 2 ml selfstand. 48 mm 37.90 281.00 V9112 139.00

V9013 2 ml round 48 mm 37.90 279.00 V9113 139.00

V9014-A 4 ml selfstand. 78 mm 43.50 324.00 V9114-A 175.00

V9015 5 ml round 92 mm 47.50 374.00 V9115 185.00

External Threads

V8901-A 1.2 ml selfstand. 43 mm 39.50 306.00 V8911-A 139.00

V8902 2 ml round 48 mm 39.50 306.00 V8912 139.00





To facilitate one handed capping/decapping, all self-standing vials have a universal locking base, compatible with our (and most other) locking racks. *Nonsterile cat. nos. do not include graduations, marking area or gasket.

Accessories

V9000* Color coded cap inserts, pk/500, assorted colors $13.50

V9002 Work rack with 50 locking cavities, non-skid rubber feet 20.00

Ultracentrifuge Tubes

1-800-453-038522





Open-Top PolyallomerUltracentrifuge Tubes■ thin wall and translucent

■ Puncturable and sliceable

■ autoclavable and not brittle

Open-Top PolyallomerUltracentrifuge Tubes (EqUIV. ULTRA-CLEAR

™)

■ thin wall and transparent

■ Use with cesium chloride gradients


Re-Seal Ultracentrifuge Tubes (EqUIV. qUICK-SEAL

™)

■ easy to seal with plug and hex key

■ Fits popular fixed-angle and vertical rotors


Cat. No. Dimensions Capacity Beckman Equiv. No. Price Pkg/50

U5010 0.44 x 2.38 in. 4.4 ml 328874 $80.00

U5022 0.5 x 2 in. 5.0 ml 326819 65.00

U5023 0.5 x 2.5 in. 6.5 ml 326820 77.00

U5030 0.56 x 3.5 in. 12.0 ml 331372 117.50

U5031 0.56 x 3.75 in. 12.9 ml 331374 117.50

U5041 0.62 x 3 in. 12.6 ml 326814 72.00

U5042 0.62 x 4 in. 17.0 ml 337986 95.00

U5052 1 x 3.5 in. 38.5 ml 326823 107.00

U5060 1.5 x 4 in. 94 ml 345775 76.00/pk 25


U7010 0.44 x 2.38 in. 4.4 ml 344062 $76.00

U7011 0.44 x 1.42 in. 2.2 ml 347356 76.00

U7022 0.5 x 2 in. 5 ml 344057 68.00

U7023 0.5 x 2.5 in. 6.5 ml 344088 78.00

U7030 0.56 x 3.5 in. 12 ml 344059 107.00

U7031 0.56 x 3.75 in. 12.9 ml 344060 107.00

U7041 0.62 x 3 in. 12.6 ml 344086 74.00

U7042 0.62 x 4 in. 17 ml 344061 105.00

U7052 1 x 3.5 in. 38.5 ml 344058 113.00


Polyallomer

U9011 0.44 x 1 in. 1.5 ml 344624 $73.50

U9012 0.44 x 1.42 in. 2 ml 344625 73.50

U9022 0.5 x 2 in. 5.1 ml 342412 69.00

U9024 0.5 x 1 in. 2 ml 345829 73.50

U9025 0.5 x 1.25 in. 3.5 ml 349621 73.50

U9029 0.5 x 2 in. 5.1 ml 362248 73.50

Polycarbonate

U3022 0.5 x 2 in. 5.1 ml 344075 76.00

U3041 0.62 x 3 in. 13.5 ml 344322 104.00

U3052 1 x 3.5 in. 39 ml 344326 132.00

Ultracentrifuge Tubes

www.densci.com 23





Thick Wall Ultracentrifuge Tubes■ designed for use without caps

■ Polycarbonate tubes are transparent

■ Polyallomer tubes are translucent and autoclavable

Oak Ridge Plus™ Centrifuge Tubes■ For high speed applications

■ double sealing screw caps

Oak Ridge Plus tubes combine "push-in" stopper and screw-cap technology together with 3 pressure rings toform a positive contact seal. Available in clear polycarbonate (PC), and translucent polypropylene (PP).

Flip-Top Centrifuge Tubes■ autoclavable and reuseable

■ For high speed and ultra rotors

■ clear polyallomer

These autoclavable polyallomer tubes have an integral hinged cap and are designed to withstand repeatedhigh speed use.

Cat. No. Dimensions Capacity RPM Beckman Equiv. No. Price Pkg/50

Polyallomer

U5024 0.5 x 2 in. 3.5 ml 65K1 349623 $167.00

U5045 0.62 x 3 in. 9.5 ml 30K 355640 169.00

U5055 1 x 3.5 in. 32.5 ml 20K 355642 169.00

Polycarbonate Pkg/25

U2001 0.5 x 2 in. 3.5 ml 65K1 349622 94.50

U2004 0.62 x 3 in. 9.5 ml 45K 355630 77.001. When used in a swinging bucket rotor.

Cat. No. Dimensions (mm) Volume Max. rpm Price pk/10

PC PP

C2401 C2421 16 x 80 10 ml 24K $170.00

C2951 25 x 92 30 ml 24K 246.00

C2955 25 x 92 30 ml 24K 230.00

C3201 - 29 x 103 50 ml 24K 310.00

- C3411 62 x 122 250 ml* 14.4K 173.00/pk 6

*The 250 ml size are flat bottom bottles, are not Oak Ridge type and are supplied in packs of 6.

Cat No. Dimensions Max./Min. Volume Max. rpm Qty. Price

C2037-0 29 x 103 mm 50/37 ml 24K 10 98.50

Centrifuge Tubes

24

Everyday

Low Price

Everyday

Low Price

Centrifuge Tubes, 50 ml (30x115 mm)■ new clearer polypropylene copolymer

■ High centrifugal strength - up to 12,000 x g*

■ Flat markable cap with leakproof seal

■ Phenol / chloroform resistant

Centrifuge Tubes, 15 ml (17x120 mm)■ Polypropylene - acetone / phenol resistant

■ leakproof polyethylene cap

■ dome seal cap (polyethylene) with leakproof seal

■ Polystyrene - centrifuge at up to 1800 x g*

■ Polypropylene - centrifuge at up to 8000 x g*

1-800-453-0385





Cat. No. Description Qty/Pack Qty/Case Price

15 ml - Molded Graduations

C1011 Polystyrene with screw cap, sterile tray/50 500 $99.00

C1012 Polystyrene with screw cap, sterile bag/25 500 79.00

15 ml - Printed Graduations (with marking area)

C1011-P Polystyrene with screw cap, sterile tray/50 500 92.00

C1018-P Polypropylene with screw cap, sterile tray/50 500 88.00

C1017-P Polypropylene with screw cap, sterile bag/25 500 87.00

*RCF Values refer to liquids with a specific gravity of 1.0, using appropriate rotor, cushions and safety precautions.



C1061 Polypropylene with screw cap, nonsterile bulk 500 89.00




C1061-P Polypropylene with screw cap, nonsterile bulk 500 99.50


Printed Graduations,Polypropylene, 15 ml & 50 ml

www.densci.com 25

Culture & Centrifuge Tubes■ Variety of culture tubes from 1ml to 25 ml

A

D

G H I

E F

B C

Culture andCentrifuge Tubes





Cat. No. Description Qty/Pack Qty/Case Price/Case

CULTURE TUBES

8x56 mm Round Bottom, 1 ml (A)

B1253 Polypropylene without cap 960 960 $27.00

12x75 mm Round Bottom, 5 ml (B)

T8004 Polystyrene without cap, bulk 1000 1000 35.00

T8004-T Same, but in dispenser boxes 250 1000 45.00

T8054 Polystyrene with cap. sterile 125 1000 97.00

T8014 Polypropylene without cap, bulk 1000 1000 39.00

T8014-T Same, but in dispenser boxes 250 1000 42.00

T8063 Polypro pylene with cap, sterile 125 1000 103.00

12x75 mm Conical Bottom, 4.5 ml (C)


T8081 Polypropylene, without cap, bulk 1000 1000 39.00

Caps for 12 mm tubes above

T8032 Dual position snap cap, PE 1000 1000 22.50

T8033 Plug cap, PE, assorted colors 1000 1000 22.50

13x100 mm Round Bottom, 8 ml (D)



T8085 Plug cap, PE, assorted colors 1000 1000 29.00

16x75 mm Round Bottom, 8 ml (E)



T8044-G Plug cap, polyethylene 500 1000 24.50

16x100 mm Round Bottom, 14 ml (F )



T8044 Plug cap, polyethylene 500 1000 34.00

17x100 mm Round Bottom, 16 ml (G)


T8057 Polystyrene with cap, sterile 25 500 77.00


T8059 Polypropylene with cap, sterile 25 500 81.00

T8174 Dual position snap cap, PE 500 1000 39.00

16x150 mm Round Bottom, 19 ml (H)

T8022 Clear polystyrene without cap 1000 1000 139.50

T8022-C Plug cap for T-8022 1000 1000 31.50

25x95 mm Round Bottom, 25 ml (I)

T7985 Clear polystyrene without cap 100 1000 169.50

1-800-453-038526





Culture & Centrifuge Tubes

J

L

K


Centrifuge Tubes, 15 ml, Conical Bottom, 17x120 mm (J)

Molded Graduations

C1015 Polystyrene, accepts C-1019 plug cap bag/200 1000 69.00

C1019 Plug cap for C-1015 1000 1000 33.00

C1016 Polypropylene, accepts C-1020 plug cap 1000 1000 97.00

C1020 Plug cap for C-1016 1000 1000 46.00

Centrifuge Tubes, 14 ml, Round Bottom, 16x103 mm (K)

C1014-2 Polypropylene with screw cap, nonsterile 1000 1000 $195.44

C1014-5 Polypropylene with screw cap, sterile 100 100 29.00

C1014-7 Polypropylene with screw cap, sterile 100 500 170.98

Centrifuge Tubes, 50 ml, Conical Bottom, 30x115 mm (L)

Molded Graduations

C1055 Polypropylene w/screw cap, self bag/25 500 119.50

standing bottom, sterile

C1056 Clear polystyrene w/screw cap, sterile tray/25 500 169.00

Transport Tubes■ Self standing with conical bottom

■ tubes have screw cap and frosted marking area

N O

M

Cat. No. Description Graduations Qty/Pack Qty/Case Price

5 ml Free-standing, 16x58 mm (M)

T8200 PP with separate cap, nonsterile 1 ml 1000 1000 98.00

T8200-S PP with attached cap, sterile 1 ml 25 500 99.00

10 ml Free-standing, 16x94 mm (N)



30 ml Free-standing, 30 x 82 mm (O)



Culture andCentrifuge Tubes

10 ml transport tubes are available in light-blocking amber. Please contact us for ordering information.


Vari-Gel Horizontals Gel XL Horizontal Vertical Gel Systems

Power Supplies Stains Gelling Enhancers Autoradiography Film

Autoradiography Cassettes Gel Staining Rulers UV/White Light Source

Agarose Light Boxes Transilluminators Documentation Systems


Electrophoresis &Autoradiography

pages 27-46

Electrophoresis

1-800-453-038528

centrifuges;page 3




■ Supplied with two gel trays - in 7 x 7and 7 x 10 cm (W x L) sizes, each withsilicone casting gates

■ Multiple comb slots – regularlypositioned along the gel tray andcorresponding to each comb thickness -allow the user to adjust samplemigration distance according topersonal preference

■ Color-coded combs - 1, 1.5 and 2 mmthick

■ Buffer recirculation ports - may beconnected to a peristaltic pump forbuffer recirculation duringelectrophoresis to maintain buffer pHand prevent ionic gradient formation

■ Colored loading strips - for easy welldetection when loading

■ Compact tank - reduces the buffervolume required to cover the gel,providing greater control over thevoltage gradient and run-time

■ UV-transparent acrylic casting tray -allows the user to handle the gel on thetransilluminator with minimum risk ofexposure to hazardous ethidiumbromide

■ Super-Seals - available as an accessoryfor flexible casting

Vari-Gel™ Horizontal MiniGel Systems


E3501 Vari-Gel™ Mini System Electrophoresis $299.00A complete 7 cm wide electrophoresis gel system with 2 removable gel trays, (7 x 7 and 7 x 10 cm), two 1 mm (8 sample) combs, silicone casting gates and colored loading strips

E3501-UV7 Gel casting tray, 7 x 7 cm 57.00E3501-UV10 Gel casting tray, 7 x 10 cm 57.00E3501-BRP Buffer recirculation ports, pk of 2 29.00E3501-UVD Aluminum casting gates, pk of 2 19.00E3501S-UVD Silicone casting gates, pk of 2 53.00E3501-SS Super-Seals, pk of 2 32.00E3501-CS Colored loading strips, pk of 6 13.00E3501-UVS Gel scoop 48.00E3501-PE 0.2 mm thick, platinum electrode wire, pk of 2 89.00E3501-C4 1 meter power leads with shrouded 4 mm power output connectors, pk of 2 49.50

SPECIFICATIONS:Unit Dimensions (W x L x H) 25 x 11 x 7 cmGel Size (W x L) 7 x 7 cm, 7 x 10 cmBuffer Volume 350 mlBuffer Recirculation Ports 2Maximum Sample Capacity 48Combs 2Comb Throughput 1 to 16 samplesComb Thickness 1, 1.5 or 2 mmRecommended Running Voltage 75 to 100 VPower Output Connectors Shrouded, 4 mm Diameter

Vari-Gel™

Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl) Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl)E3521-PREP1 1 mm thick, 1 sample, 1 marker, 61 mm tooth 305 E3522-8 1.5 mm thick, 8 samples, 5.5 mm tooth 41

E3521-PREP4 1 mm thick, 4 samples, 1 marker, 13.75 mm tooth 68.75 E3522-10 1.5 mm thick, 10 samples, 4 mm tooth 30

E3521-8 1 mm thick, 8 samples, 5.5 mm tooth 27.5 E3522-12 1.5 mm thick, 12 samples, 3 mm tooth 22

E3521-10 1 mm thick, 10 samples, 4 mm tooth 20 E3522-15 1.5 mm thick, 15 samples, 2 mm tooth 15

E3521-12 1 mm thick, 12 samples, 3 mm tooth 15 E3522-16 1.5 mm thick, 16 samples, 1.75 mm tooth 13

E3521-15 1 mm thick, 15 samples, 2 mm tooth 10 E3523-PREP2 2 mm thick, 2 samples, 1 marker, 29.5 mm tooth 295

E3521-16 1 mm thick, 16 samples, 1.75 mm tooth 8.75 E3523-8 2 mm thick, 8 samples, 5.5 mm tooth 55

E3522-PREP1 1.5 mm thick, 1 samples, 1 marker, 61 mm tooth 457.5 E3523-12 2 mm thick, 12 samples, 3 mm tooth 30

E3522-PREP2 1.5 mm thick, 2 samples, 1 marker, 29.5 mm tooth 220 E3523-15 2 mm thick, 15 samples, 2 mm tooth 20

E3522-PREP4 1.5 mm thick, 4 samples, 1 marker, 13.75 mm tooth 103 E3523-16 2 mm thick, 16 samples, 1.75 mm tooth 17.5

Vari-Gel E3501 Series Combs: max spacing 2 mm, $35

Electrophoresis

www.densci.com 29





■ Supplied with two gel trays - in 10 x 7,10 x 10 cm (W x L) sizes, each withsilicone casting gates

■ Multiple comb slots – regularlypositioned along the gel tray andcorresponding to each comb thickness -allow the user to adjust samplemigration distance according topersonal preference


■ Buffer recirculation ports - may beconnected to a peristaltic pump forbuffer recirculation duringelectrophoresis to maintain buffer pHand prevent ionic gradient formation

■ Colored loading strips - for easy welldetection when loading


■ UV-transparent acrylic casting tray -allows the user to handle the gel on thetransilluminator with minimum risk ofexposure to hazardous ethidiumbromide


Vari-Gel™ Horizontal MidiGel Systems


E3502 Vari-Gel™ Midi System $314.00A complete 10 cm wide system with 2 removable gel trays,10 x 7 and 10 x 10 cm (W x L); 2 x 1 mm, 15-sample combs; silicone casting gates and colored loading strips

E3502-UV7 Gel casting tray, 10 x 7 cm 67.00E3502-UV10 Gel casting tray, 10 x 10 cm 67.00E3502-UV15 Gel casting tray, 10 x 15 cm 69.00E3501-BRP Buffer recirculation ports, pk of 2 29.00E3502-UVD Aluminum casting gates, pk of 2 49.00E3502S-UVD Silicone casting gates, pk of 2 53.00E3502-SS Super-Seals, pk of 2 34.00E3502-CS Colored loading strips, pk of 10 14.00E3502-UVS Gel scoop 48.00E3501-PE Platinum electrode wire 0.2 mm thick, pk of 2 89.00E3501-C4 1 meter power leads with shrouded 4 mm power output connectors, pk of 2 49.50

SPECIFICATIONS:Dimensions (W x L x H) 31.5 x 14.5 x 7 cmGel Size (W x L) 10 x 7, 10 x 10, 10 x 15 cmBuffer Volume 650 mlBuffer Recirculation Ports 2Maximum Sample Capacity 80Combs 2Comb Thickness 1, 1.5 or 2 mmComb Throughput 1 to 20 samplesRecommended Running Voltage 75 to 125 VPower Output Connectors Shrouded, 4 mm Diameter

Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl) Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl)E3526-PREP1 1 mm thick, 1 sample, 1 marker, 88 mm tooth 440 E3527-12 1.5 mm thick, 12 samples, 5.5 mm tooth 41

E3526-PREP2 1 mm thick, 2 samples, 1 marker, 43 mm tooth 215 E3527-16 1.5 mm thick, 16 samples, 3.62 mm tooth 27

E3526-8 1 mm thick, 8 samples, 9.25 mm tooth 46 E3527-20MC 1.5 mm thick, 20 samples, 2.5 mm tooth 19

E3526-10MC 1 mm thick, 10 samples, 7 mm tooth 35 E3528-PREP1 1.5 mm thick, 1 sample, 1 marker, 88 mm tooth 880

E3526-12 1 mm thick, 12 samples, 5.5 mm tooth 27.6 E3528-PREP2 1.5 mm thick, 2 samples, 1 marker, 43 mm tooth 430

E3526-15 1 mm thick, 15 samples, 4 mm tooth 20 E3528-PREP4 1.5 mm thick, 4 samples, 1 marker, 20.5 mm tooth 205

E3526-16 1 mm thick, 16 samples, 3.62 mm tooth 18 E3528-8 2 mm thick, 8 samples, 9.25 mm tooth 92.5

E3526-20MC 1 mm thick, 20 samples, 2.5 mm tooth 12.5 E3528-10MC 2 mm thick, 10 samples, 7 mm tooth 70

E3527-PREP1 1 mm thick, 1 sample, 1 marker, 88 mm tooth 660 E3528-12 2 mm thick, 12 samples, 5.5 mm tooth 55

E3527-PREP2 1 mm thick, 2 samples, 1 marker, 43 mm tooth 322.5 E3528-15 2 mm thick, 15 samples, 4 mm tooth 40

E3527-PREP4 1 mm thick, 4 samples, 1 marker, 20.5 mm tooth 154 E3528-16 2 mm thick, 16 samples, 3.6 mm tooth 36

E3527-8 1.5 mm thick, 8 samples, 9.25 mm tooth 70 E3528-20MC 2 mm thick, 20 samples, 2.5 mm tooth 25

E3527-10MC 1.5 mm thick, 10 samples, 7 mm tooth 52.5


MC = Multi-Channel pipette compatible

Vari-Gel™

Vari-Gel™

Electrophoresis

1-800-453-038530

centrifuges;page 3




SPECIFICATIONS:Unit Dimensions (W x L x H) 31.5 x 19 x 7 cmBuffer Volume 950 mlPower Output Connectors Shrouded, 4 mm DiameterBuffer Recirculation Ports 2Maximum Sample Capacity 180Combs 2Comb Thickness 1, 1.5 or 2 mmComb Throughput 1 to 30 samplesRecommended Running Voltage 75 to 150 V

■ Single gel tray with fluorescentnumbering - allows up to 96 SSPsto be loaded directly onto the tray,so that each SSP is automaticallynumbered for gel photography,simplifying post electrophoreticanalysis


■ Durable acrylic casting tray – UVtransparent for visualization withfluorescent numbering for SNPrecognition and traceability

■ Optimized for use with 96- wellmicroplates or 96-well thermalcycler blocks

■ Buffer recirculation ports - may beconnected to a peristaltic pump forbuffer recirculation duringelectrophoresis

SPECIFICATIONS:Unit Dimensions (W x L x H) 33 x 19.5 x 7.5 cmGel Size (W x L) 16 x 17.5 cmBuffer Volume 950 mlBuffer Recirculation Ports 2Maximum Sample Capacity 96 + 8Combs 6Comb Thickness 1 mm or 1.5 mmComb Throughput 17 samples 2 x 8 loaded by multi-

channel pipette; 1 x marker Migration Distance 2.5 cm Between Comb SlotsRecommended Running Voltage 100 to 150 VPower Output Connectors Shrouded, 4 mm Diameter

Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl) Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl)E3531-Prep1 1 mm thick, 1 sample, 1 marker, 138 mm tooth 690 E3532-16 1.5 mm thick, 16 samples, 6.4 mm tooth 48

E3531-8 1 mm thick, 8 samples, 15.3 mm tooth 76.5 E3532-20 1.5 mm thick, 20 samples, 4.9 mm tooth 37

E3531-10 1 mm thick, 10 samples, 12.8 mm tooth 64 E3532-25 1.5 mm thick, 25 samples, 3.5 mm tooth 26

E3531-15MC 1 mm thick, 15 samples, 7 mm tooth 35 E3532-30MC 1.5 mm thick, 30 samples, 2.5 mm tooth 19

E3531-16 1 mm thick, 16 samples, 6.4 mm tooth 32 E3533-10 2 mm thick, 10 samples, 12.8 mm tooth 128

E3531-20 1 mm thick, 20 samples, 4.9 mm tooth 24.5 E3533-15MC 2 mm thick, 15 samples, 7 mm tooth 70

E3531-25 1 mm thick, 25 samples, 3.5 mm tooth 17.5 E3533-16 2 mm thick, 16 samples, 6.4 mm tooth 64

E3531-26 1 mm thick, 26 samples, 3 mm tooth 15 E3533-20 2 mm thick, 20 samples, 4.9 mm tooth 49

E3531-30MC 1 mm thick, 30 samples, 2.5 mm tooth 12.5 E3533-25 2 mm thick, 25 samples, 3.5 mm tooth 35

E3532-15MC 1.5 mm thick, 15 samples, 7 mm tooth 52.5 E3533-30MC 2 mm thick, 30 samples, 2.5 mm tooth 25

Vari Gel E3503 Series Combs: max spacing 2 mm, $51



E3503 Vari-Gel™ Maxi System $450.00A complete 15 cm wide gel system with 4 removable gel trays, 15 x 7, 15 x 10, 15 x 15 and 15 x 20 cm (W x L); 2 x 1 mm, 15-sample combs; silicone casting gates and colored loading strips

E3503-UV7 Gel casting tray, 15 x 7 cm 74.50E3503-UV10 Gel casting tray, 15 x 10 cm 74.50E3503-UV15 Gel casting tray, 15 x 15 cm 74.50E3503-UV20 Gel casting tray, 15 x 20 cm 89.50E3501-BRP Buffer recirculation ports pk of 2 29.00E3503-UVD Aluminum casting gates pk of 2 50.00E3503S-UVD Silicone casting gates, pk of 2 55.00E3503-SS Super-Seals pk of 2 37.00E3503-CS Colored loading strips pkg 12 16.00E3503-UVS Gel scoop 68.00E3501-PE Platinum electrode wire 0.2 mm thick pk of 2 89.00E3501-C4 1 meter power leads with shrouded 4 mm power output connectors pk of 2 49.50

Vari-Gel™ Horizontal MaxiGel Systems

Vari-Gel™ Horizontal 96Q High

Throughput Gel Systems

■ Multiple comb slots – regularly positionedalong the gel tray and corresponding toeach comb thickness -allow the user toadjust the sample migration distance topersonal preference


■ Colored loading strips – for easy welldetection when loading

■ Compact tank - reduces the buffer volumerequired to cover the gel, providinggreater control over the voltage gradientand run-time

■ UV-transparent acrylic casting tray – easyto use with transilluminator; minimizesexposure to ethidium bromide


■ Supplied with four gel trays- in 15 x 7, 15 x 10, 15 x 15and 15 x 20 cm (W x L)sizes, each with siliconecasting gates

■ Buffer recirculation ports -may be connected to aperistaltic pump for bufferrecirculation duringelectrophoresis to maintainbuffer pH and prevent ionicgradient formation

Electrophoresis

www.densci.com 31






E3504 96Q High Throughput PCR Sub System, with removable UV-transparent $625.00and UV-fluorescent gel tray (16W x 17.5L cm), six 1 mm (17-sample) combs and silicone casting gates

E3504-GT Replacement 16 x 17.5 cm UV gel tray 97.00E3504-UVD Aluminum casting gates pk of 2 59.00E3504S-UVD Silicone casting gates, pk of 2 64.00E3501-BRP Buffer recirculation ports pk of 2 29.00E3504-GS Gel scoop 52.00E3501-PE Replacement Pt Electrode, 50 cm 89.00E3501-C4 1 meter power leads with shrouded 4 mm power output connectors 49.50

■ 6 comb slots - positioned at 25 mmintervals along the gel tray allow SSPsto be separated in less than 30 minutesusing the appropriate runningconditions

■ Six 17-sample combs - with eachmarker lane positioned centrallyenables SSPs to be loaded onto the gelquickly, 8 at a time by multi-channelpipette from a 96 well thermal block

Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl) Cat. No. Description Sample Vol. (µl)E3536-17MC 1 mm thick, 2 x 8 sample, 1 marker, 5 mm tooth 25 E3537-17MC 1.5 mm thick, 2 x 8 sample, 1 marker, 5 mm tooth 37.5



Vari-Gel™ Horizontal 96Q High

Throughput Gel Systems,

Electrophoresis Power Supplies■ Easy to use / intelligent control

■ Four sets of outputs - up to 4 gels at once

■ Advanced safety cut-out feature

Enduro Power Supplies meet a wide range of applications including DNA, RNA and protein electrophoresis,blotting and many others. Designed with safety in mind, they are loaded with features that today’s molecularbiology applications demand. Two models are available with voltage ranges to 300 V and current ranges to3000mA. Operating modes include constant voltage or constant current with automatic crossover. In addition,the 250 V model offers a constant power operating mode.

Operation can be timed or continuous. All parameters including voltage, current, power (where applicable) andtime, are easily set using the membrane keypad and are displayed digitally on the back-lit LCD. Each unitincludes four sets of color-coded output terminals, allowing multiple gels to be run from the same power supply.Enduro Power Supplies offer short circuit and overcurrent/over voltage protection. No load and load changedetection systems are also incorporated into the software. Programming also includes an option for automaticrecovery after a power failure. Compact in design with a small footprint, the Enduro Power Supplies are alsostackable to save space. For easy viewing and setting of parameters on the bench or on a shelf, the front of thepower supply can be raised with the integral folding feet.

Cat. No. Output Voltage Output Current Input Price

E0190 2 - 300 V 4 - 500 mA *115 - 230 V $458.50

E0193 5 - 250 V 10 - 3000 mA *115 - 230 V 885.00

*Add -E for International (230 V) version.

SPECIFICATIONS:Model 300 V / E0190 250 V / E0193Output Voltage (range/increments) 2-300 V/1V 5-250 V/1V Current (range/increments) 4-500mA/1mA 10-3000 mA/10 mA Power (range/increments) 90 watts max/NA 1-300 watts/1watt

Operating constants current, voltage current, voltage, power

Timer 1-999 min, 1 min - 100 hrs, continuous continuous

Programmable No Yes Dimensions (WxDxH) 7.5 x 9.8 x 3.2 in. (19 x 25 x 8 cm)Weight 5.4 lb / 2.4 kgInput Voltage 115 V or 230 V

Electrophoresis

1-800-453-038532

■ Complete and convenientelectrophoresis system

■ Removable Power Supply

■ Ideal for various nucleic acidapplications

■ Wide range of available accessoriesincludes multichannel compatiblecombs

■ Large digital display provides easyvisibility from a distance

■ Multichannel pipette compatible


E0145 Enduro Gel XL w/ standard casting set (E0150), gel tank with safety lid and power supply $595.00

E0150 Standard casting set, includes casting stand, one 13 x 12 cm, two 13 x 6 cm 125.00

gel trays and four 13/26 teeth multichannel pipette compatible combs

E0155 Micro casting set for four gels, includes casting stand, four 5.2 x 6 cm gel 149.50

trays and four dual format combs, 13/26 teeth

E0151 Large Gel Tray Set (12.5 x 12 cm), pk of 2 25.00

E0154 Standard dual format combs, 13/26 teeth (2) for E0150 37.00

E0157 Casting Stand, for all gel sizes 35.00

E0158 Micro Comb Set, 5/8 teeth, reversible, pk of 2 45.50

SPECIFICATIONS:Input: 120 V~, 60 Hz or 230 V~, 50HzOutput: 18 V, 25 V, 35 V, 50 V, 75 V,

100 V, or 135 V, selectableTimer: 5 to 99 min. or

continuous, audible alertDimensions (WxDxH)

Gel Tank: 18.3 x 16.4 x 5.6 cmPower Supply: 6.4 x 16.4 x 3.55 cm

Gel Capacity: 1 large (13 x 12 cm) 2 small (13 x 6 cm)

Enduro Gel XL includes all components necessary to cast and run horizontal gels: gel trays, combs, casting stand,gel tank and digital power supply. The migration tank, gel trays and multichannel combs are molded for leakproofperformance and a long service life. The direct connection of the power supply into the gel box eliminates theneed for power leads.

Pressing the eject button separates the gel box and power supply. Reconnecting is easy - just press two piecestogether. The power supply can be set to either constant voltage or constant current with automatic crossoverbetween the two parameters. Parameters are shown on the large digital display that is easily visible from adistance.

There are three different gel options for the Enduro Gel XL; 12.5x12 cm, 12.5x6 cm and 6x6 cm. One larger gelwith multiple combs will accommodate up to 112 samples. Or run two small gels or four micro gels at the sametime. Cassettes protect fragile electrodes from damage and allow for easy replacement.

A magnetic sensor allows current to flow to the electrodes only when the lid is in place. If the lid is removedwhile the system is operating, current is immediately shut down. In addition, the lid of the gel box is vented todissipate heat produced during electrophoresis. To aid in visualizing the gel while it is running, there is a clearwindow over the gel platform.

E0155 Micro casting set for 4 gel trays 5.2x6 cmeach with 4 combs included

E0150 Standard casting set with one 13x12 cm,two13x6 cm and four 13/16 teeth combs

E0157E0158

E0154

E0151

E0153

Enduro Gel XL Systems

centrifuges;page 3




When running large numbers of samples, the use ofmultichannel pipettes for gel loading saves time. Both sidesof the dual format combs supplied with the system aremultichannel compatible.

The combs have 13 teeth on one side and 26 on the other.Multiple combs can be used in the same gel, and up to 96samples can be loaded onto a single gel.

33

Electrophoresis

www.densci.com





SPECIFICATIONS:Dimensions (W x D x H): E4100 and E4100-Y: 20 x 15 x 14 cm (non-cooled)E4101 and E4101-Y (cooled): 28 x 15 x 18 cm

Inner Tank Dimensions (W x D x H): 16.5 x 11 x 11.5 cmPlate Dimensions (W x H x T): 10 x 10 x 0.2 cmStandard Spacer Dimensions: 1 x 10 x 0.1 cm(W x H x T)Active Gel Dimensions (W x H): 8 x 8.5 cm Casting Base Silicone Seal: 1.5 x 11 x 0.8 cm(Dimensions for E4100-Y and E4101-Y) (W x L x H): Maximum Sample Capacity: 2 x 16 Recommended Buffer Volume:Inner Buffer Chamber: 90 ml; Gel Tank: 1200 ml

for E4101 and E4101-Y1600 ml for E4100 and E4100-Y

Recommended Running Conditions for PAGE Gel:E4100 and E4101 andE4100-Y (non-cooled) E4101-Y (cooled)

Voltage: 50 – 100 V 100 – 150 V(5 – 10 V/cm) (10 – 15 V/cm)

Current: 5 -10 mA 10 – 15mATime: 1.5 – 2.5h 1 – 1.75h

■ Enhanced cooling - snap-lockconnectors allow E4101 and E4101-Y tobe connected to the external chillerunit.

■ Glass plate stops (in E4100-Y andE4101-Y) - within the newly modifiedGRM - lock the glass plates firmly intoposition onto soft silicone gaskets inthe casting base to ensure leak-free gelcasting.

■ Additional gel casting - either with tapeor the optional E4133 cam-pin castingbase or E4139 2 or 10 gel castingsystems.

■ Float glass plates - 2 mm thick -guarantee uniform gel thickness andeven sample migration.

■ Single screws - at either side each gelclamping plate - act in conjunction witha counterbalanced, dovetailed siliconegasket to disperse pressure evenlyalong the height and breadth of the gelas the screws are tightened.

■ Low buffer volumes - within the innerchamber of the GRM and gel tankeconomizes buffer consumption

■ Color-coded combs and spacers -available in 0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 mmthicknesses

Denville Vertical Electrophoresis

10 x 10 cm Twin-Plate Gel SystemsDenville Vertical Electrophoresis 10 x 10 cm Twin-Plate Gel Systems are designed for all standard polyacrylamidegel electrophoresis (PAGE) applications.

■ The E4100 and E4101 twin-plate 10 x 10 cm mini-gel units are ideal cost-effective solutions for standardPAGE applications, using self-cast or commercially available 10 x 10 cm precast gels. E4100 is non-cooled, andE4101 has a cooling coil in the bottom of the gel tank for faster higher voltage electrophoretic separations.

■ The E4100-Y and E4101-Y twin-plate 10 x 10 cm mini-gel units are ideal for standard PAGE applicationsrequiring self-cast gels. Soft silicone gaskets in a precision engineered casting base, included as standardwith each unit, act in tandem with our newly modified GRM to provide simple, leak-free gel casting andassembly. They are also compatible with commercially available 10 x 10 cm precast gels. E4100-Y is non-cooled + casting, and E4101-Y is cooled + casting.


Mini 10 x 10 cm Twin Plate Vertical Gel Electrophoresis Units

E4100 Mini Size 10 x 10 cm Twin Plate Vertical gel unit: includes gel running module, gel tank, $427.00lid, 2x (10 x 10 cm) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (10 x 10 cm) notched glass plates, 1x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 12-sample combs.

E4101 Cooled Mini Size Twin Plate Vertical gel unit: includes gel running module, built-in cooling coil 455.00and quick-fit tubing, plus lid, 2x (10 x 10 cm) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (10 x 10 cm) notched glass plates, 1x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 12-sample combs

E4100-Y Mini Size 10 x 10 cm Twin Plate Vertical gel unit with Casting Base: includes gel running 455.00module, gel tank, lid, 2x (10 x 10 cm) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (10 x 10 cm) notched glass plates, 1 x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 12-sample combs, plus casting base and 2x silicone seals.

E4101-Y Cooled Mini Size 10 x 10 cm Twin Plate Vertical gel unit with Casting Base: includes gel 545.00running module, gel tank with built-in cooling coil and quick-fit tubing, lid, 2x (10 x 10 cm) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (10 x 10 cm) notched glass plates, 1 x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 12-sample combs, plus casting base and 2x silicone seals.

8 samples

10 samples

12 samples

16 samples

Combs for E4100 series. Price: $28.000.75 mm thick 1 mm thick 1.5 mm thick 2 mm thick

Cat. No. SampleNo. (µl)

E4122-8MC 67

E4122-10 45

E4122-12 42

E4122-16MC 28


E4123-8MC 90

E4123-10 60

E4123-12 56

E4123-16MC 37


E4124-8MC 120

E4124-10 90

E4124-12 84

E4124-16MC 55


E4125-8MC 180

E4125-10 120

E4125-12 112

E4125-16MC 75


Electrophoresis

1-800-453-038534

centrifuges;page 3





20 x 20 cm Twin-Plate Gel SystemsThe E4200 series are twin-plate 20 x 20 cm maxi-gel units, which offer all of the benefits of the E4100 series, butin a much larger gel size and with greater sample throughput. They are designed specifically for higher resolutionPAGE techniques requiring self-cast gels.

■ The E4200 and E4201 twin-plate 20 x 20 cm maxi-gel units offer all the benefits of the E4100 and E4101units, but in a much larger gel size and with increased sample throughput. A cooling coil within theE4201 gel tank allows faster separations to be performed at high voltage without compromisingresolution.

■ The E4200-Y and E4201-Y twin-plate 20 x 20 cm maxi-gel units offer all the benefits of the E4100-Y andE4101-Y units, but in a much larger gel size and with increased sample throughput. Both units include, asstandard, a precision engineered casting base, which acts in tandem with our recently modified GRM toprovide simple, leak-free casting.

■ Enhanced cooling - snap-lockconnectors allow E4201 and E4201-Y tobe connected to the external chiller unitfor faster, higher voltage separations.

■ Glass plate stops (in E4200-Y andE4201-Y) - within the newly modifiedGRM - lock the glass plates firmly intoposition onto soft silicone gaskets inthe casting base to ensure leak-free gelcasting.

■ Additional gel casting - with theoptional E4233 cam-pin casting base orE4239-2 two gel casting systems.

■ Float glass plates - 4 mm thick -guarantee uniform gel thickness andeven sample migration.

■ Triple screws - on each gel clampingplate - act in conjunction with acounterbalanced, dovetailed siliconegasket to disperse pressure evenlyalong the height and breadth of the gelas the screws are tightened.

■ Color-coded combs and spacers -available in 0.75, 1 and 1.5 mmthicknesses

Denville Vertical Electrophoresis 10x10 cm

Twin-Plate Gel Systems, continuedCat. No. Description Price

Accessories for E4100 SeriesE4111 Replacement Clamp + Gasket Set for E4100 series $122.00E4112 Replacement Tank for E4100 series 363.00E4113 Replacement Tank with built-in cooling coil for E4100 series 365.00E4114 Replacement Lid for E4100 series 130.00E4115 Replacement gasket set for E4100 series 90.00E4131 Blanking ports, pk of 10 29.00E4132 Gel running module for E4100 series 490.00E4133 Cam-pin casting base for 10 x 10 cm gels with 2 silicone seals 230.00E4134 Silicone seals for E4100 series’ casting base, pk of 2 14.00E4135 Dummy Plate 17.00E4139-10 10 Gel casting system for 10 x 10 cm gels 555.00E4139-2 2 Gel casting system for 10 x 10 cm gels 440.00E4151 Plain 10 x 10 cm Glass with bonded 0.75 mm spacers, pk of 2 34.00E4152 Plain 10 x 10 cm Glass with bonded 1 mm spacers, pk of 2 34.00E4153 Plain 10 x 10 cm Glass with bonded 1.5 mm spacers, pk of 2 34.00E4154 Plain 10 x 10 cm Glass with bonded 2 mm spacers, pk of 2 34.00E4155-N Notched glass 10 x 10 cm, pk of 2 54.00E4155-P Plain glass 10 x 10 cm, pk of 2 24.00E4161 0.75 mm Spacer Set, 10 x 100 mm (W x L). 18.00E4162 1.0 mm Spacer Set, 10 x 100 mm (W x L). 18.00E4163 1.5 mm Spacer Set, 10 x 100 mm (W x L). 18.00E4164 2.0 mm Spacer Set, 10 x 100 mm (W x L). 18.00E4165 Spacer Aligners, pk of 2 23.00E4171 Screw Set for E4100 series, pk of 6 44.00E4173 1 mm Separation sheets, pk of 10 16.00E3501-PE 0.2 mm thick, platinum electrode wire, pk of 2 89.00 E3501-C4 Shrouded 4 mm power output connectors 49.50

Electrophoresis

www.densci.com 35






Standard 20 x 20 cm Twin Plate Vertical Gel Electrophoresis Units

E4200 Standard Size 20.5 x 20 cm (W x H) Twin Plate Vertical gel unit: includes gel running module, $1,079.00gel tank, lid, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm; W x H) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm) notched glass plates, 1x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 24-sample combs.

E4201 Cooled Standard Size 20 x 20 cm Twin Plate Vertical gel unit: includes gel running module, 1,306.00gel tank with built-in cooling coil and quick-fit tubing, lid, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm; W x H) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm) notched glass plates, 1x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 24-sample combs

E4200-Y Standard Twin Plate 20 x 20 cm Vertical gel unit with Casting base: includes gel running 1,269.00module, gel tank, lid, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm; W x H) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm) notched glass plates, 1x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 24-sample combs, plus a casting base and 2x silicone seals.

E4201-Y Cooled Standard Size 20 x 20 cm Twin Plate Vertical gel unit with Casting base: includes 1,533.00gel running module, gel tank with built-in cooling coil and quick-fit tubing, lid, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm; W x H) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (20.5 x 20 cm) notched glass plates, 1x dummy plate and 2x 1 mm thick 24-sample combs, plus a casting base and 2x silicone seals.

Cat. No. Description PriceAccessories for E4200 SeriesE4211 Replacement Clamp Set for E4200 Series, pk of 4 $63.00E4212 Replacement Tank for E4200 Series 655.00E4213 Replacement Tank with built-in cooling coil for E4200 series 843.00E4214 Replacement Lid for E4200 series 284.00E4215 Replacement gasket set for E4200 series 150.00E4232 Gel running module for E4200 series 664.00E4233 Cam-pin casting base for 20 x 20 cm gels with 2 silicone seals 267.00E4234 Silicone seals for E4200 series’ casting base, pk of 2 27.00E4235 Dummy Plate 23.00E4239-2 2 Gel casting system for 20 x 20 cm gels 664.00E4251 Plain 20 x 20 cm Glass with bonded 0.75 mm spacers, pk of 2 45.00E4252 Plain 20 x 20 cm Glass with bonded 1 mm spacers, pk of 2 45.00E4253 Plain 20 x 20 cm Glass with bonded 1.5 mm spacers, pk of 2 45.00E4255-N Notched glass 20 x 20 cm, pk of 2 63.00E4255-P Plain glass 20 x 20 cm, pk of 2 41.00E4261 0.75 mm Spacer Set, 20 x 200 mm (W x L). 21.00E4262 1.0 mm Spacer Set, 20 x 200 mm (W x L). 21.00E4263 1.5 mm Spacer Set, 20 x 200 mm (W x L). 21.00E4265 Spacer Aligner 39.00E4271 Screw Set for E4200 series, pk of 6 38.00E4273 1 mm Separation sheets, pk of 10 16.00E4274 1.0mm glass capillaries, pk of 10 166.00 E3501-C4 Shrouded 4 mm power output connectors 49.50

SPECIFICATIONS:Dimensions (W x D x H): E4200 and E4200-Y: 28.5 x 15 x 27.5 cm(non-cooled)E4201 and E4201-Y (cooled): 38 x 15 x 27.5 cm

Inner Tank Dimensions: 27 x 12.5 x 25 cm(W x D x H)Plate Dimensions (W x H x T): 20.5 x 20 x 0.4 cmStandard Spacer Dimensions: 2 x 20 x 0.1 cm(W x H x T)Active Gel Dimensions (W x H): 16.5 x 17.5 cmCasting Base Silicone Seal: 1.7 x 22.5 x 0.8 cmDimensions (for E4200-Y and E4201-Y) (W x L x H)Recommended Buffer Volume:Inner Buffer Chamber: 700 ml; Gel Tank: 4200 ml

Recommended Running Conditions for PAGE Gel:E4200 and E4200-Y E4201 and E4201-Y (non-cooled) (cooled)

Voltage 175 – 225 V 200 – 300 V(8.75 – 11.25 V/cm) (10 – 15 V/cm)

Current 20 -30mA 30 – 40 mATime 2.5 – 3.5 h 2 – 2.5 h

18 samples

24 samples

36 samples

48 samples

Combs for E4200 series. Price: $32.000.75 mm thick 1 mm thick 1.5 mm thick


E4222-18MC 90

E4222-24 71

E4222-36MC 37

E4222-48 35


E4223-18MC 120

E4223-24 95

E4223-36MC 50

E4223-48 47


E4224-18MC 180

E4224-24 142

E4224-36MC 75

E4224-48 70


Electrophoresiscentrifuges;page 3





Modular Systems■ Modular 2-D Systems

The modular 2-D systems provide a complete solution within one gel tank for two-dimensional (2-D)electrophoresis. These systems are available in existing E4100 and E4200 formats and comprise individual gelrunning modules designed specifically for denaturing or native PAGE (GRM) and isoelectric focusing (IEF) withcapillary gels (CAPGRM).

The unit includes gel running module, gel tank with built-in cooling coil and quick-fit tubing, lid, 2x (10 x 10 cmor 20 x 20 cm) plain glass plates, 4x 1 mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (10 x 10 cm or 20 x 20 cm) notched glassplates, 1 x dummy plate, 2x 1 mm thick 12-sample combs (for 10 x 10 cm systems) or 2x 1 mm thick 24-samplecombs (for 20 x 20 cm systems), casting base and 2 x silicone seals; CAPGRM, 10x 1 mm glass capillaries, 4x 1.5mm spacers, 4x 1.5 mm thick 1-D preparatory combs, 10x blanking ports and 1x gel extraction platform.

■ Modular Electroblotting Systems

The modular electroblotting systems provide a complete solution within one gel tank for PAGE andelectroblotting. These systems are available in existing E4100 and E4200 formats, and comprise individual gel-running modules designed specifically for PAGE (GRM) and electroblotting (EBGRM).

The unit includes gel running module, gel tank with built-in cooling coil and quick-fit tubing, lid, 2x (10 x 10 cmor 20 x 20 cm) plain glass plates, 4x 1mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (10 x 10 cm or 20 x 20 cm) notched glassplates, 1x dummy plate, 2x 1 mm thick 12-sample combs (for 10 x 10 cm systems) or 2x 1 mm thick 24-samplecombs (for 20 x 20 cm systems), casting base and 2x silicone seals; plus EBGRM, 2x electroblotting cassettes and4x fiber pads.

■ Complete Modular Systems

The complete modular systems provide a fully integrated solution within one gel tank for both 2-Delectrophoresis and electroblotting. These systems are available in existing E4100 and E4200 formats andcomprise individual gel-running modules designed specifically for denaturing or native PAGE (GRM), capillarygel isoelectric focusing (CAPGRM) and electroblotting (EBGRM). Following 2-D electrophoresis, the EBGRM canbe used to transfer second dimension SDS-PAGE gels for further analysis by western blotting, providingenhanced sensitivity.

The unit includes gel running module, gel tank with built-in cooling coil and quick-fit tubing, lid, 2x (10 x 10 cmor 20 x 20 cm) plain glass plates, 4x 1mm spacers, 2x spacer aligners, 2x (10 x 10 cm or 20 x 20 cm) notched glassplates, 1x dummy plate, 2x 1 mm thick 12-sample combs (for 10 x 10 cm systems) or 2x 1 mm thick 24-samplecombs (for 20 x 20 cm systems), casting base and 2x silicone seals; CAPGRM, 10x 1mm glass capillaries, 4x1.5mm spacers, 4x 1.5mm thick 1-D preparatory combs, 10x blanking ports and 1x gel extraction platform; plusEBGRM, 2x electroblotting cassettes and 4x fiber pads.

1-800-453-038536

10 x 10 cm Systems 20 x 20 cm Systems

Unit Dimensions (W x D x H) 28 x 15 x 18 cm 38 x 15 x 27.5 cmInner Tank Dimensions (W x D x H) 16.5 x 11 x 15 cm 27 x 12.5 x 25 cmPlate Dimensions (W x H x T) 10 x 10 x 0.2 cm 20.5 x 20 x 0.4 cmRecommended Buffer Volume (PAGE GRM) Inner Buffer Chamber 90 ml 700 ml

Gel Tank 1600 ml 4200 mlStandard Spacer Dimensions (W x H x T) 1 x 10 x 0.1 cm 2 x 20 x 0.4 cmActive Gel Dimensions (W x H) 8 x 8.5 cm 16.5 x 17.5 cmRecommended Running Conditions for SDS-PAGE Voltage 100-150 V 200-300 V

Current 10-15 mA 30-40 mATime 1-1.75 h 2-2.5 h

Capillary Diameter Inner Diameter 1 mm 1 mmOuter Diameter 5 mm 5 mmLength 80 mm 170 mm

Recommended Buffer Volume (CAPGRM) Upper Buffer Chamber 200 ml 300 mlGel Tank 1600 ml 4200 ml

Recommended Running Conditions for Pre-run Separation End of Run Pre-run Separation End of RunIEF of Capillary Gels Voltage 200 V 400 V 500 V 200 V 400 V 500 V

Time 0.5 h 3 h 0.5 h 0.5 h 6-18 h 0.5 hVolt-hours 100 Vh 1200 Vh 250 Vh 100 Vh 2400-7200 Vh 250 Vh

Distance Between Plate Electrodes in EBGRM 6 cm 6 cmElectroblotting Cassette Dimensions (W x L) 11.5 x 10.5 cm 20.5 x 20 cmActive Transfer Area 71 cm2 289 cm2

Recommended Running Conditions for Electroblotting Voltage 100 V 200 VCurrent 75 mA (0.6-0.8 mA/cm2) 150 mA (0.8-1.0 mA/cm2)Time 4-6 h 6h to overnight

Apply for All ModularSystems

Apply for Modular 2-Dand Complete ModularSystems

Apply for ModularElectroblotting andComplete ModularSystems

SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODULAR SYSTEMS:

Electrophoresis

www.densci.com 37






ElectroblottersRecently redesigned to accommodate up to 4 electroblotting cassettes, the electroblotters provide a cost-effectivesafe and easy to use system for the transfer of proteins and nucleic acids from 10 x 10 cm mini and20.5 x 20 cm maxi gels. Both units are supplied with asymmetric color-coded cassettes as a unique designfeature to prevent them from being inserted into the tank in the wrong orientation, against the direction oftransfer.

■ Fiber pads - compress the gel against the transfer membrane for uniform transfer■ Plate-electrodes - 12.8cm apart - maximize the intensity of the electric field, allowing rapid

transfer within 4 to 6 hours

■ Flat bottom - allows each electroblotter to be placed directly onto a magnetic stirring plate


E4101-2D 10 x 10 cm Modular 2-D unit with Casting Base, Capillary Gel Module (CAPGRM) $1,090.00

E4101-EB 10 x 10 cm Modular Electroblotting unit with Casting Base, and Electroblotting module (EBGRM) 1,100.00

E4101-CG 10 x 10 cm Complete Modular unit with Casting Base, Capillary Gel Module (CAPGRM) 1,655.00

and Electroblotting module (EBGRM)

E4201-2D 20 x 20 cm Modular 2-D unit with Casting Base, Capillary Gel Module (CAPGRM) 1,766.00

E4201-EB 20 x 20 cm Modular Electroblotting unit with Casting Base, and Electroblotting module (EBGRM) 1,766.00

E4201-CG 20 x 20 cm Complete Modular unit with Casting Base, Capillary Gel Module (CAPGRM) 2,208.00

and Electroblotting module (EBGRM)

10 x 10 cm Modular 20 x 20 cm Modular Systems Systems

Description Cat. No. Price Cat. No. PriceGel running module E4132 $490.00 E4232 $664.00Plain glass plates, pk of 2 E4155-P 24.00 E4255-P 41.00Notched glass plates, pk of 2 E4155-N 54.00 E4255-N 63.00Dummy Plate E4135 17.00 E4235 23.001.0 mm Spacer Set E4162 18.00 E4262 21.001.0 mm thick 12-sample combs E4123-12 28.00 N.A. N.A.1.0 mm thick 24-sample combs N.A. N.A. E4223-24 32.00Spacer Aligners, pk of 2 E4165 23.00 E4265 39.00Cam-pin casting base with 2 silicone seals E4133 230.00 E4233 267.00Silicone seals for cam-pin casting base, pk of 2 E4134 14.00 E4234 27.000.2 mm thick, platinum electrode wire, pk of 2 E3501-PE 89.00 E3501-PE 89.00Shrouded 4 mm power output connectors E3501-C4 49.50 E3501-C4 49.501.5mm Spacer Set E4163 18.00 E4263 21.00Capillary gel running module E4132-CG 550.00 E4232-CG 828.00Blanking ports, pk of 10 E4131 29.00 E4131 29.00Gel extraction platform E4138 43.00 E4238 68.00Electroblotting gel running module with built-in plate electrodes E4132-EB 645.00 E4232-EB 664.00Color coded electroblotting cassette with fiber pads E4136 45.00 E4236 106.00Fiber Pads, pk of 4 E4137 18.00 N.A. N.A.

Modular Systems Accessories

Use these part numbers when ordering replacement parts for each modular 2-D system.

Use these part numbers when ordering replacement parts for each modular Electroblotting system.

Use these part numbers when ordering replacement parts for each complete modular system.


E4103 Complete electroblotting system for four 10 x 10 cm mini-gels: includes $772.004 x electroblotting cassettes, 8 x fiber pads, cooled tank, lid and quick-fit tubing

E4203 Complete electroblotting system for four 20 x 20 cm Standard-gels: includes 884.00 4 x electroblotting cassettes, 8 x fiber pads, cooled tank, lid and quick-fit tubing

E4136 10 x 10 cm color coded electroblotting cassette with fiber pads 45.00E4236 20 x 20 cm color coded electroblotting cassette with fiber pads 106.00

SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTROBLOTTERS:Dimensions (W x D x H):E4103: 20 x 22.5 x 18.5 cmE4203: 20 x 32.5 x 28.5 cm

Inner Tank Dimensions (W x D x H):E4103: 12.8 x 11 x 17 cmE4203: 12.8 x 21 x 26 cm

Maximum Sample Capacity: 4 cassettesDistance Between Plate: 12.8 cmElectrodes in EBGRMElectroblotting Cassette Dimensions (W x L): E4103: 11.5 x 10.5 cmE4203: 20.5 x 20 cm

Active Transfer Area:E4103: 71 cm2

E4203: 289 cm2

Recommended Buffer Volume:E4103: 2000 mlE4203: 6300 ml

Recommended Running Conditions for PAGE Gel:E4103 E4203

Voltage 50-100 V 200 VCurrent 75 mA (0.6-0.8 mA/cm2) 150 mA (0.8-1.0 mA/cm2)Time 2-4 h 6h to overnight

Electrophoresis

1-800-453-038538

centrifuges;page 3




Semi-Dry Blotters■ For fast electro blotting techniques

■ 2 sizes available:

10 x 10 cm format - accommodates one 10 x 10 cm mini-gel

20 x 20 cm format - accommodates up to four 10 x 10 cm mini-gels or one 20 x 20 cm maxi-gel

■ Gels can be stacked – for higher throughput blotting

■ Rapid transfer assured within 1 hour – for lower molecular weight proteinsand nucleic acids; larger molecules transferred in 2 hours

■ Semi-dry format – minimizes buffer consumption, with no need for mess andadditional accessories

■ Color-coded, corrosion-free plate electrodes – platinum-coated titaniumanode and stainless steel cathode maximize the transfer area, so that fullelectrical contact is made between the gel and the membrane, whilecorrosion resistant metal prolongs lifespan and durability

The 10 x 10 cm and 20 x 20 cm semi-dry blotters are ideal for fast transfer of proteins and nucleic acids withoutthe need for costly accessories such as gel cassettes and tanks. Corrosion-free platinum-coated titanium andstainless steel plate electrodes, corresponding to the anode and cathode, maximize the active area of transferso that full electrical contact is made between the gel and the membrane, allowing transfer to be completedwithin an hour with the minimum of heat dissipation, buffer consumption and mess in the laboratory, normallyassociated with wet blotting techniques.


B6300-A 10 x 10 cm Semi-Dry Blotting System $655.00

B6400 20 x 20 cm Semi-Dry Blotting System 1,453.00

MacroVue™ UV-25 UV

Transilluminator■ Uniform illumination

■ Variable intensity can be adjusted from 0 to 9,000 µW/cm2, covering a largerrange of preparative and analytical applications

■ Shortwave UV lamps are available to change illumination from 302 nm to 254 nm

■ UV safety cover minimizes personal exposure

■ Each model includes UV Transilluminator with Intensity Switch, six UVLamps, 302 nm (installed), and a hinged clear UV-blocking safety cover.

The MacroVue™ Variable-intensity UV transilluminator provides a uniform and intense source of 302 nmultraviolet light to back illuminate transparent fluorescent materials.

Nucleic acids stained with fluorescent dyes such as ethidium bromide and acridine orange can be detectedunder UV illumination. This visualization method is especially suitable for double stranded nucleic acids, but isless sensitive for visualizing single-stranded nucleic acids. The light intensity level can be adjusted from 0 to9,000 µW/cm2. The transilluminator can be converted from 302 nm (medium wavelength) to 254 nm (shortwavelength) by replacing the UV lamps.


U4025 MacroVue™ UV-25 UV Transilluminator, 110-120 V 50/60 Hz $1,545.00

U4025-230V MacroVue™ UV-25 UV Transilluminator, 200-240 V 50/60 Hz 1,545.00

U4025-LM UV Lamp, 8 W, 302 nm 143.00

U4025-LS UV Lamp, 8 W, 254 nm 128.00

SPECIFICATIONS:B6300-A B6400

Dimensions (W x D x H): 17 x 7.5 x 17 cm 27 x 7.5 x 27 cmActive Transfer Area : 10 x 10 cm 20 x 20 cm(W x L)Sample Throughput: One 10 x 10 cm Four 10 x 10 cm

mini-gel mini-gels; One 20 x 20 cm maxi-gel

Recommended Current 80mA / 0.8mAcm-2 320mA / 0.8mAcm-2

Setting

SPECIFICATIONS:Illuminated Area: 21 x 26 cmLamps: Six 8 W, 302 nm UV (included)Optional 8 W, 254 nm UV lamps available separatelyUV Intensity:Selection Dial Range: 0 to 9,000 µW/cm2

Unit Dimensions (W x H x D): 14 x 5 x 14 in. / 35.5 x 12.1 x 35 cm

Safety Certifications: EN61010-1, UL3101-1, CSA22.2 1010.1, CE

JPan

Highlight

100

Electrophoresis

www.densci.com 39





UV light Source■ UV light (400nm) ■ White light

■ Laser lecture pointer

This tiny (3.25 in. / 82 mm), battery operated device has 3 different light sources, packaged in a single, convenientkey chain accessory. Press one end of the two sided operating button and get high intensity white LED light forgeneral illumination and inspection. Press it again for 400nm ultra-violet light for visualization of gels, stained DNA,bacterial destruction, cross-linked membranes and other molecular biology applications. Press the other end of thebutton and get a vivid red laser pointer.


U3950 UV, laser and white light source $38.50

Transilluminator - UV and White Light■ Side by side work surfaces - each 20 x 20 cm

■ No larger than a single source transilluminator

Switch between white light and 302nm UV at the push of a button.


U4710-1 Dual source illuminator $1,744.00


U4740-1 Crosslinker, shortwave UV. 254nm model for multiple molecular biology $1,595.00

applications, including covalent binding of DNA/RNA to membranes, nicking,

gene mapping, sterilization and reducing DNA contamination in PCR protocols

U4280-1 Crosslinker, longwave UV. 365nm model for photochemistry, UV curing, 1,595.00

immunology research

UV Crosslinker■ Microprocessor controlled sensor feedback system

■ "Laydown" type door and UV blocking window

Crosslinker uses UV energy to bind nucleic acids to membranes in 30 seconds or less.

Portable Light Boxes■ Economical ■ Color corrected light

■ Integral handle / tilt stand ■ Cool operation

Cat. No. Dimensions Price

L3659 Single lamp, 8.5 x 11.5 in. $119.00

L3649 Single lamp, 11.5 x 15 in. 169.00

L3660 Single lamp, 11.5 x 18 in. 179.00

L3656 Double lamp, 16 x 24 in. 359.00

Cat. No. Description Volume Price

E2700 Denville Blue Protein Stain 1L $99.00

E2700-SA Denville Blue Protein Stain, Trial Size 100 ml 15.00

Denville Blue™ Protein Stain■ No destain

■ See your results in less than 10 minutes

■ No hazardous chemicals

■ Detect down to 10ng of protein

■ Linear range from 50ng to 4 mg of protein

Detection of proteins with Denville Blue™ Protein Stain on 4–20% Tris-Glycine Gels. Figure A shows a number of proteins and cell lysates in varyingamounts. Figure B represents a gradient of BSA loaded across the gel.

Lanes Sample 1 & 2 100 and 200 ng BSA 3 & 4 100 and 200 ng GST 5 & 6 2 and 4 mg MW Markers 7–9 2.5, 5, & 10 mg bacterial lysate10–12 2, 4, & 8 mg 3T3 lysate

Lane BSA Lane BSAConc. Conc.

1 2 mg 2 1 mg 3 500 ng 4 250 ng 5 100 ng 6 50 ng 7 25 ng 8 12.5 ng

A B

40

Autoradiography Film

■ For blotting & sequenceautoradiography

■ Use with 14c, 35S, 32P, 33P and 125I

■ optimized for chemiluminescence

■ High sensitivity & contrast

■ Publication quality

Denville HyBlot CL Film is an ultra clear, double emulsionfilm that is ideal for use in enhanced chemiluminescence(ECL) and various other molecular biology applications. Itproduces a sharp, high contrast image that allows easyreading. Coated with emulsion on both sides to ensureoptimum sensitivity, our film exhibits results comparableto films that cost more than three times as much. HyBlotCL film can be processed in automatic processors ormanually using most common X-ray film developers andfixers. Packaged 100 films per box (interleafed) and sealedin light tight envelope giving maximum protection andease of use.

Autoradiography Cassettes - Standard■ deluxe stainless steel frames

■ Hand welded for extra strength and durability

■ "auto-adjust" stainless steel hinges

■ aluminum (lead lined) doors absorb secondary radiation

Denville BioCassettes are designed for maximum film contact. They are die-formed for strength and have heavyduty stainless steel crossbars that pivot on a friction-free nylon coated rivet. Special non-shedding, oil-free feltprovides superior film contact and a positive light seal.


E3112 BioCassette, 5 x 7 in. $169.00

E3118 BioCassette, 8 x 10 in. 209.00



Autoradiography Cassettes - Slimline■ lightweight aluminum, slim profile

■ adaptable to various films and screens

■ compact, requires very little storage space

■ easy to open and close, even in a darkroom


E3312 Slimline cassette, 5 x 7 in. $98.00

E3318 Slimline cassette, 8 x 10 in. 165.00



1-800-453-0385






E3012 HyBlot CL film, 5 x 7 in. (130 x 180 mm) 100 $49.70

E3018 HyBlot CL film, 8 x 10 in. (204 x 255 mm) 100 93.80



Order intensifying screens separately.

www.densci.com


E3350 Intensifying screen, 5 x 7 in., pk of 2 $76.00

E3352 Intensifying screen, 8 x 10 in., pk of 2 129.00



Intensifying Screens■ reduce exposure time ■ Sharpen image contrast

■ High absorption / low noise

HyGLO™

HRP Chemiluminescent Detection Reagent■ down to 1 picogram sensitivity

■ Simple (1:1) two reagent system

■ Improved signal life and sensitivity

Denville’s HyGLO chemiluminescent detection reagent serves as a highly sensitivesubstrate for detection of HRP enzyme conjugates in immunoblots. Thechemiluminescent reaction can be detected via standard autoradio-graphy film orCCD camera. Designed for use with standard nitrocellulose or PVDF membranes.HyGLO is supplied as two separate reagents in 250 ml bottles. Reagents ‘A’ and ‘B’ eachhave a shelf life in excess of one year at 4°C. When mixed, the two reagents are instantlyactive and ready to use. Each HyGLO kit contains sufficient reagent volume for 4,000cm2 of membrane.

HyBLOCKER™

Fast blocking and ready-to-use, HyBLOCKER is a dual purpose solution for dilution of antibodiesand blocking of substrates used in ELISA and Western blot assays. Its excellent stability allowsblocked plates to be stored dry for up to 12 months. Suitable for use with avidin/streptavidinsystems.


E2550 HyBLOCKER liquid blocking reagent, 1000 ml $85.00

www.densci.com

Electrophoresis

41






E2400 HyGLO™ Quick Spray Chemiluminescent HRP Antibody Detection Reagent $179.00

(Each kit contains 2 x 250 ml reagent bottles with spray bottle)

E2410 HyGLO™ Quick Spray Refills (2 x 250 ml bottles without sprayer) 159.00

E2400-SA Trial Size HyGLO™ Quick Spray Chemiluminescent HRP Antibody Detection Reagent 39.00


E2400-X Dual Sprayer for HyGLO™ Quick Spray 29.00

HyGLO™ quick SprayHRP Chemiluminescent Detection Reagent■ rapid detection ■ detect down to 1pg antigen

■ non-radioactive ■ Strong signal

■ no mixing, no measuring ■ low background

Western blotting just got easier with a new one-step spray version of HyGLO™ chemiluminescent detectionreagent. New HyGLO™ Quick Spray provides instant synchronized mixing of two reagents for detectionsensitivity to one pictogram of antigen. The chemiluminescent signal can be detected on autoradiography film,such as HyBlot CL™.


E2500 HyGLO HRP detection kit (2 x 250 ml bottles, for 4,000 cm2 membrane) $179.00

E2500-SA HyGLO Trial Size 25.00

1-800-453-038542

Autoradiography Pens■ For clear images on exposure to X-ray film

■ Phosphorescent, nontoxic

The Bio-Imager Pen has widespread use in molecular biology, re duc ing waste and avoiding the use of isotopic materials.The writing material casts a greenish white glow and is recharged by exposure to light.


L3755 Bio-Imager marking pen $59.00

Double Safe Security Jackets■ Fit over autoradiography cassettes ■ cushion and prevent light leakage

These protective jackets provide an extra measure of protection. Black nylon with "hook and loop" sealing flap.

Cat. No. Description For Cassettes Price

E3753-0 17 x 21 in. 15 x 18 in. $43.00

E3753-1 14 x 11 in. 8 x 10 in. 42.00

E3753-2 9 x 10 in. 5 x 7 in. 41.00

Radmark™- Autoradiography Ruler Strips■ exposes metric ruler marks onto X-ray film

■ Sharp ruler markings on autorads and photos

■ adhesive backing for easy positioning

RadMark ruler strips provide a convenient method for indicating orientation and measurements directly on X-ray film, utilizing a phosphorescent dye and unique emission filter. These adhesive backed strips are visibleunder normal lighting and are reusable. They can be used with preflashed film and in ten si fy ing screens.


E4190 Ruler strips, 11 x 200 mm, pkg. 4 $77.00

E4192 Phosphorescent symbols, kit of 170 stickers 99.00

Fluorescent Rulers■ Sharp, clear markings visible at 300 and 350nm

■ require only one lane space

Designed for use with ethidium bromide gels, the UV characteristics of the divisions on these rulersclosely match the emission/absorption of the stained DNA.


E4095 Fluorescent rulers, set of 4 (2 x 20 cm and 2 x 10 cm) $39.50

Synergel™ Gelling/Sieving Enhancer■ Improves agarose gel performance

■ accommodates more dna - less tailing / smearing

■ Improved clarity; better photodocumentation

SynerGel increases resolution, exhibiting improved spatial separation and "tighter" banding. Its sievingefficiency is two times that of agarose and it literally reduces gel costs. SynerGel combines with agarose to forma hydrogen bonded binary gel system, resulting in a stronger, more elastic gel that is more resistant to puncturesand tears.


E5520 SynerGel, 100 grams $119.00





Electrophoresis

www.densci.com 43

Gel Scoops■ Wide bevelled edge

■ UV transparent acrylic

The scoop's bevelled edge helps break the gel's seal to the underlying acrylic or glass plate. It's unique shapeprovides the leverage necessary to pick up your horizontal gel without tearing, breakage or excessive distortionor stress. Ideal for transferring gels to a transilluminator. Made of UV transparent acrylic.


E3501-UVS Gel Scoop, 6.5 x 12 cm (w x l) $48.00

E3502-UVS Gel Scoop, 9 x 12 cm (w x l) 48.00

E3503-UVS Gel Scoop, 14 x 17 cm (w x l) 68.00Dimensions are for flat surface, not including handle

Gel Tools■ Use with transilluminators and photo-doc sys tems

■ trays & Scoopers are UV transparent acrylic

■ trays, Scoopers & cutters protect transilluminators from cuts and scratches

■ ruler has fluorescent cm markings

■ trays allow you to work right on the transilluminator


U4150 Gel Tray, 29 x 22.9 cm, UV transparent $69.00

U4152 Gel Tray, 42 x 26.7 cm, UV transparent 74.00

E6020-1A Gel Cutter, clear acryl ic, 20 cm length, eliminates 42.00

scratching caused by razor blades, pk of 3

U4156 Gel Scooper, with han dle and bevelled edge 62.75

for lifting / transferring gels to viewing equipment

6 mm (.25 in.) thick, UV trans par ent acrylic 12.5 cm W x 30 cm L

U4158 Gel Ruler with cm mark ings that fluoresce under 16.00

365 nm and 302 nm UV wave lengths, 25c m length


CA3510-6 Agarose, biotech grade, 100 grams $119.00

CA3510-8 Agarose, biotech grade, 500 grams 379.00

Agarose■ Greater thermal Stability

■ Ultrapure

■ Wide range

■ certified rnase, dnase and Protease Free

■ low eeo / increased electrophoretic mobility

A standard melting / gelling agarose for electrophoresisapplications. Biotechnology grade, suitable for most nucleic acidand protein analytical applications.





SPECIFICATIONS:Gel Strength: ≥ 1200 g/cm2

Gel temperature: 36°C ± 1.5°C (1.5%)

Melting temperature: 88°C ± 1.5°C (1.5%)

EEO (-m): 0.13Moisture Content: ≤ 7%Sulfate: ≤ 0.2%

1-800-453-038544

Glass Utility Trays■ Borosilicate glass

■ Ideal for staining / destaining

These heat resistant glass trays are made of thick, durable borosilicate glass with handles.

Staining & Storage Boxes - Premium quality

These polypropylene boxes have end grips for easy handling. Supplied with snug fitting covers.

“Light-tight” Fluorescence BoxesThese black boxes are ideal for staining, blotting, fluorescence work and wherever a quality tray or box isrequired. Made of opaque black polystyrene with an overlapping lid, they keep unwanted light out. Theyaccommodate many popular gel sizes, including 4 x 5 in. and 12 x 12 cm mini-gels.

Cat. No. Size (L x W x H) Qty. Price

T6222 8 x 8 x 2 in./20 x 20 x 5 cm 1 $16.80

T6233 13 x 9 x 2 in./33 x 23 x 5 cm 1 22.00

Cat. No. Description Price, pk/10

T6610-5 Light-tight boxes, 5 x 5.25 x 1.3 in./12.8 x 13.4 x 3.3 cm (lxwxh) $24.50

Cat. No. Dimensions Volume Qty. Price

T6371-1 6 x 4 x 2.12 in. 12 oz. (360 ml) 12 $28.00

T6371-2 7.12 x 5.25 x 2.37 in. 24 oz. (720 ml) 12 36.00

T6371-5 9 x 6.62 x 2.75 in. 40 oz. (1200 ml) 6 27.00

T6371-8 10.75 x 7.88 x 3 in. 80 oz. (2400 ml) 6 33.00

T6371-9 12.62 x 9.37 x 3.5 in. 128 oz. (4000 ml) 6 37.00





SPECIFICATIONS:Speed (fixed) 12 rpmTilt ±8°Max. load 4.4 lbs./2.0 kgAmbient operating range +4° to 65°CWeight 4.4 lbs./2.0 kg


S7307 Mini BlotRocker 3D with 7.5 x 10.5 in. platform $369.00

S7307-SP Optional stacking platform, 7.5 x 10.5 in. 85.00

S7307-DM Optional dimpled mat, 7.5 x 10.5 in. 28.00

S7312 BlotRocker 3D with 12 x 12 in. platform 399.00

S7312-SP Optional stacking platform, 12 x 12 in. 85.00

S7312-DM Optional dimpled mat, 12 x 12 in. 30.00

BlotRocker 3D™ &

Mini BlotRocker 3D™

■ optimized speed and tilt for blotting, washing, staining

■ tri-directional motion for gentle, thorough mixing

■ Incubator and cold room safe

The BlotRocker 3D family provides low speed 3-dimensional motion in a compact, economical package. Tiltangle and speed are preset (8° tilt, 12rpm) for ideal blotting conditions. Both units are available with optionalsecond tier platforms. Choose from 7.5 x 10.5 in. or 12 x 12 in. platforms. Both models are supplied with a flatrubber mat.

check thespecs, not forboth of them

www.densci.com 45

Gel Staining Boxes■ 5 x 5 in. interior surface

■ clear polymethylpentene

■ Supplied with sealing lid

Electrophoresis gels and membranes can be easily stained, fixed, destained andhandled in these boxes supplied with snap fit lids. The boxes have a drain (with LDPE plug) lower than the floorof the box to minimize disturbance of the gel during liquid drainage. The box and cover are unaffected bytemperatures from -70°C to +70°C and are resistant to acids, alkalis and many solvents. Inside dimensions of theboxes are 127 x 127 x 51 mm deep (5 x 5 x 2 in.) offering liquid capacity up to 750 ml.


H9397-A Staining box, clear plastic with lid, 5 x 5 x 2 in., pk of 4 $75.00

Cat. No. Description Dimensions Fits/recommended for Minimum PriceVolume Pk/5

E4402-31 Micro-strip 27⁄8 x 13⁄16 x 3⁄4 in. Various 1 ml $12.00(7.3 x 3.0 x 1.9 cm)

E4402-12 Micro-rectangle 21⁄8 x 15⁄8 x 3⁄4 in. Partial mini-protein gels 1 ml 10.50(5.4 x 4.1 x 1.9 cm)

E4402-40 Mini-rectangle 27⁄8 x 2 x 11⁄4 in. Half mini-protein gels 3 ml 15.50(7.3 x 5.1 x 3.2 cm)

E4402-10 Medium rectangle 31⁄2 x 29⁄16 x 1 in. Mini-protein gels, Denville new vertical 4 ml 22.00(9.0 x 6.5 x 2.5 cm) system, Bio-Rad Protean 3 & similar

E4402-10BK Black Medium 31⁄2 x 29⁄16 x 1 in. Same as above, 4 ml 23.50Rectangle (9.0 x 6.5 x 2.5 cm) but light protecting black

E4402-32 Long Strip 33⁄4 x 13⁄16 x 5⁄8 in. Protean 3 (cut up) 2 ml 15.00(9.5 x 3.0 x 1.6 cm)

E4402-51 Medium Strip 43⁄8 x 21⁄16 x 13⁄4 in. Various 3 ml 18.50(11.1 x 5.2 x 4.4 cm)

E4402-70 Large 45⁄8 x 31⁄2 x 11⁄8 in. Cambrex PAGEr Gold Precast, 6 ml 21.00(11.7 x 9.0 x 2.8 cm) Amersham Mighty Small,

Novex SureLock Mini

E4402-91 Square 41⁄2 x 41⁄2 x 11⁄4 in. Owl Penguin P9DS/Puffin 7 ml 22.00(11.4 x 11.4 x 3.2 cm)

E4402-90 Extra Large 61⁄16 x 41⁄16 x 11⁄2 in. Bio-Rad Criterion, Amersham 11 ml 17.50(15.4 x 10.3 x 3.8 cm)SE600 (15 x 8 cm), Novex Midi

Blotting Containers■ a perfect size for every blot

■ Save $$$ on antibodies

■ Hinged lid reduces evaporation

Whether you’re doing Western blots in halves, wholes, strips or minis, there’s a Denville Blot Box™ that’s just rightfor you. Once you’ve chosen the best size for your blot (see ordering information for recommendations), you’llbe able to put more trays on your bench or rocker and instantly reduce antibody/reagent consumption to anabsolute minimum. Thanks to their right angle edges, exceptionally flat, smooth bottoms and a wide choice ofdimensions, a typical mini-protein gel requires as little as 4 ml of antibody (typical mini-strips require only 1 ml).

Priced to be truly disposable, all sizes are made of crystal clear polystyrene (except E4402-10BK, which is opaqueblack to protect light sensitive samples). All sizes have a convenient hinged lid to reduce evaporation.

Our Best

Small Staining/Destaining Tray■ 4.62 x 8 in.

These were initially sold as covers for our test tube racks. But, due to popular demand, they are now availableseparately for other uses, including staining, blotting, etc.

Cat. No. Description Ea. Pk/10

R8700-L Translucent polypropylene tray, 4.62 x 8 in./11.7 x 20.3 cm $4.95 $33.00

Electrophoresiskits & reagents;page 111




Electrophoresis

1-800-453-038546

centrifuges;page 3





U4300 Digital imaging system with camera, software, $3,600.00

enclosure, UV filter and diopter

U4301 Above system with U4000-26A transilluminator (21 x 26 cm, 302 nm) 4,482.00

Digital Documentation System■ affordable gel imaging

■ High resolution

The DigiDoc-It™ Imaging System offers an economical imaging solution for gel imaging by combining an easyto use software interface with a high resolution megapixel digital color camera housed in a lightweight hood.

The camera is controlled by UVP’s exclusive capture software which loads on the user’s computer. See livepreview of gels, plates and colonies on the monitor. Save images in multiple file formats. The easy to usesoftware offers many image capture, image enhancement and reporting tools and supports compliance with21 CFR Part 11.

The hood enclosure fits on top of a High Performance UV Transilluminator which includes 25-watt 302nm UVwhich can be set to high, medium and low intensity settings. Access to the transilluminator surface is via theflip open door. The viewport allows UV safe visibility of fluorescent stained gels. The camera is housed underthe protective cap. Handles on the hood enable users to easily move the hood.

System includes: DigiCam 110 digital color camera, exclusive capture software (compatible with Windows XP),Ethidium Bromide filter, darkroom hood and choice of transilluminator.

System Includes:• 10.0 megapixelcamera

• UV transilluminator• Dark hood withhandles• Filter 22 (Eth.Brom.)• Color printer


Basic UV Documentation System■ Brilliant 4 x 6 in. color prints in seconds

■ For all gel sizes up to 20 x 25 cm

■ Included combination lock secures camera

■ does not require a computer

Capture and print images with this easy to use system for basic gel documentation. Users can observefluorescent gels via the unique viewport window. The window blocks UV and allows researchers to safely seethe gels when illuminated by the UV transilluminator. The high resolution 10.0 megapixel digital cameracaptures brilliant color images. Print 4x6 in. lab quality prints to the color printer included with the system.Images can also be saved on the camera’s memory card. Capture images up to 21x26 cm.

This stand alone system does not require a computer; however, it is possible to connect to a PC with a USBcable for downloading images to the PC.

System includes: • Digi Camera Megapixel digital color camera and with zoom lens • Lightweight hood withhandles • Color printer with 108 sheets of paper • EtBr filter • Choice of transilluminators (variety

of filter sizes and UV wavelengths available); M-20 V and M-26V include high, medium andlow intensity settings .


U4040-2 Doc system with LM-20 Transilluminator (20x20 cm filter, 302/365 nm UV) $3,699.00

U4045-2 Doc system with LM-26E Transilluminator (21x26 cm filter, 302/365 nm UV) 3,871.00

U4041-2 Doc system without transilluminator 2,110.00

U4041-3 Optional analysis software 1,537.00

Balances Ultrasonic Baths Water Baths Hotplates Stirring Hotplates

Magnetic Stirrers Test tube Chiller Orbital and Reciprocal Shakers

Shaking Incubators Microtube Block Incubators Incubators pH Meters Liquid Nitrogen Dewars

Freezers Refrigerators Radiation Safety Rockers Vortexers Spectrophotometers


General LaboratoryEquipment

pages 47-78

General LabEquipment

1-800-453-038548

centrifuges;page 3




Adam Portable Precision Balances■ readable to 0.01 g and 0.1 g

■ rS232 connection

■ Handical™ internal calibration

■ Pan size: 4.7 in. Ø/120 mm Ø

Compact and portable with an internal rechargeable battery, the Highland series is ideal for basic lab work orwhen mobility is needed. A removable draft shield eliminates disturbances in drafty environments, and allmodels are equipped with an AC adapter, below balance weighing hanger, and stainless steel weighing pans.

Adam Top Loading Balances■ readable to 0.001 g and 0.01 g

■ GlP compliance via rS232 connection and date & time stamp

■ digital filters compensate for vibration, drafts or temperature changes

■ chemical-resistant, all metal housing

■ Pan size for B1751, B1752, B1753 and B1755 is 5.7×4.9 in./145×125 mm;

■ Pan size for B1756, B1757, B1758, B1759 is 7.6×7.6 in./192×192 mm

Parts counting, percentage weighing, check weighing, density determination, and animal weighing (averaging)allow these precision balances to be used for many different applications. Loaded with features like passwordprotection, a capacity tracker display, below balance weighing, multiple languages, and much more, PGWbalances are a great value.

Cat. No. Model No. Capacity Readability Price

B1751 PGW153e 150 g 0.001 g $875.00

B1752 PGW253e 250 g 0.001 g 975.00

B1753 PGW453e 450 g 0.001 g 1,075.00

B1755 PGW753e 750 g 0.001 g 1,475.00

B1756 PGW1502e 1500 g 0.01 g 875.00

B1757 PGW2502e 2500 g 0.01 g 975.00

B1758 PGW3502e 3500 g 0.01 g 1,075.00

B1759 PGW4502e 4500 g 0.01 g 1,175.00


B1780 Highland 123 120 g 0.001 g $405.00

B1781 Highland 302 300 g 0.01 g 325.00

B1783 Highland 602 600 g 0.01 g 425.00

B1785 Highland 1002 1000 g 0.01 g 495.00

B1787 Highland 3001 3000 g 0.1 g 325.00

Adam Analytical Balances■ our most precise balances with 0.0001 g readability

■ automatic motorized internal calibration

■ GlP compliance via rS232 connection and date & time stamp

■ digital filters compensate for vibration, drafts or temperature changes

■ Pan size: 3.5 in. Ø/90 mm Ø

The Adam PW sets a new benchmark for reliability, durability and ease-of-use. A chemical-resistant, all metalhousing and sealed keypad ensure easy cleaning and low maintenance. Multiple weighing units, density,net/total formulation, percentage weighing and many more features make the PW extremely flexible.

PW Analytical

PGW

Highland


B1732 PW124 120 g 0.0001 g $1,595.00

B1735 PW184 180 g 0.0001 g 1,795.00

B1737 PW254 250 g 0.0001 g 1,995.00


www.densci.com 49





pH Meters - with new CalibrationCheCk™

All meters on this page have the following com mon features:

■ extra wide lcd (6.25 x 1.5 in.)

■ automatic temperature compensation

■ Simultaneous display of primary reading and temperature

■ on-screen guides during the calibration procedure as well as during

measurements

■ compatible with a wide range of pH electrodes with Bnc connectors

■ Up to 5 point pH calibration with 7 standard buffers available (1.68, 4.01, 6.86,

7.01, 9.18, 10.01, 12.45), and 2 custom buffers

■ enhanced calibration messages and electrode diagnostics

P9221 & P9223 have an advanced CalibrationCheck™ feature that lets the user know when it’s time to recalibrate,when the electrode requires cleaning or replacement and when an incorrect calibration solution has been used.They will prompt the user to clean the electrode and will indicate “contaminated buffer” when appropriate.They also have GLP (Good laboratory Practice) function that allows storage and retrieval of data regarding themaintenance and status of the electrode. All data regarding pH, Rel mV, EC and NaCl is stored for the user toreview when necessary. 2 years warranty for the meters and 6 months warranty for the electrodes.

M icroprocessor pH Meter- 0.01pH Resolution

■ 0.00 to 14.00 pH

■ 0.1mV resolution


P9221 0.01pH resolution model 2221 with glass electrode, $479.00

stand, temperature probe and buffer solutions (pH4,7,10)

pH Buffer Solutions

Cat. No. pH Packaging Price Cat. No. pH Packaging Price

P9700-4P 4.01 20 ml, 25/pk $24.00 P9700-4L 4.01 500 ml $14.00

P9700-7P 7.01 20 ml, 25/pk 24.00 P9700-7L 7.01 500 ml 14.00

P9700-10P 10.01 20 ml, 25/pk 24.00 P9700-10L 10.01 500 ml 14.00


P9223 0.001pH resolution model 2223 with glass electrode, $649.00

stand, temperature probe and buffer solutions (pH4,7,10)

pH Buffer Solutions

Cat. No. pH Packaging Price Cat. No. pH Packaging Price

P9700-4P 4.01 20 ml, 25/pk $24.00 P9700-4L 4.01 500 ml $14.00

P9700-7P 7.01 20 ml, 25/pk 24.00 P9700-7L 7.01 500 ml 14.00

P9700-10P 10.01 20 ml, 25/pk 24.00 P9700-10L 10.01 500 ml 14.00

M icroprocessor pH Meter- 0.001pH Resolution

■ 0.000 to 14.000 pH

■ 0.1mV resolution


1-800-453-038550

centrifuges;page 3




Hotplates & Stirrers

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed Range: 60-1500 rpm

(stirring units only)Temp. Range: Ambient +5° to 380°C

(heating units only)Platform: 7.5 x 7.5 in./19 x 19 cmControl: Quick Adjustment KnobsDimensions: 8 x 9 x 4.5in. (WxDxH)Electrical Data: 120 V, 60HzNet Weight: 7.3 lbs./3.3kg

Hotplate■ corrosion resistant ceramic top ■ 380°c maximum temperature

This hotplate is made with a cast aluminum, corrosion resistant body and a high density ceramic coated stainless steeltop plate. The top plate is resistant to acids and maintains a uniform temperature across the entire surface and heatsup quickly. Top plate dimensions: 7.5 x 7.5 in. (190 mm).

Hotplate/Stirrer■ 60 to 1500 rpm stirring speed ■ corrosion resistant ceramic top

■ 380°c maximum temperature

Similar to the hotplate above, but with stirring motor and precise speed control from 60 to 1500 rpm.Resistant to acids. Uniform top plate temperature. Supplied with stainless steel rod stand and lattice adapter.Top plate dimensions: 7.5 x 7.5 in. (190 mm).


H7280 Hotplate stirrer, ceramic top $299.00


H7277 Hotplate with ceramic top $199.90

Stirrer (7.5 in. square)■ corrosion resistant ceramic top ■ 60 to 1500 rpm

This magnetic stirrer is made with a cast aluminum corrosion resistant body and a high density, ceramic coatedstainless steel top plate. It is resistant to acids.


S7120 Magnetic stirrer, 7.5 in. surface $199.90

■ 7.5 in.2 work surface

■ ceramic coated, stainless steel top

■ corrosion resistant

■ Small “footprint” (8 x 9 in.)

Denville hotplates, stirrers and hotplate/stirrers feature anexceptionally durable, chemical resistant white ceramicwork surface. Their space-efficient design (8 x 9in. footprint),makes them ideal for use on crowded benchtops and insideof bio-hoods.

Advanced microprocessor controls with convenient turnknobs allow quick, precise adjustment and maintenance ofspeed and temperature. Safety indicator LED’s on the frontpanel indicate when the heating and/or stirring functionshave been activated.

With a square 7.5 in. work surface, all three models arecompatible with a wide variety of popular sizes ofborosilacte glass beakers, flasks, bttles and other vessels. Thehotplate/magnetic stirrer model comes complete with asupport rod for mounting thermometers and tempertureprobes.


www.densci.com 51





Ultrasonic Cleaning Bath■ compact, inexpensive, effective

This mini ultrasonic cleaner is designed to remove dust, grease and other contaminants from surfaces andcavities of various small objects. Simply place objects into the 600 ml capacity stainless steel tank (16.5 x 89 x64 mm), put the transparent lid back in place and press “on”. Within 3 minutes, thousands of tiny cleansingbubbles will have done their job, thoroughly cleaning all objects without scratching or damaging their surfaces.


B2000 Ultrasonic cleaner with lid and dipping basket $169.50

Flask ClampsCat. No. Size Max. Qty. Each

S5071-25 25 ml 32 $28.00

S5071-50 50 ml 24 30.00

S5071-125 125 ml 8 30.00

Cat. No. Size Max. Qty. Each

S5071-250 250 ml 6 $31.00

S5071-500 500 ml 4 41.00

S5071-1L 1000 ml 4 57.00

Shaking Water Bath■ orbital and reciprocal motion

■ accurate; digital microprocessor

■ exclusive temperature preset button

■ transparent hinged lid

Designed for long life in biological applications, these shaking baths have a well-proven reliable shakingmechanism and up-to-the-minute digital microprocesor temperature control. With a modest footprint of lessthan 20x25 in. and bath capacity of 20 or 28 liters, these shaking baths will fit on any benchtop, while yieldingsignificant flask capacity. The range of motion is adjustable from 2 to 12 mm, as is the shaking speed, (30 to 180rpm). The user may also select linear or circular motion. Speed and temperature are displayed on a bright red LED.


S5070-20 Shaking water bath with clear lid, 20 liter $3,149.00

S5070-28 Shaking water bath with clear lid, 28 liter 3,375.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature range: Ambient +5°to 100°CStroke/orbit length: 2 to 12 mmBath dimensions (20L) 11.5 (L) x 19.5 (W) x 6(H) in.Bath dimensions (28L) 11.6 (L) x 19.6 (W) x 8(H) in.

30 to 180 rpm

Digital Water Baths■ transparent, hinged cover

■ “Set & Forget” PId temperature control

Our best water baths have deep drawn stainless tanks and even the exterior is non-corrosive, acrylic coatedstainless steel. Set the tem per a ture digitally up to 100°C (60°C without cover) with 0.1°C readability (0.2°uniformity). 2 year warranty.

Cat. No. Capacity Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Price

B2100-21A 2 Liter 13 x 15 x 15 cm / 5.3 x 5.9 x 5.8 in. $ 639.00

B2100-20A 2 Liter (shallow) 15 x 30 x 6.3 cm / 5.3 x 11.7 x x 2.5 in. 725.00

B2100-22A 5 Liter 15 x 30 x 15 cm / 6 x 12 x 6 in. 825.00

B2100-23A 10 Liter 30 x 32 x 15 cm / 11.7 x 12.7 x 6 in. 935.00

B2100-24A 20 Liter 30 x 50 x 15 cm / 11.5 x 19.5 x 6 in. 1176.00

B2100-25A 28 Liter 30 x 50 x 20 cm / 11.6 x x19.6 x x8 in. 1340.00


■ the world's first mini dry Bath

■ the smallest (most compact) ever!Fits in the palm of your hand

■ the most economical on themarket!

■ exchangeable blocks, for tubes 0.2to 50 ml

■ digital temperature control

■ clear cover improves temperatureuniformity

■ Portable (with optional 12V car adapter)

Benchtop control of sample temperature has never been thiseasy or economical. The new MyBlock™ Mini fits almostanywhere and can even be used "on-the-go" in cars, boats orwherever a 12 volt power source is available. Its simple touchpad control with digital display is designed for "set and walkaway" temperature selection and unrivaled accuracy. At lessthan 4.4 in. wide, MyBlock Mini is truly the first personal blockincubator.

MyBath™ Digital Water BathThis compact 4 liter water bath features easy to use controlsthat allow the user to digitally select and monitor temperature.Its hinged lid provides a secure, covered environment and canbe flipped open (to the rear) or completely and instantlyremoved at the user's option.

MyBath™ is also the only water bath that comes with test tuberack for 50 ml and 1.5/2.0 ml tubes, making it complete andready to use.

Designed with the molecular biology lab in mind, the MyBath4 liter is the complete personal water bath.

■ digital accuracy and convenience

■ Includes tube racks for 1.5/2.0 ml,15 ml and 50 ml tubes

■ Quick-cal user calibration function

■ Hinged lid also removable


I1100 MyBlock™ Mini Digital Dry Bath with block lifter (Blocks sold separately) $199.95

I1100-02 Block, 40 x 0.2 ml tubes or 5 PCR strips of 8 tubes each 79.00

I1100-05 Block, 24 x 0.5 ml centrifuge tubes 74.00

I1100-20 Block, 15 x1.5 ml centrifuge tubes 74.00

I1100-1520 Block, 15 x 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml centrifuge tubes 74.00

I1100-15 Block, 4 x 15 ml centrifuge tubes 98.00

I1100-50 Block, 2 x 50 ml centrifuge tubes 98.00

I1100-AV 12v vehicle power adapter 38.00


B2400 MyBath™ 4L Digital Water Bath, includes tube racks for $769.001.5/2.0, 15 and 50 ml tubes

B2400-TS Optional test tube rack for 40 x 0.5 ml tubes 74.00

1-800-453-038552

centrifuges;page 3




SPECIFICATIONS:Temp. Range: Amb. +5 to 100°C Temp. Accuracy : ±0.2°CTemp. Increments : 0.1°CTemp. Uniformity : 0.2°C Capacity : 4LDimensions: 7.7 x 13.9 x 9 in. (H: 12.2in. with lid)

19.5 x 25 x 23 cm (H: 31 cm with lid)Chamber: Stainless Steel Chamber Dimensions: 5.3x9.4x5.5in. (WxDxH) Weight: 15 lbs (6.5 kg) Electrical: 115 or 230 V, 50-60Hz, 400W Warranty: 2 Years

SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature Range: Ambient +5 to 80˚CTemperature Accuracy: ± 0.5˚CTemperature Increments: 0.1˚CTemperature Uniformity: ± 0.2˚CDimensions: 4.4 x 5.9 x 4in. /

11 x 15 x 10 cmWeight 1.1 lbs. / 5 kg

15 x 50 ml 41 x 15 ml 40 x 1.5/2.0 ml

MyBlock™ Mini Digital

Dry Bath


www.densci.com 53

Test tube Chiller/Heater■ digital “Set & Forget” control

■ Blocks for other tube sizes available

■ temperature range from -10° to +100°c

Ideal for ligations and storage of oocytes. This combination dry bath chiller and heater can also be used forincubations and other sample temperature applications from -10 to +100°C. It has an RS232 I/O port forrecording data or controlling the unit via a PC.Various test tube and plate blocks are available; the mostpopular blocks are listed below.

SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature range (HC) from 20°C below RT to 99°CTemperature range (H) from 5°C above RT to 99°CHeating ramp rate (H+HC) 5.0°C/minCooling ramp rate (HC only) 2.5°C/minTemperature accuracy ±1.0°CSpeed range 200-1500 rpmMotion/orbit Horizontally circular/2 mmCapacity per selected blockDimensions (WxDxH) 8 x 11.25 x 8.5in./

20 x 29 x 21 cmWeight 18 lbs./8 kg


R8502 Digital dry bath, -10° to +100°C $1,025.00

R8502-MTC Microtube block, 15 x 1.5 ml and 40 x 0.5 ml tubes 209.00

R8502-PCR PCR block for one plate or 96 x 0.2 ml tubes 229.00

R8502-150 Microtube block, 30 x 1.5 ml tubes 179.00

R8502-CVR Optional clear plastic chamber/block cover 59.00

Other blocks are available. Please inquire.

MultiTherm™ Thermal Shaker■ From 0° to 100°c*

■ From 0.2 ml to 50 ml with exchangeable blocks

■ Precision contoured walls for uniform thermal transfer

The MultiTherm™ Thermal Shaker H & HC provide convenient, simultaneous mixing and temperature control.Choose model H for heating and mixing or model HC for heating, cooling and mixing. The ThermoShaker seriesis useful for a variety of molecular biology applications including lipid extractions, denaturation of DNA, RNAand proteins, yeast and bacteria cultivation, restriction digests, reverse transcription, DNA/plasmid isolation as

well as gentle thawing of biological materials.

Despite its modest 8 x 11 in.footprint, it can process samples inall of the most popular tubes andplates, including as many as six 50ml tubes. The LCD continuouslydisplays actual and selectedspeed and temperature. Integralover-temperature circuit ensureslong-life, safety and sampleintegrity. Order blocks

separately.





6x 50 mlconical

96 x 0.2 ml or1x PCR plate

Combo20 x 1.5 ml15 x 0.5 ml

35 x 1.5 ml

12x 15 mlconical

24 x 12 mm

54 x 0.5 ml

Cat. No. Capacity Max. Speed Lowest Temp. Price

S2085-1B PCR plate/96 x 0.2 ml 1500 rpm 20°C below RT $295.00

S2085-2B 54 x 0.5 ml 1500 rpm 20°C below RT 249.00



S2085-5B 15 x 0.5 ml + 20 x 1.5 ml 1500 rpm 20°C below RT 249.00

S2085-6B 24 x 12 ml 1200 rpm 10°C below RT 349.00



* Temperature range is for HC (cooled) model and is subject to slight variation based on ambient room temperature

Interchangeable Blocks


S2085-H Shaker with heating function $1,695.00

S2085-HC Shaker with heating and cooling functions 2,395.00


1-800-453-038554

centrifuges;page 3




VorTemp 56™ Shaking Incubator■ Shake and incubate samples si mul ta neous ly

■ Interchangeable platforms for microtubes and microplates

■ Broad temperature and speed range

Designed for simultaneous heating and mixing of small sam ples, the VorTemp 56 is supplied with either amicrotube or microplate platform. The platforms are in ter change able. Tem per a ture in the VorTemp 56 isadjustable over a broad range, making the unit use ful for a variety of ap pli ca tions, including bacterial culturesin tubes and microplates. Me chan i cal con vec tion provides a uniform and stable en vi ron ment with in thechamber. The Vor Temp 56 may also be used in the cold room for subambient applications.

Shaking speed and ac cel er a tion rates are ad just able. Ac cel er a tion can be set to three different lev els to protectdelicate samples.

A microprocessor controls all parameters in clud ing tem per a ture and timed op er -a tion. Self diagnostic soft ware con tin u ous ly monitors the unit for propertem per a ture and shak ing speed, alerting the user to any errors. Heating andshaking are controlled by feedback loops which precisely maintain chosen pa -ram e ters, in de pen dent of load or volt age fluc tu a tions.

The sturdy construction of the VorTemp 56 gives it stability during high speedshak ing. The cham ber is in su lat ed to maintain tem per a ture and reduce operatingnoise.

SPECIFICATIONS:Capacity: 8 x 50 ml or 18 x 15 ml tubesShaking Speed: 200 - 900 rpmOrbit Size: 3 mmTemperature Range: Ambient +5ºC to 100ºC

Shakes & incubates tubes or plates

VorTemp 1550


S2056 VorTemp 56 Incubator/Shaker complete with platforms for 56 x 1.5 ml $2,430.00

tubes and 4 x 96 well plates (2 x deep well plates)

S2056-R Extra platform for microtubes 151.00

S2050 VorTemp 1550 Incubator/Shaker complete with platforms 2,680.00

for 18 x 15 ml tubes and 8 x 50 ml tubes

SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature range Ambient +5° to 100°CTemperature accuracy ±0.5ºCSpeed range 100 - 1,500 rpmMotion/orbit Horizontally circular/3 mmCapacity 56 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubes (tube

platform) 4 standard or 2 deep well microplates (plate platform)

Dimensions (W x D x H) 8.9 x 12.3 x 8.9 in./22.5 x 31.3 x 22.5 cm

Weight 24.2 lbs./11 kg


I0596 Denville Personal Plate Incubator $595.00

Digital Personal Plate Incubator■ ambient (+5°) to 45°c temperature range

■ digital time and temperature control

■ Ultra-compact footprint (5 x 7 in.)

■ Quiet, accurate and reliable

The Denville Personal Plate Incubator is designed for reliable,accurate incubations in standard 96 well plates.

With variable temperature control and a built-in timer with buzzer, thistiny unit does everything you would expect of an incubator of threetimes its size and price. Its unique design minimizes evaporative loss(in uncovered plates). The entire unit isn’t much larger than the plateitself (5 x 7 in.) and it weighs only 2 lbs. The LCD display showstemperature or elapsed time at the touch of a button.


www.densci.com 55






I0510 Digital IncuBlock™, single, without block $369.00

I0520 Digital IncuBlock™, double, without blocks 469.00

I0540 Digital IncuBlock™ for 4 blocks, without blocks 799.00

I0510-PS PopStopper™ Plate with attachment rod 39.00

fits block I9024 (for 20 x 1.5 ml and 30 x 0.5 ml) and I9015 (for 48 x 0.2 ml)

Please order additional blocks separately from "Modular Block" section below.

SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature range Ambient +5°C to 150°CTemperature range (4 block) Ambient +5°C to 130°CIncrements/resolution 0.1°C/0.1°CTemperature uniformity ±0.2°CTemperature accuracy ±0.3°CDimensions 7.9 x 10.4 x 3.3 in.Dimensions (4 block) 9 x 13 x 3.3 in.

New! Block for 15 &50 ml tubes (I9029)

Actual Cross-Section(I9024)

Incublock™ Microtube Incubators

Modular Blocks(for all incubators on this page)

■ all digital controls and displays

■ ambient to 150°c(±0.5°c)

■ Precision contoured wells foruniform thermal transfer

It’s long overdue, but finally, analog block heaters areobsolete! Denville’s digital IncuBlocks provide digital accuracyas well as “set and walk away” convenience. No more checkingthermometers and repeatedly resetting the knobs! Just setthe desired temperature, using the clear digital display’s upand down arrows (digital control knob on the 4 block model)and the microprocessor does the rest.

Denville IncuBlocks exhibit unsurpassed temperatureuniformity. Thermal transfer to sample tubes is improved,because the aluminum blocks have cavities that are precisionmachined to match the conical shape of 1.5 ml and 0.5 mlmicrocentrifuge tubes.

Available in a single, double and four block version, each unitis supplied with a screw thread block lifter for easier transfer.

DIGITALat an

analog price

PopStopper€prevents tubes from poppingduring incubation

NEW

NEWblock for 384-well PCR plates

For centrifuge tubes & PCR For various tubes, vials, etc.

Cat. No. Description Price Cat. No. Description Price

I9024 Double Duty™ Block* $79.50 I9016 35 x 6 mm tubes $95.00

20 x 1.5 ml on one side I9019 20 x 10 mm tubes 89.00

30 x 0.5 ml on reverse I9017 20 x 12 mm tubes 89.00

I9025 Combi-block*, 16 x 1.5 ml; and 129.00 I9036 20 x 13 mm tubes 89.00

12 x 0.5 ml on the same surface I9018 12 x 16 mm tubes 95.00

I9013 24 x 1.5 ml tubes* 95.00 I9020 6 x 20 mm tubes 89.00

I9029 Combi-Block for 4 x 50 ml 109.00 I9033 6 x 25 mm tubes 89.00

and 4 x 15 ml tubes I9034 12 x 15 ml conical tubes 95.00

I9015 48 x 0.2 ml PCR or 6 strips 99.00 I9027 20 x 2 ml autosampler vial 99.00

I9047 20 x 2.0 ml* microcent. tubes 95.00 I9032 1x microtiter plate (double) 170.00

I9048 1x PCR plate in single unit 220.00 I9022 Solid block, no holes 82.50

I9028 1x PCR plate in dual unit 215.00

(requires the space of 2 blocks)

I9384 1x 384 well PCR plate (double) 230.00

*Indicates exclusive precision contoured wells to "wrap around" conical tubes.


1-800-453-038556

centrifuges;page 3




Incu-Shaker Mini and Incu-Shaker 10L■ exceptional temperature Uniformity

■ exchange Flask clamps in one Second with the new maGIc clamPmagnetic System

The Incu-Shaker Mini and Incu-Shaker 10L feature the convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform systems.The standard platform (included) has a non-slip rubber coated surface, ideal for tissue culture flasks, petri

dishes and staining trays. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform is also available for use with Erlenmeyerflasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method is the easiest way to instantly changebetween flask clamps of different sizes. Temperature, shaking speed and run time are displayed on the largeLED control panel located on the front side of the unit. The integral microprocessor includes a constantmonitoring system that ensures accuracy through the duration of the program. Sophisticated over-temperature and over-speed controls ensure long life, safety and sample integrity.

The new Incu-Shaker™ Mini is the mostcompact shaking incubator in its class.Despite the remarkably small footprint,a large 11.5 x 9.5 in. work space acceptsseveral platforms for use with a variety offlasks, tubes and other common vessels.

Incu-Shaker™ 10L is a heavy-dutyperformer, designed for heavyworkloads and continuous use. Itsoutstanding temperature accuracy anduniformity are supported by proprietaryheat distribution technology that ensures that temperatures are preciselymaintained throughout the chamber. Inconsistencies due to stratification arereduced to negligible levels and the selected temperature is precisely maintainedwithin 0.25%, even in the corners. SPECIFICATIONS:

Temp. Range: Ambient +5° to 60°C (Increments 0.1°C)Temp. Uniformity: +/- 0.25°CTemp. Accuracy: +/- 0.1°C (37°C)Shaking Speed: 30 to 300 rpmMotion / Orbit: Horizontally circular / 19 mmPlatform Dimensions (LxW):Incu-Shaker Mini: 11.5x9.5 in. /29x23.5 cmIncu-Shaker 10L: 17.8x17.8 in. /45x45 cm

Exterior Dimensions (LxWxH): Incu-Shaker Mini: 15.7x11x10.5 in. /40x28x27 cm Incu-Shaker 10L: 26x20x19 in. /65x51x47 cm

Weight: Incu-Shaker Mini: 25 lb. / 11.5 kgIncu-Shaker 10L: 120 lb. / 55 kg


H1000-M Incu-Shaker Mini, includes standard flat mat platform $2,495.00

H1000-MR MAGic Clamp universal platform for Incu-Shaker Mini (clamps sold separately) 209.00

H1000-P-500 Platform for Incu-Shaker Mini, 5 x 500 ml Erlenmeyer flasks 259.00



H1000-P-MP Platform for Incu-Shaker Mini, 4 x microplates (standard or deepwell) 465.00

H1000-P-SP Spring rack platform for Incu-Shaker Mini, for uncommon vessels and containers 445.00

H1010 Incu-Shaker 10L, includes a standard non-slip rubber mat platform 4,895.00

H1010-MR MAGic Clamp universal platform for Incu-Shaker 10L (clamps sold separately) 295.00

H1010-P-MP Platform for Incu-Shaker 10L, 6 x microplates 599.00

H1010-P-SP Spring rack platform for Incu-Shaker 10L, for uncommon vessels and containers 499.00

H1010-SH Shelf, 14 x 5.5 in. for Petri dishes, microplates, etc. 112.50

Accessories for Incu-Shaker MAGic Clamp Platforms

Cat. No. Description Max. number fit in Max. number fit in PriceIncu-Shaker Mini Incu-Shaker 10L

H1000-MR-500 Flask clamp, 500 ml 5 16 $27.50

H1000-MR-250 Flask clamp, 250 ml 8 25 26.00

H1000-MR-125 Flask clamp, 125 ml 12 36 24.00

H1000-MR-1550 Tube rack, 21 x 15 ml & 12 x 50 ml conical tubes 1 4 129.00

H1000-MR-T15 Tube rack, 32 x 15 ml conical tubes 2 8 129.00

H1000-MR-T50 Tube rack, 15 x 50 ml conical tubes 2 8 129.00

H1000-MR-2000 Flask clamp, 2L Do not fit 5 59.50

H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp, 1L Do not fit 9 45.50

H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp, 50 ml Do not fit 49 23.00

H1000-MR-T600 Tube/bottle rack, 4 x 500/600 ml conical bottle Do not fit 4 149.00

MAGic Clamp

™

system

Incu-Shaker Mini• Extremely Compact, Just 11 in. Wide

Incu-Shaker 10L• High capacity, up to 5 x 2L• Optional Shelf for Petri dishes, microplates, etc• Extremely Compact, Just 11 in. Wide

MAGic Clamp™ Systems- instant clamp change. no tools!


www.densci.com 57





Available with or without a built-in shaker, the 211 and 311 series represents the high end in incubators for bio-research laboratories. Their extended temperature range allows for use in hybridization, high temp. incubations,washes and other applications. All models feature exclusive Smart Chek digital temperature control, mirroredstainless steel interior, a double insulated door with glass observation panel, forced air circulation for exceptionaltemperature uniformity / rapid recovery time and 21⁄2 shelves (half shelf allows taller items to fit on shelf below).

■ Smart chek™ digital temperaturecontrol

■ compact footprint

■ rapid temperature recovery time

SPECIFICATIONS:Chamber volume: 1.7 cu. ft. (211)/2.5 cu. ft. (311)Temp. range 211DS; 311DS: Ambient +5 to 80°CTemp. uniformity: ±0.5°C at 65°CTemp. accuracy: ±0.1°CTemp. set/display: Digital / DigitalFlask capacity (211DS): 4x1L, 9x500 ml, 10x250 ml,

10x125 mlFlask capacity (311DS): 4x2L, 6x1L, 8x500 ml,

12x250 ml, 20x125 mlShaker speed (211DS): Variable, 20 to 400 rpmShaker speed (311DS): Variable, 20 to 300 rpmShaker orbit (211DS, 311DS): 19 mmChamber, 211 series (WxDxH): 13.5x15x15in./34x38x38 cmExterior, 211 series (WxDxH): 16.8x22x23in./43x55x58 cmChamber, 311 series (WxDxH): 17.4x15.6x16in./44x39x40 cmExterior, 311 series (WxDxH): 22.6x21.4x25in./57x54x63 cmRecovery time*: 65 seconds

*Measured at 56°C after door opened for 30 seconds

High Performance Incubatorswith Shaking Platform Option


I5211-DS 211DS Incubator with shaker and 3 shelves. $4,235.00

Shaking platforms sold separately.

I5211-SA Stacking adapter for 211 series incubators 165.00

I5231 Shaking platform w/non-slip rubber mat, 30x30 cm, 205.00

fits model 211DS

I5231-D Double tier shaking platform, 30 x 30 cm, for 211DS 355.00

S2031-13 Universal spring loaded platform for 211DS 250.00

I5230 Shaking platform predrilled for flask clamps, 275.00

30 x 30 cm, fits models 211DS

I5311-D 311D Incubator with 3 shelves 2,705.00

I5311-DS 311DS Incubator with shaker and 3 shelves. 5,000.00

Shaking platforms sold separately.

I5330-1L Platform with flask clamps, 6 x 1L, fits model 311DS 531.50

I5330-2L Platform with flask clamps, 4 x 2L, fits model 311DS 499.00

I5330 Shaking platform, predrilled for flask clamps, 39 x 33 cm, fits model 311DS 325.00

I5331 Shak ing platform with non-slip rubber mat, 39 x 33 cm, fits model 311DS 280.00

Flask Clamps

S2040-85 Flask clamp, 125 ml (max. 16 in 211, 20 in 311) 35.00




S2040-02 Flask clamp, 2L (max. 4 in 311 only) 55.00

S2031-13

I5231


1-800-453-038558

centrifuges;page 3




Mini Incubator■ Stainless steel chamber

■ large viewing area

This small, economical incubator was designed for microbiology, hematology and general purpose incubation.It comes with one shelf and has a position for a second optional shelf. It requires less than one square foot ofbench space, has a heating indicator lamp and has an automatic safety cut out to prevent over-heating.


I4900 Mini-incubator with one shelf, 120 V $405.00

I4900-S Extra shelf, 8.7x7 in. / 22x18 cm 30.00

High Performance Incubators■ true digital / digital temperature control; "set and forget"

■ Heated outer door/glass inner door

■ Switchable turbo fan for rapid equilibration

■ Interior electrical outlet and light source

■ extended temperature range - up to 95°c

■ adjustable shelves included

■ Stainless steel interior

Designed with the molecular biologist in mind, these incubators are designed for high performance over awide range of temperatures. They allow general purpose incubation (<65°C) and ex per i ments requiring highertemperatures. The heated outer door surrounds the chamber on all sides with a warm air "jacket”, eliminatingthe potential for hot spots. The light source allows for vi su al iza tion of samples through an inner glass door. Anelectrical outlet allows use of a rocker or shaker.


I5311-D Digital incubator, Model 311D $2,705.00

I5611-D Digital incubator, Model 611D 3,150.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Dimensions, exterior (WxDxH): 11x11x13 in. / 28 x 28x33 cmDimensions, interior (WxDxH): 9x8x8 / 23x20x20 cmControls: analogTemperature range: 30 to 60°C

SPECIFICATIONS:Model: 311D, 311R 611D, 611RChamber volume: 2.75 cu. ft. 6.0 cu. ft.Temp. range: Ambient +5° to 95°C Ambient +5° to 95°CTemp. uniformity/accuracy: ±0.2°C/±0.2°C ±0.25°C/±0.2°CDimensions (W x D x H):Chamber: 17 x 14 x 20 in. 21 x 20 x 25 in.Outer: 27 x 20 x 29 in. 31 x 26 x 34 in.

Recovery time @ 37°C: 55 sec. 30 sec. Orbi-Shaker™JR■ circular 19 mm orbit for aeration and mixing

■ exchange flask clamps in one second withmaGic clamp™ system

■ extremely compact, perfect for low to mediumcapacity applications

The Orbi-Shaker™ JR is a space saving platform shaker, complete witha 9.5 x 8 in. non-slip rubber coated platform that is idea for tissue cultureflasks, petri dishes and staining trays. Additional platforms are alsoavailable for the Orbi-Shaker™ JR, including the MAGic Clamp platformfor use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique magneticattachment method is the easiest way to instantly change between flaskclamps of different sizes.


S0300 Orbi-Shaker™ JR with non-slip rubber mat, 9.5 x 8 in. $845.00Platforms for Orbi-Shaker™ JR

H1000-MR* MAGic-Clamp™ small platform for flasks & tubes, 11.5 x 9.5 in. 209.00(clamps sold separately)

S0300-RP Roller platform, adjustable for uncommon vessels 279.00

* See bottom of page 59 for a complete list of accessories

S0300-RP

MAGic Clamp

Systems! Instant

clamp change.

No tools!SPECIFICATIONS:Speed Range: 50 to 300 rpmSpeed Increment: 10 rpm Orbit: 19 mm (3/4 in.)Load Capacity: 4 x 1L or 9 lbs. (4 kg)Platform Size:Standard Platform (included): 9.5 x 8 in. / 23 x 20 cmMAGic-Clamp Platform (SM): 9.5 x 11.5 in. / 24 x 29.5 cm

Operating Temp. Range: +4 to +65°C Dimensions (W x D x H): 11 x 10.7 x 5 in. /28 x 27 x 13 cm Weight: 12 lbs. / 5.5 kg


www.densci.com 59





Orbi-Shaker™

■ only 11 in. wide

■ circular 19 mm orbit for aerationand mixing

■ exchange flask clamps in one second withmaGic clamp™ system

■ a high capacity, 9 x 500 ml, 5 x 1l or 2 x 2l

With large platforms and a wide range of accessories, the Orbi-Shaker™is useful for a variety of applications in the general research laboratory.

MAGic Clamp™

Universal PlatformThe convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform is also availablefor use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. Theunique, magnetic attachment method is the easiest wayto instantly change between flask clamps of differentsizes.


S1000 Orbi-Shaker™ with non-slip rubber mat, 13 x 12 in. $1,398.00

S1000-MR* MAGic-Clamp™ large platform for flasks & tubes, 14 x 12 in. (clamps sold separately) 219.00

H1000-P-SP Spring rack platform, for uncommon vessels and containers 445.00

H1000-P-MP Dedicated platform, 4 x microplates (standard or deepwell) 465.00

H1000-P-125 Dedicated platform, 12 x 125 ml Erlenmeyer flasks 259.00



* See bottom of page for a complete list of accessories

Cat. No. Description Small Platform Large Platform PriceH1000-MR S1000-MR(Available for (Available for Orbi-Shaker

Orbi-Shaker CO2) & Orbi-Shaker CO2)

H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp, 50 ml max. 20 max. 30 $23.00

H1000-MR-125 Flask clamp, 125 ml max. 12 max. 24 24.00



H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp, 1L max. 4 max. 5 45.50

H1000-MR-2000 Flask clamp, 2L max. 1 max. 2 59.90

H1000-MR-T15 Tube rack, 32x15 ml conical tubes max. 2 max. 3 129.00

H1000-MR-T50 Tube rack, 15 x 50 ml conical tubes max. 2 max. 3 129.00

H1000-MR-1550 Tube rack, 12 x 50 ml and max. 2 max. 2 129.0021 x 15 ml conical tubes

H1000-MR-T600 Tube/bottle rack, max. 1 max. 2 149.004x500/600 ml conical bottles

Flask Clamps and Tube Racks for MAGic Clamp Platforms (Small & Large) with Max. Capacity

MAGic ClampSystems! Instantclamp change. No tools!

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed Range: 30-300 rpmSpeed Increment: 1 rpmOrbit: 19 mm (3/4 in.)Load Capacity: 5 x 1L or 14 lbs. (6 kg)Platform Size:Standard Platform (included): 13 x 12 in. / 33 x 30 cmMAGic-Clamp platform (LG): 14 x 12 in. / 35 x 30 cm

Operating Temp. Range: +4°C to +65°CDimensions (W x D x H): 11 x 13 x 3 in. / 28 x 33 x 7.5 cmWeight: 25 lbs. (11.5 kg)

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed Range: 30 to 300 rpmSpeed Increment: 1 rpmOrbit: 19 mm (3/4 in.)Max. Capacity: 2x2L or 6 kgPlatform Dimensions - Included: 13x12 in. / 33 x 30 cmMagic Clamp Platform (SM): 9.5 x 11.5 in. / 24 x 29.5 cmMagic Clamp Platform (LG): 14x12 in. / 35 x 30 cm

Exterior Dimensions - Shaker: 11.9x13.4x3.5 in. / 30x34x9 cmRemote Control: 7.2x6.7x3.5 in. / 18x17x9 cmCord Length: 60.5 in. / 154 cmWeight: 25 lbs. / 11.25 kgOperating Temperature: 4 to 65°C

■ designed for use in extreme environments (ex. co2 Incubators)

■ remote control adjusts settings withoutexposing chamber

■ exchange flask clamps in one secondwith the unique maGic clamp platform

The new Orbi-Shaker CO2 is designed for shaking, mixingand aeration applications in extreme environments,including CO2 incubators. It can withstand temperatures from 0 to60°C and humidity levels up to 100%.

Orbi-Shaker™ CO2


S7400 Orbi-Shaker™ CO2, All environment shaker with remote control, $2,995.00with flat mat platform

H1000-MR MAGic-Clamp™ small platform for flasks & tubes, 11.5 x 9.5 in. (clamps sold separately) 209.00

S1000-MR MAGic-Clamp™ large platform for flasks & tubes, 14 x 12 in. (clamps sold separately) 219.00

H1000-P-SP Spring rack platform, for uncommon vessels and containers 445.00

H1000-P-MP Dedicated platform, 4 x microplates (standard or deepwell) 465.00Universal Platform

MAGic ClampSystems! Instantclamp change. No tools!


1-800-453-038560

centrifuges;page 3





S2040-19C Variable speed shaker without platform $2,150.00

S2040-15 Universal platform with securing hardware 410.00

S2040-18 Platform for flask clamps 295.00

S2040-25 Clamp for 25 ml flask (max. 28) 35.00





S2040-01 Clamp for 1 liter flask (max. 6) 47.00

S2040-02 Clamp for 2 liter flask (max. 5) 55.00


S2030-10C Shaker without platform $1,260.00

S2031-12 Flat platform, 12 x 12 in. with mat 135.00

S2031-12D Two tiered platforms, 12 x 12 in. with mats 220.00

S2031-13 Universal, spring loaded platform 250.00

S2031-18 Flask platform without clamps 220.00







S2031-13

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 20 to 300 rpmTimer: 99 min. with "hold"Motion/orbit: horizontally circular/19 mmMax. load: 8.8 lbs. / 4 kgDimensions: 10 x 12 x 5 in./25 x 30 x 12.5 cmAmbient temperature range: 4 to 65°CWeight 16 lb / 7.3 kg

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed Range: 25-300 rpmTimer: 99 min. with "hold"Motion/Orbit: horizontally circular/19 mmMax. Load: 22 lbs. / 10 kgAmbient temperature range: 4 to 65°CDimensions: 15 x 16 x 6 in. / 39 x 43 x 16 cmWeight: 46 lbs. / 21 kg

S2031-12

Orbit™ 1900 High Capacity Shaker■ Flask clamp or flat platform options

■ timed or continuous operation

■ 19 mm orbit - ideal for culture aeration

The Orbit™ 1900 is suitable for heavy loads or continuous shaking. In ter change able platforms allowvarious sizes of bottles and flasks to be accommodated. The universal platform can be easily adjustedto accept nearly any type of vessel. Custom man u fac tured platforms and clamps are available to suitindividual applications. Suitable for use in incubators up to 65°C.

Orbit™ 1000 Orbital Shaker■ Four platform configurations

■ 19 mm orbit - ideal for culture aeration

Four platform options make the Orbit™ 1000 capable of a broad range of shaking andmixing applications. Single or two tiered flat platforms hold trays, plates, dishes, etc. Theuniversal platform has spring loaded bars that hold flasks, bottles, tube racks and odd-shaped containers. The predrilled flask platform is idealfor mixing and growing cultures. Its smallfootprint and low profile make it suitable for usein incubators.


www.densci.com 61





Reciprocal Shaker ■ economical analog control

■ Stainless steel platforms

■ electronic time and speed controls

■ Safe for cold room and incubator use

Reciprocal Shaker has electronic controls for setting speed and time. Safe for cold room or incubator use, it isdesigned for a long, trouble-free service life.

A left to right linear motion provides gentle to vigorous shaking and mixing with the Reciprocal 30 shaker. Thefour available platforms include a large (30 x 30 cm) flat single or double platform; a spring loaded, universalplatform for tube racks, bottles or odd shaped containers; and a flask platform predrilled to hold Erlenmeyerflask clamps. Platforms are easily interchanged. The shaker base, platforms and clamps are sold separately.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 6 - 150 strokes / minuteTimer: 20 - 120 min (10 min increments)

or continuousMotion: Linear, 30 mm stroke lengthMaximum load: 11 lbs./5 kgAmbient operating range: +4° to 70°CDimensions (W x D x H): 10 x 12.6 x 6.3 in. /

25.5 x 32 x16 cmSupplied platform: NoneWeight: 14.5 lbs./6.6 kg


S2030-RC Reciprocal Shaker without platform $795.00

S2031-12 Flat platform with nonslip rubber mat 135.00

S2031-12D As above, but two stacked platforms 220.00

S2031-13 Universal spring loaded platform 250.00

S2031-18 Flask clamp platform without clamps 220.00




S2040-01 Clamp for 1,000 ml flask (max. 4) 47.00

H9397-A Staining box, clear plastic with lid, 5 x 5 x 2 in.pk of 4 75.00

Low Speed Orbital Shaker■ economical analog control

■ Stainless steel platforms

■ electronic time and speed controls


The Orbit LS has electronic controls for setting speed and time. Safe for cold room or incubator use, it is designedfor a long, trouble-free service life. Its large orbit and low speed capability make the Orbit LS useful for stainingand destaining gels, washing blots and general mixing. The Orbit LS is supplied with a 30 x 30 cm stainless steelplatform and rubber mat to keep plates, dishes and other sample con tain ers in place.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range 3 - 60 rpmTimer 20 - 120 min (10 min

increments) or continuousMotion Hor i zon tal ly cir cu lar, 19 mmMaximum load 11 lbs./5 kgAmbient operating range +4° to 70°CDi men sions (W x D x H) 10 x 12.6 x 6.3 in./

25.5 x 32 x16 cmSupplied platform Flat with mat, 29.5 x 29.5 cmWeight 14.5 lbs./6.6 kg


S2030-LS Orbit LS Low Speed Orbital Shaker with flat platform, 29 x 29 cm $895.00

S2031-12D Double platform kit, 30 x 30 cm 220.00

H9397-A Staining box, clear plastic with lid, 5 x 5 x 2 in., pk of 4 75.00

New!

low speed mod el

for

blot ting &

stain ing

S2031-13 S2031-18


1-800-453-038562

centrifuges;page 3




Denville BioRockers™

S2110-12D

■ designed for staining, hybridization,washing, etc.


■ compact size, low profile

■ double platform models expandusable space

■ Variable speed

The Denville BioRockers™ are “workhorse” rocking platforms that have been designed for long life and trouble-free service in continuous duty.

Rocker speed is adjustable to provide the gentle motion required for staining fragile gels as well as the morevig or ous action necessary for washing blots. The tilt angle has been optimized at ±7º and is ideal for blottingand staining. The gentle rocking motion results in faster, more uniform treatment compared to shakers withorbital movement.

The platform surfaces are covered with nonslip rubber pads to prevent objects from moving during operation.Elastic tie downs are available to secure bags, boxes, tubes andother containers. The most popular model is the single tierversion (S2110-12) which is actually supplied with alarge platform and a small platform. The smallplatform mea sures 8 x 10 in./20 x 26 cm, andthe larger platform (also included) is 11 x 15 in./28 x 38 cm. While the large platform has substantiallymore surface area, the small platform fits easily inalmost any incubator. For in creas ing the work areawithout sac ri fic ing valu able bench space, twodouble plat form models are available.

The Denville BioRockers™ can be used safely in tem -per a ture controlled en vi ron ments up to 70°C. Theirlow profile and compact size make them perfect for use in smallincubators. S2110-D and S2110-12D will fit in model 311D incubator.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed settings 2.5 to 60 rocks per minuteMotion RockingTilt range Fixed, ±7ºClearance between platforms 3.5 in./9 cmMaximum load 11 lbs./5 kgAmbient operating range +4° to 70°COverall Dimensions (W x D x H)S2110: 11.4 x 12.6 x 5.7 in./

29 x 32 x 14.5 cmS2110-12 12.8 x 15.5 x 5.7 in./

32.5 x 39.4 x 14.5 cmWeight 11.7 lbs./5.3 kg


S2110-12 BioRocker, single tier, with 11 x 15 in./28 x 38 cm platform and $699.00

8 x 10 in./20 x 26 cm platform, which are user interchangeable

S2110-D BioRocker, double tier, with two 8 x 10 in./20 x 26 cm platforms 745.00

S2110-12D BioRocker, double tier, with two 12 x 12 in./30 x 30 cm platforms 880.00

S2112 Elastic tie-downs, pk of 4 27.00


S2110-12

Ideal for

blot ting &

stain ing


www.densci.com 63





BioRocker™ 2D ■ 2d See-Saw motion

■ Variable Speed control

■ adjustable tilt angle

■ large non-Slip Platform

■ Ideal for cold rooms and Incubators

The BioRocker™ 2D is a quiet, two dimensional, "See-Saw" rocker ideal for numerous life science applications.Variable speed and tilt angle settings provide for a gentle wave like mixing without foaming action ideal forstaining/de-staining of delicate gels as well as more vigorous rocking motion for washing all blots, membranes,filters, rocking test tubes and cell cultures. Uniform coverage is achieved in culture flasks, dishes, tubes andstaining boxes.

This rocker is well suited for sterile environments in addition to cold rooms and incubators. Engineered withan AC brushless motor to ensure a long life especially in nonstop applications, the BioRocker™ 2D will reliablyoperate continuously under the most demanding service hours. Working capacity can be increased with theoptional Stacking Platform and LaBungee™ tie downs.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed Range: Variable from 2 to 30 rpmTilt Angle: Variable from 0 to 30°Platform Size: 35 x 30 cm (14 x 12 In.)Load Capacity: 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs.)Operating Temperature Range: +4°C to + 65°CDimensions (WxDxH): 35 x 30 x 20 cm

(14 x 12 x 8 in.)Weight: 3.4 kg (7.5 lbs.)Warranty: 2 Years


S2036 BioRocker™ 2D, 115 V $698.00

S2036-SP Stacking Platform 35x30 cm (14x12 in) with Flat Mat 99.00

S2036-DM Dimpled Mat 35 x 30 cm (14x12 in) 30.00

S2036-BU LaBungee elastic tie-downs with hooks, pk of 4 21.95

BioRocker™ 3D ■ 3d Gyratory motion

■ Variable Speed control

■ adjustable tilt angle

■ large Platform with both Flat & dimpled mats

■ Ideal for cold rooms and Incubators

Silent running, three dimensional "gyratory" rocker is easily adjustable from gentle to vigorous agitation for abroad range of molecular and biological mixing applications. Flat and Dimpled mats accommodate a widevariety of sample tube sizes, staining trays and culture vessels. Engineered with an AC brushless motor toensure a long life especially in nonstop applications, the BioRocker™ 3D will reliably operate continuouslyunder the most demanding service hours. Working capacity can be increased with the optional StackingPlatform and LaBungee™ tie downs.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed Range: Variable from 2 to 30 rpmTilt Angle: Variable from 0 to 30°PlatformPlatform Size: 30 x 30 cm (12 x 12 in.)Load Capacity: 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs.)Operating Temperature Range: +4°C to +65°CDimensions (W x D x H) 30 x 30 x 20 cm

(12 x 12 x 8 in.)Weight: 3.4 kg (7.5 lbs.)Warranty: 2 Years


S2131 BioRocker™ 3D, 115 V $698.00

S7312-SP Stacking Platform 30 x 30 cm (12 x 12 in.) with Flat Mat 85.00

S2036-SPD Stacking Platform 30 x 30 cm (12 x 12 in.) with Dimpled Mat 88.00

S2036-BU LaBungee elastic tie-downs with hooks, pk of 4 21.95


1-800-453-038564

centrifuges;page 3





S7281 Nutating 3D-shaker with dimpled rubber mat $410.00

S7281-FM Optional flat rubber mat for above 26.00

S7282 Nutating 3D shaker, 12 x 12 in. platform with dimpled rubber mat 419.00

S7282-FM Optional flat rubber mat for above 28.00


S2130 3-D Rocker with 12 x 12 in. (30 cm) platform, $1,150.00

flat mat, dimpled mat

S2130-30D* Second tier platform, 12 x 12 in. (30 cm) with hardware 120.00

S2130-40 Platform, 16 x 16 in. (40 cm) 140.00

S2130-50 Platform, 20 x 20 in. (50 cm) 160.00

S2112 Elastic tie-downs, pk of 4 27.00

*Double platform configuration available only for 12 in. platform.

Nutating 3D Platform Mixer■ Gyratory action for gentle, thorough mixing

■ 6.7 x 9.5 in (16 x 24 cm) platform

■ 12 x 12 in (30 x 30 cm) platform

■ Safe for cold room use

These mixers have 20° tilt angle for gentle, thorough mixing. The dimpled rubber mat is designed to holdcentrifuge and blood collection tubes. Mixing speed is optimized at 24rpm. Maximum load = 1.75 lbs.(6.7 x 9.5 in.), 4.0 lbs. (12 x 12 in.).

3-D Rocker■ adjustable tilt angle

■ Works in environments up to 65°c

■ Smooth, thorough, tri-directional mixing

Our 3-D Rocker can provide gentle, nonfoaming mixing or vigorous mixing at speeds up to 70 rpm. Slots in theplatform edges allow use of optional elastic tie downs. Also included is the standard 12 x 12 in. platform withnon slip rubber mat and a special purpose “dimpled” mat for test tubes, etc.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 3 to 60 rpmMax. load 11 lbs./5 kgDimensions: 13 x 14 x 8 in./33 x 35 x 21 cmTilt angle: ±10° adjustableAmbient temp. range: 2 to 65°CTimer: 20-120 min . with “hold”

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 24 rpmMax. load: 1.75 lbs./0.8 kgDimensions (W x D x H): 9.75x7.5x7 in/24.8x19.1x17.8 cmMotion/ Pitch: 3-D/fixed 20º Ambient operating range: 4 to 65ºCWeight: 2.3 lbs./1.1 kg

Rocker Model 35■ adjustable tilt angle

■ Staining/destaining, immunoblotting & hybridization (up to 65°c)

■ 14 x 11 in. platform with no-slip rubber mat

Rocker 35 is designed to produce the precise level of agitationthat blotted mem branes and gels require. It hasadjustable speed and tilt (from 0 to 40°), providing agentle "wave" effect that lifts and washes gels and blottedmem branes. This rocking motion results in faster and moreuniform treatment than orbital shakers. Now includes timerfor runs up to 2 hours or continuous operation. Single anddouble platform models will fit in 311D incubator.SPECIFICATIONS:

Speed range (rocks per minute): 2 to 80Tilt range: ±20° adjustableOverall dimensions (single): 14W x 12D x 7H in./

35.5 x 30 x 18 cmCapacity: 13 lbs./6 kgClearance between platforms: 3.5 in. / 9 cm


S2035 Single platform rocker $815.00

S2035-D Double platform rocker 895.00



www.densci.com 65





Basic BlotRocker™

■ economical, heavy duty “workhorse”

■ optimized speed and tilt angle

■ 7lb (3.2kg) load capacity

The Basic BlotRocker is the first to be specifically optimized with the ideal rocking (up/down) speed and tiltangle for blot and gel applications. Its 12 rpm speed and 8° tilt provide gentle, thorough mixing/washingconditions. Base unit and stacking platforms are supplied with a flat mat.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed (fixed) 12 rpmTilt ±8°Max. load 4.4 lbs./2.0 kgAmbient operating range +4° to 65°CWeight 4.4 lbs./2.0 kg

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed (fixed) 12 rpmTilt (up/down) ±8°Max. load 7 lbs./3.2 kgAmbient operating range +4° to 65°CDi men sions (W x D x H) 13.5 x 11.8 x 4.7 in./

34 x 30 x12 cmWeight 6.5 lbs./3.0 kg


S7307 Mini BlotRocker 3D with 7.5 x 10.5in. platform $369.00

S7307-SP Optional stacking platform, 7.5 x 10.5in. 85.00

S7307-DM Optional dimpled mat, 7.5 x 10.5in. 28.00

S7312 BlotRocker 3D with 12 x 12in. platform 399.00

S7312-SP Optional stacking platform, 12 x 12in. 85.00

S7312-DM Optional dimpled mat, 12 x 12in. 30.00


S7000 Basic BlotRocker with 12 x 12in. platform $399.00

S7312-SP Optional stacking platform, 12 x 12in. 85.00

S7312-DM Optional dimpled mat, 12 x 12in. 30.00

BlotRocker 3D™ & Mini BlotRocker 3D™

■ optimized speed and tilt for blotting, washing, staining

■ tri-directional motion for gentle, thorough mixing

■ Incubator and cold room safe

The BlotRocker 3D family provides low speed 3-dimensional motion in a compact,economical package. Tilt angle and speed are preset (8° tilt, 12rpm) for idealblotting conditions. Both units are available with optional second tier platforms.Choose from 7.5 x 10.5 in. or 12 x 12 in. platforms. Both models are supplied witha flat rubber mat.

Hi/Lo Profile Rocker■ Up to four platforms

This compact (14 x 16 in.) stainless steel rocker fits into most incubators andre frig er a tors. Useful for hybridization, blotting and staining and cell culturein cu ba tions. The platform angle is easily adjustable from 2° to 11° and speedcan be set from 0 to 22rpm. Upper platforms do not "swing wide" because allplatforms tilt in parallel on an identical axis.

Easy to disassemble and autoclave. Fits in many popular incubators, including611 series.


S2360 Hi/Lo Profile Rocker $1,150.00

S2360-2 Second platform assembly 275.00

S2360-3 Second and third platform assembly 400.00

S2360-4 Second, 3rd and 4th platform assembly 525.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 0-22rpmMax load: 20 lbs./9 kg.Dimensions (overall): 14 x 16 x 2 in. / 35 x 40 x 5 cmDimensions (platform): 12 x 12 in. / 30 x 30 cmSpace between shelves: 4.5 in. / 11.4 cmAngle: Variable, 2° to 11°CAmbient temperature range: 0 to 65°C


1-800-453-038566

centrifuges;page 3





S2120 Belly Dancer shaker $1,625.00


B2136 Belly Dancer with water bath 2,850.00

The Belly Dancer®

■ Patented shaking motion

■ Smooth undulation

The unique undulating motion of the Belly Dancer is gentler but more efficientthan the action of ordinary shakers and minimizes the volume of solutionrequired. The smooth com bi na tion of vertical and horizontal orbital motionpromotes more rapid exchange of solvents in staining / destaining gels and itassures lower background in applications such as blotting.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 0-95 rpmMax load: 20 lbs.Dimensions (base): 15 x 15 in./38 x 38 cmDimensions (platform): 12 x 12 in./30 x 30 cmAngle: Variable, 0-12°Ambient temperature range: 0-42°C

The Belly Button®

■ mini version of the Belly dancer

For gel and blotting techniques, the Belly Button is an extremely effective combination of a rocking platformand an orbital shaker, providing excellent solvent exchange at slow, gentle speeds. The optional "finger mat"holds small tubes such as microcentrifuge tubes, blood collection tubes and 15 ml or 50 ml conical tubes. Thesmall size means the Belly Button can fit in almost any hood, incubator or refrigerator and its flat power cord iseasy on door gaskets. Suitable for operation in temperature environments between 0° and 60°C. Fits in mostincubators, including 211, 311 and 611 series.


S2125 Belly Button shaker $1,150.00

S2125-M "Finger mat" for test tubes 65.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range: 0-60 rpmMax Load: 5 lbs./2.3 kgDimensions (base): 8 x 8 x 4.75 in./

20 x 20 x 12 cmDimensions (platform): 7 x 7in./18 x 18 cmAngle Variable, 0-8°

Low Profile Roller■ adjustable for small tubes and large bottles

■ Suitable for incubators and refrigerators

This compact, lightweight unit is designed to rotate large roller bottles, and various sizes of test tubes at speedsfrom 0.5 rpm to 67 rpm (speed range is dependent on bottle diameter). Using the maximum (eleven) rollers, upto thirty 10 x 75 mm tubes can be accommodated. By removing five rollers, 3 large (850 cm2) roller bottles canbe rotated between 0.25 rpm and 8 rpm. Various combinations are possible. Features thin, flat power cord foruse in dry, humid and CO2 incubators.


S2100 Low profile roller with 6 removable rollers $1875.00

S2100-R Extra roller for above (up to 11 rollers may be used) 95.00

Belly Dancer with water bath

SPECIFICATIONS:Roller dimensions: 1.12 in. (28.5 mm) diam.

x 10 in.(254 mm) lengthSpeed range (rollers): 2 to 30 rpmSpeed range (bottles / tubes): 0.5 rpm to 67 rpmDimensions (l x w x h): 14 x 15 x 2.5 in. /

36 x 28 x 6.35 mmAmbient temperature range: 0 to 65°C


www.densci.com 67





SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range 100 - 1,200 rpmTimer 0 to 99 minutes or continuousMotion/orbit size Horizontally circular, 3 mmMaximum load 4.4 lbs./2 kgAmbient operating range +4° to 65°CDimensions (W x D x H) 10 x 12.5 x 5 in./

26 x 32 x 13 cmWeight 16 lbs./7.3 kg

Denville Vortexer■ Variable speed control,

■ “touch” or continuous operation

■ optional heads for larger tubes

Continuously adjustable speed control makes the Denville Vortex Mixer useful for a variety of applica tions fromgentle mixing of sam ples to re sus pend ing pellets. “Touch” control mode allows it to be activated only by de -press ing the sample head. When set to “on” the unit operates continuously.

The general purpose cup attachment sup plied with the vortexer accepts a variety of different sized tubes.Additional heads are available for mixing larger sample tubes, multiple microtubes and microplates. Heavyduty con struc tion and suction cup feet keep the unit stable to prevent “walking”.

Orbit™ 300 Multipurpose Vortexer■ Shaking, mixing, agitating or vortexing

■ Heavy-duty construction

■ Safe for cold room or incubator use

Three interchangeable platforms (available sep a rate ly) accommodate a variety of sample containers to makethe Orbit 300 a truly mul ti pur pose shaker. The flat platform, with nonslip rubber mat, holds plates, dishes,boxes, etc. The microplate platform will ac com mo date up to four deep well microplates. The clamp platformhas spring loaded retaining bars that hold flasks, bottles, racks, etc. in place.

Time and speed are set and displayed on the large LED. The broad speed range allows it to be used forgentle mixing as well as vigorous agitation.

S7030-14 S7030-12

S7030-11


S2030-300 Orbit 300 Digital Multipurpose Shaker, base only $1,050.00

S2030-10 Platform for four multi-well plates 140.00

S2030-12 Flat platform (30 x 30 cm) with nonslip rubber mat 145.00

S2030-13 Spring loaded clamp platform for flasks, bottles, tube racks, etc. 250.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range 200 - 3,000 rpmAmbient operating range +4° to 65°CDi men sions (W x D x H) 4.7 x 6 x 5 in/12 x 15.5 x 13 cmWeight 8.0 lbs./3.6 kg

S7030-10 S7030-16

S7030-15


S7030 Vortex Mixer with general purpose cup head $229.00

S7030-E Vortex Mixer with general purpose cup head, 230 V 229.00

Optional Heads

S7030-10 Optional 3 in. (76 mm) head for mixing multiple tubes 32.00

S7030-13 Combination head for tubes and microplates 52.00

S7030-14 Optional head for 12 x 1.5 ml tubes, held horizontally 73.00

S7030-15 Optional head for 4 x 15 ml tubes, held horizontally 73.00

S7030-16 Optional head for 2 x 50 ml tubes, held horizontally 73.00


1-800-453-038568

centrifuges;page 3




Orbit™ Variable Speed Vortexers

Personal Plate Shaker■ Ultra-compact footprint (4 x 5 in.)

■ easy integration with robotic stations

The Denville Personal Plate Shaker has all the features you wouldexpect from shakers three times its size and price. It has a long-lifebrushless motor and a counterbalanced shaking platform forstability and long-term reliability. Supplied with a built-in timer andclear lid. Accepts standard 96 well plates.

■ large capacity - process 60microtubes or 4 microplates

■ resuspending, ho mog e niz ing, mix ing or vortexing

■ Suitable for cold room or incubator use

The smallest of the Orbit shakers, the M60, P2 and P4 featurevariable speed across a broad range, making them useful fora variety of applications. Both time of operation and shakerspeed are set and displayed digitally, with their valuesshown on the large 3 digit LED. Parameters are selected withan easy turn knob. All three models can be used intemperature con trolled en vi ron ments. Their compact size makesthem ideal for in cu ba tor use.

Orbit M60Despite its small size, the Orbit M60 can process up to 60microtubes at one time. The platform is removable to functionas a transfer rack or work sta tion. 1.5/2.0 ml tubes are ac com mo dat -ed directly while smaller tubes can be used with adapt ers, soldseparately.

Orbit P2 and Orbit P4These vortexers accept all standard (and most deep well)microplates. Retaining springs on the con toured steel plat -form hold sam ples in place. The Orbit P2 holds twomicroplates while the Orbit P4 holds four.


S2020-M60 Orbit M60 Digital Shaker with platform for 60 microtubes $945.00

S2020-R Extra workstation/transfer rack for above 72.00


C1206 Individual adapters for 0.4 ml tubes, pk of 6 32.00


S2020-P2 Orbit P2 Digital Shaker with platform for 2 microplates 850.00

S2020-P4 Orbit P4 Digital Shaker with platform for 4 microplates 895.00


S2196 Denville Personal Plate Shaker $449.00

S2196-T Tube Holder for 40 x 1.5 ml tubes 39.00

shown withoptionalmicrotube holder

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range 100 - 1,400 rpmTimer 0 to 99 minutes or continuousMotion/orbit size Horizontally circular, 3 mmMaximum load 0.66 lbs./0.3 kgAmbient operating range +4° to 65°CBase dimensions (W x D x H) 6.6 x 11 x 6 in.Weight 9.5 lbs./4.3 kg

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range 950 - 1300 rpmTimer 1 to 180 mins or continuousOrbit radius 1 mmAmbient operating range +10° to 40°CDimensions (W x D x H) 3.7 x 5.2 x 3.4 in.Weight 1.6 lbs./7.5 kg


www.densci.com 69





SPECIFICATIONS:Speed range 3 to 60 rpmRotation axis Adjustable, 0° to 90°Ambient operating temperature 4° to 65°CDimensions (W x D x H) 18.5 x 10.6 x 9.7 in./

47 x 27 x 24.5 cmWeight 17.6 lbs./8 kg

LabRoller Rotator■ Variable speed (3 to 60 rpm) and adjustable rotation axis

■ Safe for use from 4° to 65°c

The LabRoller is a rotator that can be used in single and double pedestal form and for horizontal or tilted rotation. It canbe used on the bench or in an incubator for general mixing applications and Western blotting, Northerns and South -erns. The angle of the rotation axis is continuously adjustable from the horizontal position to a vertical position (90°). Alongwith the vari able speed, this angle ad just ment allows for precise control over the level of agitation. A variety ofrotisseries (for double pedestal use) and car ou sels (for single pedestal use) are avail able to hold containers suchas hybridization bottles, 15 and 50 ml tubes, blood tubes and Erlenmeyer flasks. Custom designs are available.

SPECIFICATIONS:Speed (fixed) 24rpm (115 V) / 20 rpm (230 V)Max. load 1.75 lbs. (0.8 kg)Ambient operating temp. 4 to 40°CDimensions (WxDxH) 8.4x4x5 in. (213x102x126 mm)Weight 4 lbs. (1.8 kg)

Mini LabRoller Rotator■ Small, quiet, versatile

■ cold room/incubator compatible (4 to 40°c)

■ rolling, tumbling or “end-over-end” motions

Whether used for gentle rolling or vigorous tumbling, the new mini LabRoller is capable of providing a varietyof mixing options for microtubes, plates or 15/50 ml centrifuge tubes. Lightweight and portable, it is uniquelydesigned so that the level of agitation can be adjusted from gentle rolling, through two levels of tumbling, toforceful end-over-end mixing simply by changing the rotisserie position. When a rotisserie is inserted horizontally(tubes held vertically), an end-over-end motion is produced. The unit can then be used for simple rotating, orrested on either end to create a tumbling motion. Placing the Mini LabRoller on the end with the power switchwill create a more vigorous tumbling motion than resting it on the opposite end. A rocking motion is achievedby simply inserting pegs to limit the movement of the rotisserie to 20°, 45° or 60°. Any of the available rotisseries canbe used as a rocking platform. Using the supplied rod, the rotisseries may be mounted vertically (tubes heldhorizontally). Supplied with rotisserie for 35 x 1.5 ml tubes; optional rotisseries for 10 x 15 ml or 6 x 50 ml areavailable. Microplates can be used on any of the tube rotisseries.

Supplied adjustmentpegs can limitmovement to 20°, 45°or 60° rocking angles

Gentle rolling action Vigorous tumbling Vigorous mixing Gentle tumbling


H5000 LabRoller Rotator without rotisserie $910.00

H1200-RA Rocking platform $178.00

H1212-35A Rotisserie for twelve 300 x 35 mm diameter bottles, twenty four 150 x 35 mm 365.00diameter bottles or 24 x 50 ml tubes horizontal, for use with double pedestal version

H1264-VA Rotisserie for 32 x 15 ml, vertical 620.00

H1264-HA Rotisserie for 32 x 15 ml, horizontal 610.00

H5108-50A* Car ou sel for 8 x 50 ml tubes, vertical (end over end motion) 122.50

H5116-15A* Car ou sel for 16 x 15 ml tubes, vertical (end over end motion) 169.00

H5132-HA* Carousel for 32 x 1.5 ml microtubes and blood collection tubes or 195.0016 x 15 ml conical tubes, horizontal

H5132-VA* Carousel for 32 x 1.5 ml microtubes and blood collection tubes or 16 x 15 ml 200.00conical tubes, vertical (end over end motion)

H5250-4A Carousel for 4 x 250 ml Erlenmeyer flasks 165.00

*a maximum of 2 of these carousels may be used


H5500 Mini LabRoller Rotator with rotisserie for 36x1.5/2.0 ml tubes, 120 V $385.00

H5500-230VE Mini LabRoller Rotator as above, 230 V (EU cord) 385.00

H5500-230VU Mini LabRoller Rotator as above, 230 V (UK cord) 385.00

H5500-02 Extra Rotisserie for 36x1.5/2.0 ml tubes 38.00

H5500-15 Rotisserie for 10x15 ml conical tubes (or 15-17 mm ø tubes) and 12x12-13 mm ø tubes 38.00

H5500-50 Rotisserie for 6x50 ml tubes 38.00


1-800-453-038570

centrifuges;page 3




Revolver Rotator 360° Sample Mixer■ complete 360° rotation

■ adjustable 0-90° mixing angle

■ Interchangeable rotisserie options

■ Independently adjustable rotisseries

■ cold room and incubator compatible

The Revolver Rotator sample mixer accepts a variety of tube sizes and mixes them horizontally, vertically, orany position in between. Easily change the mixing angle by simply turning the rotisserie. No tools are required.

Interchangeable rotisseries accept tubes from 1.5 ml to 50 ml. Each rotisserie is split into two halves. Each of thehalves can be exchanged to mix more than one tube type at the same time. Each rotisserie half can be rotatedindependently from a center point on the shaft. Placing the halves in line with the shaft produces an end overend tumbling motion, similar to that used to mix blood tubes. Rotating the rotisserie at a right angle to theshaft produces a gentle mixing motion, ideal for delicate samples. Any position in between these two extremesmay be selected to achieve the desired mixing action. Rotation speed is fixed at 18 rpm (20 rpm for 230 V models).

The Revolver Rotator can be used in ambient temperatures from +4°C to 65°C, making it ideal for a variety oflaboratory settings such as Molecular Biology, Biochemistry, clinical and Histochemistry. Small enough to fiton a crowded bench, the rotator is easilymoved where it is needed - the bench,cold room, incubator or biological hood.With a molded housing and uniquerotisserie design, the Revolver Rotator iseasy to clean and decontaminate.

A 36 x 1.5/2.0 ml rotisserie is suppliedwith the Revolver Rotator. Otherconfigurations are available separately.

SPECIFICATIONS:Capacity - Standard 36 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubesCapacity - H56000-15 10 x 15/10 ml and 16 x 5/7 mlCapacity - H5600-50 6 x 50 mlSpeed (120 V) 18 RPMSpeed (230 V) 20 RPMAmbient temperature range +4°C - 65°CMaximum Load 1.75 lb / 0.8 kgDimensions (WxDxH) 9.4 x 5 x 6 in.

23.9 x 12.7 x 15.24 cmWeight 4.5 lb (2.0 kg)


M5700 BactiZapper instant sterilizer, 120 V (USA) $299.00

M5700-E BactiZapper instant sterilizer, 220 V (International) 299.00

BactiZapper™ Instant Sterilizer■ Infrared sterilzation in 5-7 seconds

■ Safe, convenient and no spatter

■ Ideal for platinum loops, needles, tube mouths

The BactiZapper™ has a ceramic core element that uses infrared heating to produce 815°C (1500°F). It completelysterilizes microorganisms in 5-7 seconds. The BactiZapper uses well-proven technology to provide instantsterilization of platinum inoculating loops, needles, tube and pipette mouths and various metal instruments andborosilicate glass rods, etc. It is compact, convenient and can be used in anaerobic and aerobic chambers.

Optional Rotisseriefor 6 x 50 ml tubes

Standard Rotisserie for36 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubes


H5600 Revolver Rotator tube mixer w/rotisserie for 36 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubes, 120 V $415.00

H5600-230V-EU Revolver Rotator tube mixer w/rotisserie for 36 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubes, 230 V, EU Cord 415.00

H5600-230V-UK Revolver Rotator tube mixer w/rotisserie for 36 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubes, 230 V, UK Cord 415.00

H5600-02 Rotisserie for 36 x 0.2 ml tubes (included with unit) 43.00

H5600-15 Rotisserie for 10 x 15 ml tubes & 16 x 5/7 ml tubes 43.00

H5600-50 Rotisserie for 6 x 50 ml tubes 43.00


www.densci.com 71





■ Fully automatic; just press "start"

■ rapid, complete sterilization

■ extremely compact

SPECIFICATIONS:Model: BioClave 16 (B4000-16)

Chamber Volume: 16LChamber Dimensions: 9 x 13.75 in./ 23 x 25 cmTray Dimensions: 6.5 x 10.75 in./ 16.5 x 27 cmExterior Dimensions (WxDxH): 22 x 17.5 x 15.7 in.Weight:: 89 lbs. / 40 kg

Model: BioClave Mini (B4000-Mini)

Chamber Volume: 8LChamber Dimensions: 6.7 x 12.5 in./ 17 x 31 cmTray Dimensions: 4.75 x 9.75 in./ 12 x 24.8 cmExterior Dimensions (WxDxH): 20 x 13.5 x 12.9 in.Weight: 74 lbs. / 33 kg


B4000-16 BioClave 16 digital bench top autoclave, 16L, 120 V $4,195.00

B4000-M BioClave Mini digital bench top autoclave (fixed time control), 8L, 120 V 2,995.00

B4000-P Printer (compatible with B4000-16 only) 249.00

B4000-PA Extra roll of paper for B4000-P, pk. of 3 34.00

BioClave™ Research Autoclaves

Steam sterilization of research tools and consumables is convenient and affordable with the new BioClave™digital research autoclaves. With a width of under 18 in. (under 14 in. for the BioClave Mini), both models willfit comfortably on even the most crowded benchtop.

Despite the space-saving exterior dimensions, the stainless steel sterilization chambers are surprisingly large,accommodating a variety of liquids, media, instruments, glassware, plasticware and other common laboratoryitems. Both models include a mechanical and electrical safety interlock that prevents the door from beingopened until the pressure has reached zero PSI. Three trays (2 with the BioClave Mini) are supplied with eachunit, along with a convenient tray removal tool.

With large digital displays and fully automatic operation, all segments of the sterilization cycle (fill, sterilize,exhaust and dry) commence and run to completion by simply pressing the start button.

BioClave 16™ Autoclave

The 16 liter BioClave offers three preset standard cycle options for the sterilization of liquids, wrappedinstruments or unwrapped instruments/plasticware. A fourth option “Dry Only” is also available for additionaldrying time to be added to the end of a cycle. For special applications, program settings may be user modified.

BioClave Mini™ Autoclave

The 8 liter BioClave Mini is preprogrammed to meet basic sterilization needs. Although the temperature can beselected at either 121°C or 134°C, the sterilization time is fixed. The economical BioClave Mini is the ideal choicewherever benchtop sterilization is required and space is limited.

BioClave Mini


72

Chest Freezers to -25°C and -45°C■ Performance tested for 7 days

■ low temp guaranteed in warm environments

■ Set and forget digital temperature control

■ Battery operated alarm system

So-Low’s best laboratory freezers are reliable, efficient and backed by 40 years of experience and a nationwideservice network. Also available upon request: chart recorders and telephone alarm systems. One year warranty.

Premier Freezers to -85°C■ extended compressor life

■ Hinged grill allows visual condenser inspection

The Premier ultra-low freezer line is designed for exceptionally long life and reliability in the most demanding andcritical applications. Using CFC-free DuPont™ Suva® 95, com pres sors are protected with a constant flow ofrefrigerant. In addition, com pres sor life is extended by an energy saving low stage which operates only on demandand heat is efficiently dissipated with 3 fans. A monitoring light warns of a clogged condenser. An auto timersystem will re-start the unit after a power failure. Various options, including chart recorders, racks, and back upsystems are available.

1-800-453-0385

centrifuges;page 3




Cat. No. Cu. ft./liters Ext. dimens., in. Int. dimens., in. Price

Upright / Vertical

R4613 13 / 370 35 x 33 x 79 20 x 22 x 511⁄4 $8,700.00

R4618 18 / 505 36 x 36 x 79 23 x 26 x 511⁄4 9,225.00

R4621 21 / 588 42 x 36 x 79 281⁄2 x 26 511⁄4 9,775.00

R4625 25 / 710 49 x 36 x 79 34 x 25 x 511⁄4 11,300.00

R4630 30 / 843 62 x 36 x 79 42 x 25 x 49 12,800.00

Chest / Horizontal

R4605 5 / 142 40 x 35 x 46 30 x 18 x 16 $7,395.00

R4609 9 / 255 57 x 33 x 46 47 x 16 x 20 7,800.00

R4614 14 / 400 71 x 36 x 46 61 x 20 x 20 8,400.00

R4617 17 / 477 79 x 36 x 48 69 x 20 x 21 9,100.00

R4622 22 / 626 96 x 36 x 44 67 x 19 x 30 11,300.00

R4627 27 / 766 96 x 36 x 44 67 x 221⁄2 x 31 12,400.00

All models are -18° to -85°C, except R4630 and R4627 which are -18° to -80°C.

Cat. No. Cu. ft./liters Temp. Range Int. dimensions Ext. dimensions PriceR4001-5 5 / 142 0° to -25°C 281⁄2 x 161⁄2 x 22 in. 381⁄2 x 241⁄2 x 271⁄2 in. $2,355.00

(72.4 x 41.9 x 55.9 cm) (97.8 x 62.2 x 69.9 cm)

R4001-9 9 / 255 0° to -25°C 281⁄2 x 161⁄2 x 36 in. 381⁄2 x 241⁄2 x 42 in. 2,540.00(72.4 x 41.9 x 91.4 cm) (97.8 x 62.2 x 106.7 cm)

R4001-13 13 / 370 0° to -25°C 281⁄2 x 22 x 371⁄2 in. 381⁄2 x 31 x 43 in. 3,150.00(72.4 x 55.9 x 95.3 cm) (97.8 x 78.7 x 109.2 cm)

R4002-5 5 / 142 0° to -45°C 281⁄2 x 161⁄2 x 22 in. 381⁄2 x 241⁄2 x 271⁄2 in. 3,890.00(72.4 x 41.9 x 55.9 cm) (97.8 x 62.2 x 69.9 cm)

R4002-9 9 / 255 0° to -43°C 281⁄2 x 161⁄2 x 36 in. 381⁄2 x 241⁄2 x 42 in. 4,300.00(72.4 x 41.9 x 91.4 cm) (97.8 x 62.2 x 106.7 cm)

R4002-13 13 / 370 0° to -40°C 281⁄2 x 22 x 371⁄2 in. 381⁄2 x 31 x 43 in. 4,600.00(72.4 x 55.9 x 95.3 cm) (97.8 x 78.7 x 109.2 cm)


www.densci.com 73

Under-Counter REFRIGERATORS & FREEZERSall units on this page have these common features:

■ Front breathing for true “built-in” ■ 33.5 in. height - fits under most performance countertops

■ refrigerators are auto defrost ■ Ul approved and cFc-free

■ Freezers are manual defrost ■ digital temp display and key lock optional

■ Suitable for built-in or free standing installations

Under-Counter RefrigeratorThis all-refrigerator unit has forced air ventilation through the front grille, guaranteeing consistent temperatureperformance and making it the right choice for “built-in” installations. It requires no additional ventilation orclearance. It comes in standard white finish with a double insulated, reversible door, has 5.3 cu. ft. of refrigeratorspace and has automatic defrost.

SPECIFICATIONS:Temp. range 2 to 6°CDefrost type automaticDimensions (lxwxh) 23.5 x 23.5 x 33.5 in.Capacity 5.3 cu. ft.


R4901 Under-counter refrigerator, front breathing $950.00

R4925 Key lock set, must be installed at factory 119.00

R4927 Digital temperature display, factory installed 129.00

R4929 Temperature alarm, factory installed 199.00


R4902 Under-counter freezer, front breathing $999.00


R4927 Digital temperature display, factory installed 129.00

R4929 Temperature alarm, factory installed 199.00

Shipping charges for under-counter refrigerators are approximately $69.00 ($79.00 west of the Mississippi River).

Under-Counter Refrigerator/FreezerThis combination unit has an auto-defrost refrigerator compartment with a manual defrost freezer compartmentabove it. Forced air through front grille for long, reliable life in “built-in” installations. Requires no additionalventilation or clearance. Standard white finish with reversible door. SPECIFICATIONS:

Temp. range (refrigerator) 2 to 6°CTemp. range (freezer): -15 to -18°C

under Temp for refrigerator.Defrost type (refrigerator) automaticDefrost type (freezer) manualDimensions (lxwxh) 23.5 x 23.5 x 33.25 in.Capacity 5.1 cu. ft.


R4911 Under-counter, refrig/freezer, front breathing $899.00


Under-Counter -25°C FreezerThis -25°C manual defrost model provides the extra low temperature and stability required for most laboratorysample storage applications. It needs no additional clearance or ventilation for built-in under-counterinstallations. Standard white finish with reversible, double insulated door.

SPECIFICATIONS:Temp. range fixed, -25°CDefrost type manualDimensions (lxwxh) 23.5 x 23.5 x 33.25 in.Capacity 4.5 cu. ft.

R4901

R4911

R4902






1-800-453-038574

centrifuges;page 3




Biochromatography Refrigerators ■ Self-closing doors - sliding or swinging

■ Interior electrical outlets - controllable from outside

■ Standard 3 prong electrical plug

■ Five year warranty

Denville refrigerators offer all the features required for a broad range of biological applications, includingchromatography masts, interior lighting, access ports, etc. The bottom mounted compressor means an extra shelfat eye level and no stooping to reach items that are at floor level. The compressor is literally oversized for theload, ensuring temperature recovery times that are among the fastest in the industry, and it easily maintains 4°C.

The bright white acrylic coated aluminum interior walls are easy to clean. The bottom interior is stainless steelwith a clean-out drain. Top mounted fluorescent lighting is enclosed in a safety shield that prevents/containsbreakage. Shadow-free illumination reaches the entire chamber, enhanced by the white walls, white epoxycoated wire shelves and stainless bottom. CFC-free and UL, CSA approved. Standard features include:switchable interior lighting, two electrical outlets, shelving, user positionable digital thermometer (whichdisplays interior and ambient temperature), two side access ports, one mast and levelling feet. No plumbing,draining or installation is required. 115 V, 60 Hz.

Cat. No. Cu. Ft. Amps Ext. dimens., in. Weight, lbs. Doors Outlets Shelves Price

R4026 26 8 30.25 x 29.5 x 78.25 321 1 swing 2 4 $4,600.00

R4035 35 9 39.5 x 29.5 x 78.25 404 2 swing 2 8 5,800.00

R4048 48 10 54 x 30 x 78.25 491 2 slide 2 8 6,600.00

R4061 61 14 70 x 29.5 x 78.25 594 2 slide 2 8 7,500.00

R4069 69 15 78 x 29.5 x 79.25 664 3 slide 2 12 7,995.00

*All units available without the following features: electrical outlets, chrom. mast, access ports for

$325.00 less. Optional equipment available (factory installed)


R4105-A Audible overtemp / undertemp alarm system $1,290.00

R4105-R Chart recorder, circular, thirty day 2,690.00

R4105-E Additional electrical outlets, each 229.00

R4105-C Set of casters for all size units, up to 48 cu.ft. (user installed) 289.00

R4105-D Set of casters for R4061 and R4069 (user installed) 369.00

• 50% less Plunger Forces

• 20% lighter than similar models

• Universal tip compatibility

• Free calibration tool

XLE™

Electronic Pipettes

• multi/repeat dispensing

• minimize Hand Fatigue

• motorized Piston drive

• exceptional accuracy

• Single, 8 & 12 channels

Please see page 124 and 125 for more information


www.densci.com 75





Liquid Nitrogen Dewars■ Increased necktube strength

■ longer hold time

■ durable lightweight aluminum

These rugged Dewars are designed for safe, convenient LN2 storage and handling. The pitcher style handle onthe 5 liter size is ideal for pouring while the larger models can be used with optional pouring handles or apressurized liquid withdrawal device. Available in a wide variety of sizes, all mod els have excellent holdingtimes, rugged construction and attractive styling.

Liquid Nitrogen Refrigerators/

Storage Vessels■ Increased capacity

■ transparent top and molded handle

■ convenient loading / unloading

These rugged aluminum vessels have a larger necktube for larger canisters, greater capacity and better visibility.An advanced necktube insert maintains thermal integrity, while the clear, hinged, lockable top protects frozencontents. Each refrigerator is supplied with 6 canisters.

Liquid Nitrogen Refrigerators -

Rack Storage■ efficient and easy to track

■ direct and easy rack retrieval

■ racks included (for standard 5.25 in. boxes)

These storage vessels are suited for manual and com put er ized tracking methods. They utilize a proprietarycom bi na tion of vacuum technology and advanced super in su la tion to provide optimum thermal efficiency andreduced op er at ing costs.

Cat. No. LN2 Capacity Dimensions (Diam.x Height) Weight (Empty) Price

R6020-5D 5 liter 8.7 x 16.3 in 6 lb $430.00

R6020-10D 10 liter 11.2 x 23.0 in 12.5 lb 496.00

R6020-20D 20 liter 15.0 x 24.6 in 23 lb 635.00

R6020-35D 35 liter 18.5 x 25.0 in 31 lb 760.00

R6020-50D 50 liter 18.5 x 30.5 in 38 lb 896.00

R6020-RBS Roller base platform for 20 liter 168.00

R6020-RBL Roller base platform for 35 and 50 liter 168.00

Cat. No. LN2 Capacity Dimensions Capacity, Price

(Diam.x Height) 0.5 cc Straws 0.5 cc Straws 1.2 ml Cryo(canes) (bulk) vials

R6021-10R 10 liter 11.2 x 23.0 in 660 1800 216 $695.00

R6021-20R 20 liter 15.0 x 25.0 in 660 1800 216 745.00

R6021-38RX6 38 liter 19.0 x 27.6 in 4680 10320 1584 1,109.00

R6021-38RX10 38 liter 19.0 x 27.6 in 3900 9700 1320 1,149.00

R6021-50RX 50 liter 19.0 x 30.5 in NA NA 768 1,025.00

R6020-RBS Roller base platform for 20 liter 168.00

R6020-RBL Roller base platform for 35 or 50 liter 168.00

Cat. No. LN2 Capacity Dimensions Capacity, Price

(Diam.x Height) Racks Boxes/ rack Total Boxes

R6022-40 120 liter 22 x 39 in 4 10 40 $2,790.00

R6022-20C 60 liter 22 x 28 in 4 5 20 2,440.00

R6022-LL Low level alarm for R6022-40, R6022-20C 450.00

R6022-RB Roller base for 60 or 100 liter 197.00


1-800-453-038576

centrifuges;page 3




Beta Protection Shields, Angled■ large, integral base

Angled top for "top-down" viewing of tube and container contents during pipetting. Large base for large, flatwork surface and general stability.

Beta Protection Shields, Vertical■ 1⁄2 in. thick acrylic

■ Small "footprint" - fit anywhere

Place them in front of bottles, columns, waste boxes or any beta-emitting source. The tapered base of the 2larger sizes allows them to be used in corners.

Cat. No. Description W x H x D Thickness Price

S1070-B Small shield* 8 x 10 x 7 in. 3⁄8 in. $69.50

S1080-B Medium shield 12 x 18 x 10 in. 1⁄2 in. 133.00

S0240-B Large shield 16 x 24 x 12 in. 1⁄2 in. 165.00

*Dimensionally suitable as a shield for cell counters.

Cat. No. Description W x H x D Price

S0120-S Small shield 9 x 12 in. $81.00

S0180-S Medium shield 12 x 18 in. 110.00

S0260-S Large shield 12 x 26 in. 123.00

Denville Beta Station™

Shielded Workstation■

3⁄8 in. (10 mm) acrylic shield

■ completely portable

■ Seamless aBS tray contains spills

The Denville Beta Station is a dual purpose beta protectionshield and covered work surface, providing a defined workarea to guard users from liquid spills and splashes. The unitcomprises a base formed from a single piece of heavy-gauge, non-porous ABS and an integral, variable angleshield in 3⁄8 in. acrylic. All internal surfaces of the base areradiused so that the tray may be easily washed ordecontaminated. With the shield in the "down" position, itserves as a fully enclosed beta shielding box. Using the 2knobs, the shield may also be secured in a vertical positionor at any angle that provides the most ease of use, comfortand protection. Base tray liners are absorbent paper,polylined on one side and custom cut to fit the contouredbase. In the event of spillage, the liquid is rapidly and safelyabsorbed, ready for disposal.

Base dimensions (L x W): 17 x 16 in. Maximum height ofshield: 19 in.


S0997 Denville Beta Station $189.50

S0997-A Polylined absorbent liner sheets, pk/25 45.00

10 mm transparent shield

screened perimeter for easy location

44.5 x 44.5 x 1.0 cm

Work area tray andabsorbent liner

Large, defined workarea with disposableliner to quickly deal

with spills; 30.5 x 30.5 x 7.6 cm

deep

Lid angle lock knob

Adjust lid angle for bestperformance from fully opened tofully closed. Closed may be usedfor temporary storage of materialsor for low unit storage space. Full open: 75°; full closed: -3°.

Double walled ABS tray

Heavy duty molded traybase with non-skid feet.Substantial weight keepsthe unit in place to preventtipping or moving. Easilycleaned45.7 x 47.0 x 7.6 cm deep


www.densci.com 77





Shipping Vial Storage Container■ 2 compartments for round or square vials

■ Separate hinged lid for each compartment

This 1⁄2 in. thick acrylic container is designed to block beta isotopes in standard vials made by NEN, ICN andAmersham. It can be used on the bench, in a freezer or for lab to lab transport.


S0200-VS Vial storage safety container $118.00

Beta Shield Storage Containers■ 1⁄2 in. thick acrylic

■ Hinged lids

Suitable for storage, transport and refrigeration of beta-emitting samples. Three sizes available.

Cat. No. Description Internal Dimensions Price

S0070-R Small 7 x 5 x 4 in./18 x 13 x 10 cm $117.00

S0100-R Medium 10 x 4.75x 5.5in./25 x 12 x 14 cm 135.00

S0187-R Large 10 x 7 x 8 in./25 x 13 x 20 cm 188.00


S1536-R Tube shield box with rack, 36 x 15 ml $124.00

S0509-R Tube shield box with rack, 9 x 50 ml 124.00

S1524-M Microtube shield box with rack for 1.5 ml tubes 127.00

S0524-M Microtube shield box with rack for 0.5 ml tubes 127.00

S0515-R Extra rack for microtube shield boxes, 24 x 1.5 ml tubes 41.20

Beta Shield/Tube Racks■ dual position lid - forms a work shield when open

■ Supplied with autoclavable tube racks

With the lid down, the rack is fully enclosed in 1⁄2 in. thick acrylic, ideal for storing or transporting beta-emittingsamples. When the lid is placed in the upright position, it forms a vertical shield which protects you while youpipette or handle tubes. These shields can be used on the bench, in a freezer or for safe lab to lab transport. Theycan be filled with crushed ice when your samples need to be cooled.

Tube shield boxes (6 x 6 x 6.5 in.) are for 15 ml or 50 ml tubes. Microtube shield boxes (7 x 5 x 3.75 in.) are for 24tubes, 0.5 ml or 1.5 ml.

Beta Shield Transport Sleeve■ Fits standard Gilson-type 80 well racks

■ 1⁄2 in. acrylic with hinged door

These boxes are designed to fit popular 80 tube fraction collector trays (one is included).

Outside dimensions: 10 x 3.87 x 3.37 in./ 25 x 10 x 10 cm


R7930-SL Transport sleeve with one rack $104.00


1-800-453-038578

centrifuges;page 3





Ice Buckets for Radioactive Samples■ color coded yellow

BetaBrick™ Beta Blocking Tube Holders■ For 1.5 ml and 0.5 ml tubes

■ racks and lids are made of 100% acrylic

■ accepts all microtube types, including screw caps

The 24 x 1.5 ml version has holes for 15 x 0.5 ml tubes in between the 1.5 ml holes.

Cat. No. Description Outer Dimensions Price

I1820-81 Maxi pan, rectangular 13 x 16 x 5 in./33 x 41 x 13 cm $98.00

I1810-81 Midi pan, rectangular 9 x 13 x 5 in./23 x 33 x 13 cm 78.00

I1805-81 Mini pan, square 6 x 6 x 3 in./15 x 15 x 8 cm 45.00


A2922 BetaBrick, 8 x 1.5 to 2.0 ml $29.50

S0924 BetaBrick, 24 x 1.5 ml, 15 x 0.5 ml 49.00

Flip-Top Beta Waste Containers■ mini lid covers tiny (2 cm) waste entry hole

■ Ideal for ejecting pipette tips and other small items

■ main lid opens for larger items

These compact, bench-top containers are made of 1⁄2 in. thick acrylic and require only 6 square in. of benchspace.

Cat. No. Description L x W x H Price

S0060-F Small flip-top box 6.37 x 5.37 x 6 in./16 x 14 x 15 cm $145.00

S0150-F Medium flip-top box 6.37 x 5.37 x 15 in./16 x 14 x 38 cm 162.00

Beta Shield Waste Containers with Lids

■ accept standard plastic bags

■ large mobile version accepts cardboard biohazard box

These acrylic containers are made of 1⁄2 in. thick acrylic to keep beta isotopes isolated. Four sizes are available.Largest model has casters for floor mounted mobility.

Cat. No. Lid type Internal dimensions (in.) Type Price

S2075-H Hinged 6.37x 5.37 x 15H Stationary $159.00

S2160-H Hinged 12 x 9 x 16H Stationary 264.00

S2250-H Hinged 12 x 11 x 25H Stationary 353.00

S2280-F Fitted 14 x 14 x 33H Mobile, with 4 casters 542.00

Bags Balance Dishes Beakers Specimen Containers Media Bottles Wipers Filter Units

Syringe Filters Gel Staining Trays Disposable Gloves Color Labelling Dots Cryotags

Marker Pens Petri Dishes Inoculating Loops Serological Pipettes Staining & Storage Boxes

Spectrophotometer Cells Cryovials Screw Cap Tubes Scintillation Vials


GeneralConsumables

pages 79-96

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038580

centrifuges;page 3




Balance Dishes■ Stable, flat bottoms

■ White or blue

Square plastic dishes are lightweight, unaffected by organics and ideal for handling liquids or powders. Nowavailable in blue color to provide visual contrast with white samples.

Cat. No. Cat. No. Diameter Depth Capacity Price

White Blue Pk./500

B1980 B1981 1.4 in. (41 mm) 0.4 in. (7.8 mm) 8 ml $26.00

B1984 B1985 3.1 in.(78 mm) 0.9 in. (22 mm) 100 ml 39.00

B1988 B1989 5.5 in. (140 mm) 1 in. (25 mm) 250 ml 72.00

Bench Bags (with adhesive strip)

■ Useful for contaminated laboratory waste

■ can be removed and repositioned repeatedly

■ leaves no residue; will not peel paint or mar any surface

Cat. No. Capacity Price Pkg/100

B0135 205 x 260 mm (8 x 10 in.) $18.00

B0137 305 x 406 mm (12 x 16 in.) 58.00

Biohazard Bags■ Strong 1.35mil; polypropylene

These red biohazard bags are designed for safe transport and disposal of infectious waste. The star-seal bottommakes it capable of holding heavy loads. Not for autoclaving.

Cat. No. Capacity Dimensions, WxH Quantity Price Pkg/100

B0210 10 gallons, 1.35mil thickness 15 x 23 in. 200 $49.00

B0233 33 gallons, 1.35mil thickness 20 x 39 in. 100 69.00

B0240 40 gallons, 1.35mil thickness 23 x 46 in. 100 89.00

Polypropylene Beakers■ reuseable and economical ■ Graduated in ml & ounces

■ autoclave safe ■ Bleach safe


B3330-C 50 ml 100 $24.50

B3330-E 100 ml 100 26.50

B3330-G 250 ml 100 35.50

B3330-H 400 ml 100 47.50

B3330-K 1000 ml 100 65.00

B3330-A 5 of each size 25 30.70

Disposable Specimen Containers■ containers resist acids, bases and most laboratory solvents

■ manufactured of virgin polypropylene

■ molded graduations in increments of 20 ml and 1 oz.


B7109 4.5 oz. bulk, w/o lid, nonsterile (63x63 mm) 500 $73.00

B7111 8.0 oz. bulk, w/o lid, nonsterile (63x101 mm) 500 95.00

B7115 Lid only, bulk package, nonsterile 500 49.00

GeneralConsumables

www.densci.com 81





Hybex™ Reusable Media Bottles ■ Permanent enamel graduation markings

■ large area for bottle marking/identification

■ autoclavable, reuseable & breakage resistant

■ Five cap colors

Hybex™ reusable media bottles are manufactured from high quality, borosilicate 3.3 glass. With their superiorchemical resistance, these bottles are ideal for storage of reagents, culture media, biological fluids and a varietyof other aqueous and nonaqueous solutions. A low coefficient of thermal expansion (3.3), provides temperatureresistance that is far superior to that of standard lab glass (or soda lime glass). Hybex glass can withstandtemperatures from -70 to 500°C, permitting repeated use in freezers, microwaves, autoclaves and dry heatsterilization chambers. All hybex bottles have permanent, white enamel graduations for volume measurementand a white identification box for marking or coding. All Hybex media bottles include a drip-free sealing ringas well as a standard blue polypropylene (GL45) sealing cap. Bottles are also available with green, purple, whiteand yellow caps, or in an assortment pack containing two of each color.

Cat. No. Capacity Dimensions Thread Qty. Price(Diam. x Ht., mm)

B3000-50 50 ml 36 x 70 32 10 $74.95

B3000-100 100 ml 46 x 87 45 10 74.95

B3000-250 250 ml 56 x 100 45 10 83.95

B3000-500 500 ml 70 x 138 45 10 99.95

B3000-1000 1L 86 x 176 45 10 119.95

B3000-2000 2L 101 x 225 45 5 139.75

B3000-SP Starter Pack of ten bottles with standard (thread 45) blue caps 99.95

includes 2x100 ml, 3x250 ml, 3x500 ml & 2x1000 ml.

Replacement Caps and Rings

Cat. No. Description Thread Qty. Price

B3000-CAP2 Replacement cap, standard blue 32 10 $24.95

B3000-CAP* Replacement cap, standard blue 45 10 24.95

B3000-HTC High temperature red caps, up to 180°C 45 10 99.95

B3000-RIN2 Replacement sealing ring 32 10 9.95

B3000-RIN Replacement sealing ring 45 10 9.95

*Please add (-G) for green caps, (-P) for purple caps, (-Y) for yellow caps, (-W) for white caps or (-AS) forassorted caps (2 of ea. color)

Cat. No. Capacity Dimensions Thread Qty. Price

B7808-24 100 ml 50 x 109 mm 32 10 $99.00

B7808-36 250 ml 64 x 143 mm 45 10 111.00

B7808-44 500 ml 78 x 181 mm 45 10 137.00

B7808-54 1000 ml 94 x 222 mm 45 10 197.00

Media Bottles, Space Saving, Square■ extra heavy-duty borosilicate glass

■ autoclavable

These clear, borosilicate glass bottles have a square shape, which makes them up to 20% more space efficient.Supplied with caps.

SPECIFICATIONS:Material: hybex™ borosilicate glass (3.3)Cap Thread Size: GL45*Temp. Range: -70°C to 500°CSterilization: Autoclave or dry heatCap Material: Polypropylene (140°C)Cap Colors: Blue, green, purple, yellow,

white or assorted

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038582

centrifuges;page 3




SlipTech™ “Siliconized” Plastics■ low adhesion surface minimizes liquid re ten tion

■ rnase, dnase, enzyme free

■ no surface lubricants to contaminate samples

■ autoclavable

Denville SlipTech™ disposables are injection molded with scientifically blended resins to minimize liquid retentionand ensure optimum sample yield. This advanced technique eliminates the use of surface lubricants which may beharmful to priceless sam ples. All SlipTech products are autoclavable. Ideal for DNA, protein work and PCR, SlipTechdisposables are also useful in any application where optimal yield and minimal sample loss are required. Advancedmolding, quality control and packaging systems ensure that all SlipTech tubes and tips are free of enzyme and nucleicacid con tam i na tion.

SlipTech™ Microcentrifuge TubesPremium quality, graduated tubes with excellent optical clarity. Available color coded in “Rainbow Pack”.

SlipTech™ PipetteTipsIdeal for membrane fraction transfer, radioactive labelling, etc. Supplied in au to cla v able box racks. Tips fitPipetman, Denville and most major pipettor brands.

See more microtubes in centrifuge section, page 17-21


C19063 600 µl, natural color 500 $23.00

C19065 600 µl, rainbow pack 500 24.50


C19035 1.7 ml, rainbow pack 250 14.90


C19025 2.0 ml, rainbow pack 250 18.90


P1095-SL Ultramicro tip, low binding, 10 µl max 960 $43.00

P3010 Pipette tip, low binding, 1-200 µl 960 41.50

P3010-S Same as above, but shrink wrapped & sterilized 960 46.50

P3193 Pipette tip, low binding, 200-1000 µl 1000 52.00

P3193-S Same as above, but shrink wrapped & sterilized 1000 63.00

SlipTech™ Screw Cap MicrotubesCat. No. Description Qty. Price

C19045 Caps, unattached without O-ring, natural color 1000 $32.00

C19046* Caps, unattached with O-ring, natural color 1000 64.00

*C19046 caps are normally supplied in natural color, but are also available color coded Red, Blue, Green, Yellow,Orange, Violet, White or Assorted. To order, add the first letter of the color to the end of the catalog number.Example: C19046-A for O-ring caps in a package of assorted colors.

GeneralConsumables

www.densci.com 83





SafePette™ Serological PipettesThe Denville SafePette™ disposable serological pipettes are ideal for tissue culture applications. Crisp, black,highly legible permanent graduations prevent ambiguity and guarantee precise reading and accuratedispensing within ± 2%. Reverse graduations show volume removed or remaining on all pipettes larger than 1ml. Generous negative graduations provide additional pipetting volume. SafePette pipettes are made from

transparent medical grade polystyrene sterilized by gammairradiation. Each lot is tested for endotoxins (C.5 Eu/ ml) (ISOT0993-11), cytotoxicity (ISO10993-5) and are guaranteed non-hemolytic (ISO10993-4). Multipacks aresterile, color-coded bags of25 pipettes.

■ Prevents Pipet aid contamination

■ Individually wrapped and sterile

■ accuracy within ± 2%

■ easy to open package

■ Generous negative graduations

■ Pyrogen free

Cat. No. Volume Length Qty./Pkg Price

P7131 1 ml Standard 500 $89.00

P7132 2 ml Standard 500 99.00

P7133 5 ml Standard 250 69.00

P7134 10 ml Standard 200 69.00

P7135 25 ml Standard 100 99.00

P7137 50 ml Standard 100 149.50

P7115-M 5 ml Mini version, 23.5 cm 200 79.00



Nonsterile Sterile Description Qty. Nonsterile Sterile

1.1 ml tubes

B1251 B1251-S Single tubes in 10 racks of 96 960 $49.00 $59.00

B1253 Single tubes in bulk package 960 27.00 NA

B1255 B1255-S Strips of 8 tubes in 10 racks of 96 960 49.00 59.00

B1257 Strips of 8 tubes in bulk package 960 27.00 NA



B1254 B1254-S Plug caps, 120 strips of 8 960 12.00 13.75


B1258 Plug mat, 96 caps per mat 50 107.50 N.A.

1.1 ml tubes - Siliconized

B1251-P Siliconized singles, 10 racks of 96 960 55.00 NA

B1254 Caps, 120 strips of 8, for B1251P 960 12.00 NA

0.65 ml tubes

B1065-R B1065RS Single tubes in 10 racks of 96 960 43.00 48.00


- Racked Tubes (standard 8 x 12 format)

■ 1.1 ml or 0.65 ml capacity ■ Standard 8 x 12 format

■ Polypropylene - autoclavable and freezable to -80°c

Ideal for preps and dilutions that are ultimately carried out in 96 well plates. Also used for large volumescreening, HIV testing, cell harvesting and storage. Compatible with multi-channel pipettes and workstations.

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038584

centrifuges;page 3




Everyday

Low Price

Centrifuge Tubes, 50 ml (30x115 mm)■ new clearer polypropylene copolymer

■ High centrifugal strength - up to 12,000 x g*

■ Flat markable cap with leakproof seal

■ Phenol / chloroform resistant

Centrifuge Tubes, 15 ml (17x120 mm)■ Polypropylene - acetone / phenol resistant

■ leakproof polyethylene cap

■ dome seal cap (polyethylene) with leakproof seal

■ Polystyrene - centrifuge at up to 1800 x g*

■ Polypropylene - centrifuge at up to 8000 x g*



C1011 Polystyrene with screw cap, sterile tray/50 500 $99.00

C1012 Polystyrene with screw cap, sterile bag/25 500 79.00


C1011-P Polystyrene with screw cap, sterile tray/50 500 92.00






C1061 Polypropylene with screw cap, nonsterile bulk 500 89.00




C1061-P Polypropylene with screw cap, nonsterile bulk 500 99.50


Printed Graduations,Polypropylene, 15 ml & 50 ml

GeneralConsumables

www.densci.com 85





Cat No. Cat. No. Description/Packaging Price

Conical Free Standing Packaging

0.5 ml

C19051 C19053 Tubes without caps, 0.5 ml, pkg. 1000 $37.20




1.5 ml


C19041-A N.A. Tubes without caps, amber color, pkg. 500 23.00



2.0 ml (2 ml free standing tubes are graduated)





Screw Caps (for all sizes)

C19045 Screw Caps, natural color without O-rings, pkg. 1000 32.00

C19046* Screw Caps, natural color with fitted O-rings, pkg. 1000 64.00

C19046-COLOR Screw Caps, various colors, with O-rings see below, pkg. 1000 64.00

C19048 Screw Caps, amber with fitted O-rings, pkg. 500 36.00

C19039-BL Tethered Caps, blue, with fitted O-rings, pkg. 500 37.00

*C19046 caps are normally supplied in natural color, but are also available color coded Red, Blue,Green, Yellow, Orange, Violet, White or Assorted. To order, add the first letter of the color to theend of the catalog number.Example: C19046-A for O-ring caps in a package of assorted colors.

to -80°C

to -60°CGraduated Storage VialsThese economical vials are made with polypropylene, and they have molded in sealing rings for low temperaturestorage and a large frosted marking surface. They withstand freezing to temperatures as low as -60°C.


5 ml Free-standing, 16 x 58 mm

T8200 With separate cap, nonsterile 1000 1000 $98.00

T8200-S With attached cap, sterile 25 500 99.00


T8201 With separate cap, nonsterile 1000 1000 99.00



T8203 With separate cap, nonsterile 500 500 109.00


Now available in amber!

19051 19053 1904119050-S 19052-S 19040-S

19055 19031 1904319056-S 19030-S 19042-S

5 ml

10 ml

30 ml

Screw-Cap Microcentrifuge Tubes■ o-ring seal, safe from -80 to +130°c

■ Suitable for vapor phase ln2

■ available in light blocking amber

■ etched marking area on tube and cap

Tethered Caps

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038586

centrifuges;page 3




Cat. No. Volume Cap Color Length Pkg./100 Cs./500 Cat. No. Cs./1000

STERILE NONSTERILE*

V9136 2.0 ml Blue 47 mm $14.50 $65.00 V9135 $71.00

V9136-A* 2.0 ml Assorted 47 mm N/A 71.00 N/A

V9141 2.5 ml Blue 54 mm 16.00 72.25 V9140 83.00

V9146 3.5 ml Blue 76 mm 17.50 78.50 V9145 83.00

V9146-A* 3.5 ml Assorted 76 mm N/A 77.00 N/A

V9160 Rack, Nonsterile for 50 vials, interlock keeps from rotating, ea. 22.00

*100 of one color in an individual bag (Red, Blue, Yellow, Orange, Green). 5 assorted bags equal a case of 500.

Cat. No. Volume Bottom Dimensions* Pkg/500 Cat. No. Pkg/1000

STERILE NONSTERILE

V8725 0.65 ml self stand. 10 x 32 mm $90.00 V8720 $130.00

V8735 1.7 ml conical 10 x 46 mm 90.00 V8730 130.00


V8755 2.0 ml conical 10 x 47 mm 90.00 V8750 130.00


*Note: Max. diameter including rim & cap = 12.95 mm

V8799-A Anodized alum. rack w/24 serrated holes to lock vials in place 28.50/ea

Cryo-Lok Cryogenic Storage Vials■ Superior low temperature strength (–190°c)

■ non-toxic polyallomer - improved clarity

■ Frosted writing surface and molded graduations

These vials provide superior low temperature strength and improved sample visibility. Caps screw on to theoutside of the vial and have a molded in sealing ring (elim i nat ing the need for a separate gasket). The conicalbottom is surrounded by a ribbed "skirt" which makes the vial self-standing and allows them to lock into theoptional rack. Nonsterile vials are supplied with caps separate. Sterile vials are supplied with attached caps. Allvials are 12 mm diameter. Also available in light-blocking amber (special order).

to -190°C

to -190°C

to -190°C

10 ml Cryogenic Storage Vial■ Silicone o-ring

■ external thread design

New large vial, made of unbreakable copolymer. White marking panel and graduations in 0.5 ml increments. Caprequires only 11⁄4 turn to seal and with stands temp. as low as -190°C. Sterile and free of RNase, DNase andPyrogens.

Cat. No. Vol. Dimens. Price, Bag 50 Case 500

V8910-A 10 ml 17 x 84 mm $39.00 $276.30

CryoStor Vials■ temperature range –190°c to +121°c

(vapor phase)

■ Syringe permeable cap and moldedgraduations

Constructed of LN2 grade polypropylene to withstandtemperature extremes. Caps (white) supplied with integralO-ring to maintain seal integrity. Autoclavable.

V8720V8725

V8760V8765

V8730V8735

V8740V8745

V8750V8755

GeneralConsumables

www.densci.com 87





to -190°C

to -190°C

Drosophila Vials■ Straight wall design

Denville Drosophila Vials are made of crystal clear polystyrene or clear K-Resin with straight, vertical walls. They areavailable tray packed (5 sealed trays of 100) or bulk packed (2 bags of 250).


V9401 Narrow, polystyrene, 25 x 95 mm, bulk 500 $48.00

V9402 Wide, polystyrene, 28.5 x 95 mm, bulk 500 55.00

V9405 Narrow, polystyrene, 25 x 95 mm, tray pack 500 58.00

V9406 Wide, polystyrene, 28.5 x 95 mm, tray pack 500 69.00

Cryogenic Storage Vials■ Silicone gasket

■ internal or external threads, only 11⁄4 turn

Our Cryovials are designed for storing biological materials at temperatures as low as -190°C. A siliconegasket between the polypropylene tube and cap assures a leakproof seal at all tempera tures. The cap of theexternal thread vials has a flexible sealing lip at its top as well as an exclusive silicone seal. Together, the two formthe best possible seal for ultra-low temperatures. Nonsterile vials do not include gasket or frosted marking area.All are standard 12.5 mm diameter.

Standard freezer Boxes (Fit 5.25 in. racks)

Cat. No. Volume Bottom Length Pkg./100 Cs./1000 Cat. No. Cs./1000

Internal Threads STERILE NONSTERILE*

V9011 1.2 ml selfstand. 43 mm $37.9 $265.30 V9111 $139.00

V9012 2 ml selfstand. 48 mm 37.90 281.00 V9112 139.00

V9013 2 ml round 48 mm 37.90 279.00 V9113 139.00


V9015 5 ml round 92 mm 47.50 374.00 V9115 185.00

External Threads

V8901-A 1.2 ml selfstand. 43 mm 39.50 306.00 V8911-A 139.00

V8902 2 ml round 48 mm 39.50 306.00 V8912 139.00





To facilitate one handed capping/decapping, all self-standing vials have a universal locking base, compatible with our (and most other) locking racks. *Nonsterile cat. nos. do not include graduations, marking area or gasket.

Accessories

V9000* Color coded cap inserts, pk/500, assorted colors $13.50

V9002 Work rack with 50 locking cavities, non-skid rubber feet 20.00

Cat. No. No of Cells Cell Size PriceR2000-100D 100 11.65 mm/0.45 in. $1.69R2000-81D 81 12.70 mm/0.50 in. 1.60R2000-64D 64 14.60 mm/0.57 in. 1.70R2000-49D 49 16.76 mm/0.66 in. 1.70

Cat. No. No of Cells Cell Size Price

R2000-25D 25 24.51 mm/0.96 in. 1.60R2000-16D 16 30.23 mm/1.19 in. 1.60R2000-121D 121 11.00 mm/0.437 in. 2.99R2000-144D 144 9.52 mm/0.375 in. 2.99 R2000-2C with divider R2000-81D

Cat. No. Cat. No.Height (in.)

Price PriceCardboard Stainless Cardboard Stainless

R2000-2C R2000-2S 2 $2.19 $9.90

R2000-3C R2000-3S 3 2.40 9.90

R2000-16D

Cell Dividers (Cardboard)

*Color coded cap inserts are available in individual colors at the same price as the assorted inserts. Please choosefrom Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, Lilac, Pink, Tan, Violet, GRey, BurntOrange or White and add the colored boldletter(s) of the color to the end of the catalog number, for example, V9000-BO for burnt orange and V9000-R for red.

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038588

centrifuges;page 3




Mini-Scintillation Vials - 5 ml■ Snap cap

These 5 ml snap-cap vials are suitable for gamma and liquid scintillation counting. The unique cap snaps firmlyinto a leak-proof lock. They fit directly into many gamma counters and fit all popular liquid scintillation counterswith carrier vials. Slightly "dimpled" bottom for improved filter or pellet counting. Contact transparent.

Mini-Scintillation Vials - 6 ml■ Push-on, twist-off cap

■ High density polyethylene

■ compatible with all popular counters

These shoulderless vials have a wide opening of over 12.5 mm and a linerless polypropylene closure that canbe "snapped" down or installed with a 1⁄4 turn. Vials and caps packed separately.

Scintillation Vials - 20 ml■ leakproof, 1⁄4 turn cap

■ Wide mouth - 24 mm opening

■ lower background than glass

These standard size vials fit all major counters. The linerless polyethylene cap goes on the polypropylene vialeasily, yet seals com plete ly. Less than 50% the back ground of glass. Suitable for low activity counting. Caps andvials packed separately, 500 vials per case.


V9920 20 ml vials and caps, 26 x 61 mm, bulk pk of 500 $89.50

V9921 20 ml vials and caps, 5 trays of 100 98.00


V9965 6 ml vials and caps, bulk pk of 1000 $59.50

Cat. No. Dim. mm Description Qty/Pkg Price

Gamma vials

V9951 14 x 58 Gamma vials, 5 ml 1000/Bulk $59.00

V9952 14 x 58 Gamma vials, 5 ml 1000/Trays 89.00

Cat. No. Dim. mm Description Qty/Pkg Price

Beta vials

V9971 16 x 55 Beta vials, 7 ml 1000/Bulk 55.00

V9972 16 x 55 Beta vials, 7 ml 1000/Trays 77.00

Mini-Scintillation Vials - 7 ml■ transparent

■ 1⁄2 turn screw cap

Mini-scintillation vials, 7 ml, with a half-turn screw cap that will not leak. Made with an advanced polymer thatis optically clear and a slightly "dimpled" bottom for improved pellet and filter counting. At half the price ofcompetitive vials, the difference is clear.

GeneralConsumables

www.densci.com 89





CryoTags™

These polyvinyl labels are backed with a special adhesive that withstands freezing, boiling, autoclaving andliquid nitrogen. They are sized to fit standard tubes and resist tearing and smearing. Packaged on rolls or laserprinter compatible sheets.

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Color Qty. Price

Broad Point Medium Fine

M0314-W8 M-0317-W8 M-0318-W8 Set of 8 assorted colors 8 $19.90

M0314-3 M-0317-3 M-0318-3 Blue 12 24.80

M0314-9 M-0317-9 M-0318-9 Black 12 24.80

*Applies to M0314 broad tip series only.

Cat. No. Description Label Size (mm) Qty. Price

Rolls (dispenser boxes)

L1500 Circles for 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2.0 ml tubes 9.5 Diam. 1000/roll $26.50

L1500-F Circles for 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2.0 ml tubes 12.7 Diam. 1000/roll 26.50

L1500-E Rectangles for 0.2 ml PCR tubes, 7 x 21 1000/roll 32.00

L1500-M Rectangles for 1.5 ml and 2.0 ml tubes, 31.8 x 12.7 1000/roll 49.00

Sheets (for laser and inkjet printers)

L1501-A Rectangles for 1.5 ml, 2.0 ml tubes, 32.5 x 12.7 1700 $65.00

20 sheets of 85 labels (5 rows of 17 labels per page)

L1501-AR Same, Rainbow Pack 32.5 x 12.7 1700/pack 65.00

L1501-BR Rectangles for 0.5 ml tubes 23.8 x 12.7 2380/pack 65.00

L1500-H Rectangles for 0.5 ml tubes 23.8 x 12.7 2380/pack 65.00

L1500-Q Rectangles for sidewalls of 96 well plates, 38 x 6.3 3120/pack 65.00

Rainbow Packs have 4 sheets each of 5 colors (blue, green, orange, red, yellow).

Black Microtube Marker■ marks on polyethylene and polypropylene tubes

■ Permanent - resists liquids, cold, and heat

These new markers are specifically designed to mark ultra-smooth surfaces, such as microcentrifuge tubes,glass tubes, slides and film. They are also suitable for all other routine laboratory marking applications. Thespecial ink dries quickly. Medium fine point (0.6 mm).


M0144-02 Microtube Marker, black 10 $25.00

RAINBOW Packs now available

Lumocolor Permanent Marking Pens■ angle cut tip - makes broad or medium markings*

■ tapered tip - glides smoothly, lasts longer

These pens are easy to hold and use and have a specially shaped tip that writes better on smooth surfaces andresists wear under pressure. Smearproof and waterproof.

Color Coding Dots■ Stick on microtubes and caps


Rainbow Pack - assorted colors on sheets

L1579-5 Red, blue, green, yellow, assorted, 0.25 in. 1500 12.80

L1576-4 Red, blue, green, yellow, assorted, 0.5 in. 800 9.65

Single colors on rolls - 0.25 in. circles

L1579-0 Red 450 4.59

L1579-1 Green 450 4.59

L1579-2 Yellow 450 4.59

L1579-3 Dark Blue 450 4.59

■ Withstand freezing, boiling, ln2

■ For all types of pens & markers

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038590

centrifuges;page 3




Grasshopper Grip™ Powder-Free Exam

GlovesDenville’s Grasshopper Grip™ gloves are extremely flexible and offer maximumelasticity for increased comfort. They offer exceptional strength and reliability,and are distinguished by their textured surface for wet/dry grip. Their tactilesensitivity is also unsurpassed. Available in powder-free latex and nitrile.

Cat. No. Description Packaging Case price

G4120 X-Small Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case $129.00

G4121 Small Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 129.00

G4122 Medium Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 129.00

G4123 Large Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 129.00

G4124 X-Large Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 129.00

Mostpopular

Powder-Free Exam Gloves, Nitrile, 9 in. (standard length)

■ Stronger and more chemical resistant than latex

■ Great alternative to latex

■ odorless & powder-free; 5 mil thickness

Powder-Free Nitrile Exam GlovesThe most comfortable, most stretchable glove you’ve ever worn!■ Powder-Free, latex-Free ■ exceptional Strength

■ more chemical resistant ■ textured

A great alternative for people who are sensitive to latex.

Cat. No. Description Case Price

G4160 Stretchease Powder-Free Nitrile Examination Gloves, X-Small, Case 1000 $129.00

G4161 Stretchease Powder-Free Nitrile Examination Gloves, Small, Case 1000 129.00

G4162 Stretchease Powder-Free Nitrile Examination Glove, Medium, Case 1000 129.00

G4163 Stretchease Powder-Free Nitrile Examination Gloves, Large, Case 1000 129.00

G4164 Stretchease Powder-Free Nitrile Examination Gloves, X-Large, Case 1000 129.00

■ maximum elasticity for comfort

■ Unsurpassed tactile sensitivity

■ exceptional strength

■ textured grip

■ 100 per box (9 in.)

Powder-Free Exam Gloves, Latex, 9 in. (standard length)

■ excellent grip for wet and dry handling

■ Polymer treated; 7 mil thickness

■ reinforced Beaded cuff

■ tested for viral penetration (aStm, en)

Cat. No. Description Packaging Case price

G4100 Extra Small Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case $99.00

G4101 Small Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 99.00

G4102 Medium Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 99.00

G4103 Large Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 99.00

G4104 X-Large Box 100, 10 Boxes/Case 99.00

GeneralConsumables

www.densci.com 91





High Five™ Latex Exam GlovesLatex gloves have a slight texture for improved grip. Ambidextrous, and packed in dispenser boxes. Beadedcuff, 9.5 in. length.

High Five™ Nitrile Exam GlovesThese odorless white nitrile gloves are latex free and textured for improved grip. Ambidextrous, packed indispenser boxes. Beaded cuff, 9.5 in. length.

Cat. No. Description Box 100 Case 1000

Powder-free

G3901 Small, hand packed $16.00 $129.90

G3902 Medium, hand packed 16.00 129.90

G3903 Large, hand packed 16.00 129.90

G3904 X- large, hand packed 16.00 129.90

Low powder

G3701 Small $12.50 $89.00

G3702 Medium 12.50 89.00

G3703 Large 12.50 89.00

G3704 X-large 12.50 89.00

Cat. No. Description Box 100 Case 1000

Powder-Free Surgical Grade

G3801-10 Textured, small $18.90 $165.00

G3802-10 Textured, medium 18.90 165.00

G3803-10 Textured, large 18.90 165.00

G3804-10 Textured, X- large 18.90 165.00

Low-Powder Laboratory Grade

G3841-10 Textured, small $16.90 $149.00

G3842-10 Textured, medium 16.90 149.00

G3843-10 Textured, large 16.90 149.00

No-slipgrip!

Latex Free;Extra Tough

Cat. No. Description Case 1000

Aloe Latex Exam Gloves

G4031 Powder-free, small $119.00

G4032 Powder-free, medium 119.00

G4033 Powder-free, large 119.00

G4034 Powder-free, X- large 119.00

Aloe Nitrile Exam Gloves Box 100 Case 1000

G4041-10 Powder-free, small $19.90 $175.00

G4042-10 Powder-free, medium 19.90 175.00

G4043-10 Powder-free, large 19.90 175.00

G4044-10 Powder-free, X-large 19.90 175.00

Latex And Nitrile Exam Gloveswith skin protecting aloe

New A+ exam gloves surround hands with soothing aloe to protect against drying, chapping and cracking.State-of-the-art manufacturing process minimizes chemicals and water soluble proteins to nearly undetectablelevels - reducing the risk of allergic reactions and skin irritation. Textured, ambidextrous, packed in dispenserboxes of 100 gloves.

Ni trile

Latex

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038592

centrifuges;page 3





G6521 Wall mount dispenser for one box $46.00

G6522 Wall mount dispenser for two boxes 54.00

G6523 Wall mount dispenser for three boxes 59.00

Glove Box HolderThese acrylic holders fit all major brands. Supplied with mounting hardware.

Disinfecting Cleanser, Wipes Disinfectant Wipes - DisCide wipes are economical, 6 x 6 in. towelettes, impregnated with a solution provento kill microorganisms on inanimate, non-porous surfaces. DisCide kills HIV1, TB, Herpes2, Adenovirus2,Trichophyton mentagrophytes, Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonella, etc.

Multiwipes - Economical Disposable Wipers■ High grade medical tissue

■ Soft, low lint and nonabrasive

Multiwipes are virtually indistinguishable from the leading name brand in the green box. The only differenceis the low price. Even when compared with special institutional discount prices, Multiwipes can save your labup to 40%.


D1160 Disinfecting wipes, canister of 160 $17.50

Cat. No. Description Price/Box Case Qty. Case Price

C5709-1A 4.5 x 8.5 in., box of 300 $2.19 60 $118.80

C5709-3A 15 x 17 in., box of 140 6.60 15 85.50

Effective against HIV, gram (+) andgram (-) microorganisms


B1602-50 Small roll (20 in. x 50 ft.) in dispenser box $49.50

B1602-300 Large roll (20 in. x 300 ft.) 139.50

Absorbent Bench Underpad■ absorbs up to 500 ml per pad

■ Filled with 100% fluffed cellulose

■ Blue polyethylene liner

Absorbent Bench Liner■ Protects surfaces & absorbs liquids

Contain spills with highly absorbent 3-ply paper that is backed with nonwettable polypropylene.

Cat. No. Description Pkg./50 Case/300

B1623 Bench pads, 16.5 x 23 in./42 x 58 cm $27.90 $97.09

GeneralConsumables

www.densci.com 93





Syringe Filters■ 25 mm diameter

■ extremely low protein binding

■ PeS membrane is 3 - 5 times faster

A new generation of PES filters are up to 5 times faster than typical CA membrane filters. They are 25 mmdiameter, extremely low binding and are recommended for sterile filtration of tissue culture media andbiological solutions. Certified nonpyrogenic and Class VI nontoxic, 0.22 µm pore size and sterilized by gammairradiation in convenient “peel off” blister packs.


F5502 Syringe filter, PES, 0.2 µm 40 $114.00

Cat. No Capacity Pore Size Membrane Size Qty/Pkg. Price

F5819 150 ml 0.2 µm 49 cm2 12 $112.00

F5825 250 ml 0.2 µm 49 cm2 12 126.00

F5850 500 ml 0.2 µm 49 cm2 12 162.87

F5855 Bottle top filter, 45 mm screw neck, without reservoir 24 245.50

Cat. No.Capacity (ml) Membrane Pkg PricePES membrane PVDF membrane

F5225 F5229 250 0.22 µm 12 $95.00

F5226 F5230 250 0.45 µm 12 95.00

F5227 F5231 500 0.22 µm 12 149.00

F5228 F5232 500 0.45 µm 12 149.00

Vacuum Filter Units■ PeS membrane is lowest protein binding

■ noncytotoxic / nonpyrogenic

■ Square format for better stability

■ rnase & dnase free

New Filtermax™ filter units use a square format to maximize space efficiency (requiring 20% less storage space)and to increase stability (no accidental tip-overs). Made of clear polystyrene, they are gamma sterilized andRNase/DNase free.

The polyethersulfone (PES) membrane is best for most applications, extremely low protein binding and morechemically resistant than traditional membranes. A screw cap and vacuum nipple are included with each unit.

Denville® Vacuum Filter Units■ extremely low protein-binding

■ Wide bottle opening for easy pouring

■ Individually wrapped, peel-open packaging

■ engraved graduations

■ connector fits multiple hose diameters

■ certified non-pyrogenic & gamma irradiated

The Denville 250 ml and 500 ml Vacuum Filtration Flasks are ideal for separation and purification of your samples.Membrane material includes PES and PVDF in .22 µm and .45 µm. Our flasks have a wide bottle opening for easyaccess and pouring of your samples, and the funnel is manufactured from optically clear polystyrene. The bottleand filter adapter are manufactured from 100% virgin polypropylene.

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038594

Cat. No. Description Color Qty./Pkg Qty./Case Price

M5200-1A Loop, 1 µl Blue 10 1000 $92.00

M5200-1 Loop, 1 µl Blue 25 1000 73.90

M5200-2A Loop, 10 µl Yellow 10 1000 92.00

M5200-2 Loop, 10 µl Yellow 25 1000 73.90

M5200-3 Needle White 25 1000 73.90

Petri Dishes■ Ultra flat bottom surface

■ Virgin polystyrene / unsurpassed clarity

Our petri dishes feature a semi-stackable design, have nesting lugs for optimum culture growth and provide anexceptionally flat surface. They are sterilized by gamma irradiation, eliminating toxic residue. Packed 200 persleeve.

Lazy-L-Spreader■ no need to flame or autoclave

■ more economical than bending glass rods or pipettes

Made of polystyrene in an L-shape design - just rotate dish for smooth, even distribution. No more broken glassor waiting for glass or metal to cool after flaming.

Inoculating Loops and Needles■ Smooth and flexible for streaking without gouging

■ Presterilized - no flaming required


M5300 Petri dish, 100 x 15 mm, case of 500 $89.50


T5210 Spreader, L-shaped, 10 per sterile pack, 500/unit $57.00

T5211 Spreader, L-shaped, 10 per sterile pack, individually wrapped, 500/unit $82.00


M5700 BactiZapper instant sterilizer, 120 V (USA) $299.00

M5700-E BactiZapper instant sterilizer, 220 V (International) 299.00

BactiZapper™ Instant Sterilizer■ Infrared sterilzation in 5-7 seconds

■ Safe, convenient and no spatter

■ Ideal for platinum loops, needles, tube mouths

The BactiZapper™ has a ceramic core element that uses infrared heating to produce 815°C (1500°F). It completelysterilizes microorganisms in 5-7 seconds. The BactiZapper uses well-proven technology to provide instantsterilization of platinum inoculating loops, needles, tube and pipette mouths and various metal instruments andborosilicate glass rods, etc. It is compact, convenient and can be used in anaerobic and aerobic chambers.

centrifuges;page 3




www.densci.com 95

GeneralConsumables





Glass Utility Trays■ Borosilicate glass

■ Ideal for staining / destaining

These heat resistant glass trays are made of thick, durable borosilicate glass with handles.

Staining & Storage BoxesThese polypropylene boxes have end grips for easy handling. Supplied with snug fitting covers.


H9397-A Staining box, clear plastic with lid, 5 x 5 x 2 in., pk of 4 $75.00

Cat. No. Size (L x W x H) Qty. Price

T6222 8 x 8 x 2 in./20 x 20 x 5 cm 1 $16.80

T6233 13 x 9 x 2 in./33 x 23 x 5 cm 1 22.00

Cat. No. Dimensions Volume Qty. Price

T6371-1 6 x 4 x 2.12 in. 12 oz. (360 ml) 12 $28.00

T6371-2 7.12 x 5.25 x 2.37 in. 24 oz. (720 ml) 12 36.00

T6371-5 9 x 6.62 x 2.75 in. 40 oz. (1200 ml) 6 27.00

T6371-8 10.75 x 7.88 x 3 in. 80 oz. (2400 ml) 6 33.00

T6371-9 12.62 x 9.37 x 3.5 in. 128 oz. (4000 ml) 6 37.00

Our Best

Freezer Storage Boxes ■ 5.25 x 5.25 in.

■ For ultra low and liquid nitrogen freezers

These polycarbonate boxes have clear lids that are al pha nu mer i cal ly indexed. The lids fit on in one positiononly, so that the grids always match. Boxes are ideal for cryogenic vials and microcentrifuge tubes. All boxeshave vent holes and drain holes.

Temperature range: -190°C to +121°C.

For microtubes and Cryovials

Gel Staining Boxes■ 5 x 5 in. interior surface

■ clear polymethylpentene

■ Supplied with sealing lid

Electrophoresis gels and membranes can be easily stained, fixed, destained and handled in these boxes suppliedwith snap fit lids. The boxes have a drain (with LDPE plug) lower than the floor of the box to minimizedisturbance of the gel during liquid drainage. The box and cover are unaffected by temperatures from -70°C to+70°C and are resistant to acids, alkalis and many solvents. Inside dimensions of the boxes are 127 x 127 x 51mm deep (5 x 5 x 2 in.) offering liquid capacity up to 750 ml.

Cat. No. For Cryovials Vials/Box Height (in.) Qty/Pkg Price

R8051 1 to 2 ml 81 2.06 6 $56.00

R8052 1 to 2 ml* 100 2.06 6 56.00

R8053 3 to 4 ml 81 3 12 155.00

R8054 3 to 5 ml 81 3.75 10 139.00

*R8052 does not accept cryovials with external threads or overlapping caps.

GeneralConsumables

1-800-453-038596

centrifuges;page 3





Small Staining/Destaining Tray■ 4.62 x 8 in.

These were initially sold as covers for our test tube racks. But, due to popular demand, they are now availableseparately for other uses, including staining, blotting, etc.

Cat. No. Description Ea. Pk/10

R8700-L Translucent polypropylene tray, 4.62 x 8 in./11.7 x 20.3 cm $4.95 $33.00

Disposable Spectrometer Cuvettes■ 10 mm path length

■ optically clear polystyrene for 340 to 800nm

■ UV grade acrylic for 275nm to 800nm

8651-1

8650-28650-1 8650-4

8650-38651-2

Gel Fixing Trays■ Sturdy, unbreakable polyethylene

■ With drain spigot

These trays allow you to drain the solution and then place the paper on top of the gel while it rests in the tray.Five raised bars run along the bottom of the tray interior, to raise the gel / plates.

“Light-tight” Fluorescence BoxesThese black boxes are ideal for staining, blotting, fluorescence work and wherever a quality tray or box isrequired. Made of opaque black polystyrene with an overlapping lid, they keep unwanted light out. Theyaccommodate many popular gel sizes, including 4 x 5 in. and 12 x 12 cm mini-gels.

Cat. No. Inside Dimensions Price

T6554 16 x 20 x 3 in./41 x 51 x 7.6 cm $149.00

T6554-1 21.5 x 25.5 x 4 in./54 x 65 x 10 cm 248.00

Cat. No. Description Price, pk/10

T6610-5 Light-tight boxes, 5 x 5.25 x 1.3 in./12.8 x 13.4 x 3.3 cm (L x W x H) $24.50

Cat. No. Volume Clear Sides Qty. Price

Polystyrene (340-800nm)

U8650-1 4.5 ml 2 1000 $86.50

U8650-2 4.5 ml 4 1000 131.84

U8650-3 2.5 ml 2 500 67.98

U8650-4 1.5 ml 2 1000 86.50

Acrylic (UV grade, useable to 275nm)

U8651-1 4.5 ml 4 500 91.41

U8651-2 2.5 ml 2 500 89.00

U8651-4 1.5 ml 2 500 84.98

Hybrization Ovens Hybridization Bottles

Hybridization Meshes Vari-Gel Horizontal Gel Systems UV Transilluminator

ExpressGene™ Gradient Thermal Cycler MultiGene Gradient Thermal Cycler

MultiGene Personal Cycler Multi-well Plates Optically Clear Cap Strips

Adhesive Sealing Films PCR Tubes PCR Strip Tubes PCR Tube Racks


Molecular BiologyEquipment & Supplies

pages 97-110

Molecular Biology

1-800-453-038598

centrifuges;page 3




SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature range: Ambient +5° to 80°CTemp. controller/display Digital Set/L.E.D.Accuracy/Uniformity ±0.1°C / ±0.25°CCapacity ProBlot 6 6 bottles(35x300 mm) ProBlot 12 12 bottlesRotation speed Variable 4 to 20 rpmWeight/Dimensions (WxDxH) 60 lbs./19 x 17 x 19.5 in.


H9760 ProBlot 6 Hybridization System with 6 place rotisserie, accepts $2,375.00

6 bottles (35 x 300 mm) or 12 bottles (35 x 150 mm) or 12 x 50 ml

tubes. Supplied with 2 bottles (35 x 300 mm) and 1 pk of mesh.

H9765 ProBlot 12 Hybridization System with 12 place rotisserie, 2,595.00

accepts 12 bottles (35 x 300 mm) or 24 bottles (35 x 150 mm).

Supplied with 2 bottles (35 x 300 mm) and 1 pk of mesh.

H9769 Optional rocking platform, installs on rotisserie drive shaft, 7.5 x 10.2 in. 295.00

H9778 Rotisserie for 4 extra large (70 x 300 mm) bottles 410.00

H9124 Bottle rack for six 35 mm bottles 97.50

ProBlot™6 & ProBlot™12

Hybridization Ovens■ digital temperature control & display

■ Self sealing magnetic door

■ 6 bottle or 12 bottle capacity

■ Interior electrical outlet

These ProBlot Hybridization Ovens provide extremely uniform temperatures for consistent results in nucleicacid and protein blotting techniques. Variable speed and adjustable tilt ensure the most complete wetting ofmembranes and minimize required solution volumes. The standard rotisseries also accept disposable 50 mlconical tubes. The interior is stainless steel and the drip pan and rotisserie are removable for easy cleaning.

up to 6

bottles••••

up to 12bottles

••••

SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature range: Ambient +5° to 80°CTemp. controller/display Digital Set/L.E.D.Accuracy/Uniformity ±0.1°C / ±0.25°CCapacity (35x300 mm) 12 bottlesRotation speed Variable, 4 to 20 rpmShaker speed Variable, 10 to 300 rpmMax. load (shaker) 9 lbs. (4 kg)Shaker platform dimensions 9 x 12 in.Weight/Dimensions (WxDxH) 65 lbs./19 x 17 x 19.5 in.


H9766 ProBlot 12S with 12 place rotisserie and orbital shaker. $4,250.00

Supplied with 2 bottles (35 x 300 mm) and 1 pk of mesh.

H9764 Shaker platform, with clamps for six 250 ml flasks 430.00

H9778 Rotisserie for 4 extra large (70 x 300 mm) bottles 410.00


H9769 Optional rocking platform, installs on rotisserie drive shaft, 7.5 x 10.2 in. 295.00

ProBlot™12S Hybridization &

Shaking Oven■ digital temperature control & display

■ Self sealing magnetic door

■ 12 bottle capacity

The ProBlot 12S is a combination rotisserie and shaking oven. All of itsfeatures are essentially identical to those of ProBlot 12, shown above.However the ProBlot 12S has an independent orbital shaker built in tothe bottom of the stainless steel chamber. The shaker is capable of gentlelow speed motion for applications such as washing and staining, providesrigorous high speed agitation and may be used with optional flaskclamps.

up to 12bottles

••••

H9769 rocking platform foruse with all ProBlots

Molecular Biology

www.densci.com 99






U4740-1 Crosslinker, shortwave UV. 254nm model for multiple $1,595.00

molecular biology applications, including covalent binding

of DNA/RNA to membranes, nicking, gene mapping,

sterilization, reducing DNA contamination in PCR protocols.

U4280-1 Crosslinker, longwave UV. 365nm model for photochemistry, 1,595.00

UV curing, immunology research.

UV Crosslinker■ microprocessor controlled sensor feedback system

■ "laydown" type door and UV blocking window

Crosslinker uses UV energy to bind nucleic acids to membranes in 30 seconds or less.


H9082 Hybridization bottle, large, 300 x 35 mm $65.00

H9083 Hybridization bottle, plastic safety coated, 300 x 35 mm 75.00

H9084 Hybridization bottle, small, 150 x 35 mm 65.00

H9087 Hybridization bottle, plastic safety coated, 150 x 35 mm 75.00

H9085 Hybridization bottle, extra small, 75 x 35 mm 55.00

H9136 Extra caps, teal, for 35 mm bottles, w/Teflon seal, pk of 10 110.00

H9117 Extra Teflon seals, pk of 10 35.00

H9079 Hybridization bottle, medium, 250 x 35 mm 65.00

H9080 Hybridization bottle, extra large, 300 x 70 mm 120.00


Hybridization Bottles and Bottle Racks■ low beta emitting borosilicate glass

■ leak-proof closure system

H9124


H9088 Mesh sheets, 23 x 23 cm, pk/5 $34.00

H9089 Mesh sheets, 10 x 15 cm, pk/5 32.00

H9090 Mesh roll, 100 x 457 cm 425.00

Hybridization Mesh■ Improves overall results

■ Keeps membranes from overlapping

■ Hybridize larger numbers of membranes simultaneously

Molecular Biology

1-800-453-0385100

centrifuges;page 3




SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature Range of Block, °C 4 to 99 with simulated tube and

microplate control algorithmsSample Accuracy, °C ± 0.4 (20–99°C) ± 1 (4–20°C)Sample Homogeneity, °C ± 0.4 after 30 seconds

(30–99°C)Sample Volume Range, μl 5 to 100Ramping Rate, Heating, °C per sec. up to 6 (Ultra) / 3.5 (Standard)Ramping Rate, Cooling, °C per sec. up to 3.5 (Ultra) / 2.5 (Standard)Thermal Gradient Up to 30˚C between 30˚ and 80˚CSample Overshoot, °C < 1Block Materials Standard: Nickel coated aluminum

blocks with four rapid response temperature sensors/Ultra: Gold coated silver blocks with four rapid response temperature sensors

Traceability Calibration using NIST traceable standards

Touch Screen 6.4 in. color touch screenUSB Connectivity Connect optional input devices:

Mouse, Keyboard or Bar code scanner & transfer data and perform software updates by USB Drive

Communication Interfaces 1 x USBSoftware Program storage in individual user

directories for > 10,000 programsPower Management Programmable resume or abandon

function in the event of power failureUser Management Multiple levels of user security and

accessLid Temperature 112°CLid Pressure Adjustable for tubes and microplatesElectronic Power Input 100 V–240 VDimensions (w x d x h), mm 342 x 425 x 260Weight, kg 12Warranty: two years

■ Intuitive, color touchscreen driven,user interface for rapid programmingand runs

■ Gradient capable, up to 30ºcgradients

■ multi-block capable — control up to4 thermal blocks from one main unit

■ Built-in oQ testing and GlPreporting

■ Intelligent protocol creation wizard

■ USB connectivity — mouse, Keyboard,transfer data by USB drive

■ Ultra Version available for ultimatespeed and performance

■ multiple block options and no toolsneeded for block interchange!

■ Fully adjustable heated lid

■ Programmable storage in individualuser directories for > 10,000 programs

■ Program resume or abandonfunction in the event of a powerfailure

ExpressGene™ Gradient Cycler

The ExpressGene™ is a high performance gradient Thermal Cycler which offers state-of-the-art performance inevery regard. The user interface is a 6.4 in. high resolution color touch screen allowing rapid program creation andexecution of the most complex protocols including touchdown, time and temperature increments, gradient stepsand hot starts. Built around a revolutionary Quad Thermal Engine Technology, this is a sophisticated thermal controlsystem specifically designed to drive a single interchangeable thermal block as four independent zones providingnear-perfect uniformity and control of accuracy.


P5200 ExpressGene™ Gradient Cycler with gradient thermal block for $4,999.0096 x 0.2 ml tubes or 96-well PCR plates

P5210 ExpressGene™ Gradient Cycler with Flat Block for 4x slides/microarrays 4,999.00

P5220 ExpressGene™ Gradient Cycler with Combi-Gradient thermal block 4,999.00for 48 x 0.2 ml and 48 x 0.5 ml tubes

P5300 ExpressGene™ Ultra Gradient Cycler with UltraGradient silver thermal 5,999.00block for 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or 96-well PCR plates

P5310 ExpressGene™ Ultra Gradient Cycler with UltraGradient silver thermal 5,999.00block for 384-well PCR plates

P5400 ExpressGene™ Satellite Gradient Cycler with 96 gradient thermal block 4,500.00for 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or 96-well PCR plates

P5410 ExpressGene™ Satellite Gradient Cycler with Flat Block for 4,500.004x slides/microarrays

P5420 ExpressGene™ Satellite Gradient Cycler with Combi-Gradient thermal 4,500.00block for 48 x 0.2 ml and 48 x 0.5 ml tubes

P5500 ExpressGene™ Satellite Ultra Gradient Cycler with UltraGradient 5,500.00silver thermal block for 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or 96-well PCR plates

P5510 ExpressGene™ Satellite Ultra Gradient Cycler with UltraGradient 5,500.00silver thermal block for 384-well PCR plates

P5201 Gradient thermal block for 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or 96-well PCR plates 2,000.00

P5202 Combi-Gradient thermal block for 48 x 0.2 ml and 48 x 0.5 ml tubes 2,000.00

P5301 UltraGradient silver thermal block for 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or 2,500.0096-well PCR plates

P5302 UltraGradient silver thermal block for 384-well PCR plates 2,500.00

Molecular Biology

www.densci.com 101





MultiGene Gradient™ Thermal Cycler■ 96 well block with horizontal gradient

■ easy, user-friendly programming

■ auto-adjusting heated lid

■ Precision thermal control

Ideal for both thermal cycling and protocol optimization, the MultiGeneGradient Thermal Cycler can be programmed to operate with uniformtemperature across the block or with a horizontal gradient. Up to twelvetemperatures can be evaluated at one time - each row of eight can havea different value. Programming is intuitive with a large LCD display andgraphical representation of program steps. The software allows for avariety of programming features, such as increased or decreased timeduring successive cycles, i.e. “touchdown” applications.

The heated lid automatically adjusts to tube or plateheight for oil free cycling with consumables. The lid canbe programmed to hold different temperatures. The lidslides back and away, to provide full access to samplesand to reduce the risk of users coming into contact withthe hot surface.


P5900* MultiGene Gradient Thermal Cycler with 96 well block $5,295.00

for 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or 1 x 96 well plate

C18096-10 96 well plate, polypropylene, no skirt, pk of 10 39.60

C18080-10 96 well plate, polypropylene, mini skirt, pk of 10 50.00

C18000 8x 0.2 ml tube strips and cap strips strip (domed), pk of 120 strips 99.00

C18098-3 8x 0.2 ml tube strips with attached individual domed caps, pk of 120 strips 103.90

P5900-CM Compression mat, silicone, pk of 10 247.00

B1212-5 Polypropylene adhesive film, 0.2mil, pk of 100 51.50

B1212-6 Aluminum adhesive film, 1.5mil, pk of 100 89.90

Other block formats available, contact your Denville representative.

Gradient technology.... just became affordable

SPECIFICATIONS:Temperature range/uniformity: 4ºC to 99.9 °CBlock capacity: 96 x 0.2 ml tubes or

1 x 96 well plateGradient temperature range 30ºC to 90ºCMax. gradient temp. difference 24ºCMax. No. of programs 100Max. heating/cooling rate 3ºC/2ºC per second

PCR Cabinet■ destroys unwanted Pcr products in less than 30 minutes

■ Built in timer control

■ Protects the sample from user contamination

■ doors equipped with safety cutouts

This PCR Cabinet has been designed to efficiently decontaminate reagents and equipment priorto carrying out PCR® reactions. The powerful UV lights denature nucleic acids in 5 to 30minutes making them unsuitable for amplification, therefore eliminating any possible crosscontamination between samples. The UV lights are timer controlled, thus minimizing the time ofUV exposure. Safety interlocks on the cabinet doors prevents the user from any exposure to theUV light. The 10 mm thick optical acrylic cabinet also acts as an efficient shield of betaradioactive emissions and can therefore be safely used with isotopes such as 32P. A whiteoverhead light provides the user with good visibility when working within the cabinet.


P6100 UV PCR Cabinet $3,100.00

P6100-6 Safety SpillTray, White 97.00

P6100-46 Safety SpillTray, Radiation Safety Yellow 88.00

P6100-16 Safety Tray Liners, APET, pk/25 142.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Dimensions (HxWxD): 77 x 56 x 42 cmWhite Light 15 WattUV Light 15 WattWeight 19Kg

Vari-Gel™MolecularBiology

1-800-453-0385102

centrifuges;page 3




■ compact tank—reduced buffervolume required to cover the gel,providing greater control over thevoltage gradient and run-time

■ extensive range of combs andaccessories

■ Supplied with UV transparent Geltrays

■ multichannel compatible combs forall Size tanks

Setting a New Standard in Horizontal Gel Electrophoresis

Super-Seals offer total versatility in casting, allowing the

gel length to be quickly tailored to each user's personal

requirements.

Available as an accessory for flexible casting. See page 28-31 of Electrophoresis section

See the world’s largest selection of combs on page 28-30 of Electrophoresis section.

More accessories available on page 31


e3501 Vari-Gel™ Mini, 7 x 7 cm and 7 x 10 cm UV trays, $299.00

two 8-sample combs*

e3502 Vari-Gel™ Midi, 10 x 7 cm and 10 x 10 cm UV trays, 314.00

two 15-sample combs*

e3503 Vari-Gel™ Maxi, 15 x 7 cm, 15 x 10 cm, 15 x 15 cm 450.00

and 15 x 20 cm UV trays, two 15-sample combs*

*also includes combs, silicone casting gates, colored loading strips, and leads

■ optimized to Quickly run 96 WellPlates

■ compact tank — reduced buffervolume

■ Six 17-Sample combs — eachmarker lane is positioned centrallyso samples can be loaded onto thegel quickly, 8 at a time bymultichannel pipettor.

■ Single Gel tray with UV-Fluorescentnumbering — each sample isautomatically numbered for geldocumentation, simplifying post-electrophoretic analysis.


E3504 96Q High Throughput PCR Sub System, 16 cm w/ removable $625.00UV-transparent and UV-fluorescent gel tray (16W x 17.5L cm), six 1 mm (17-sample) combs and silicone casting gates

96Q High Throughput

PCR Sub System

Molecular Biology

www.densci.com 103





UV light Source■ UV light (400nm) ■ White light

■ laser lecture pointer

This tiny (3.25 in. / 82 mm), battery operated device has 3 different light sources, packaged in a single, convenientkey chain accessory. Press one end of the two sided operating button and get high intensity white LED light forgeneral illumination and inspection. Press it again for 400nm ultra-violet light for visualization of gels, stained DNA,bacterial destruction, cross-linked membranes and other molecular biology applications. Press the other end of thebutton and get a vivid red laser pointer.


U3950 UV, laser and white light source $38.50

Transilluminator - UV and White Light■ Side by side work surfaces - each 20 x 20 cm

■ no larger than a single source transilluminator

Switch between white light and 302nm UV at the push of a button.


U4710-1 Dual source illuminator $1,744.00

MacroVue™ UV-25 UV Transilluminator■ Uniform illumination

■ High (9,000 μW/cm2) or low intensity operation (7,000 μW/cm2) for analyticalor preparative applications

■ Shortwave UV lamps are available to change illumination from 302 nm to 254 nm

■ UV safety cover minimizes personal exposure

■ each model includes UV transilluminator with Intensity Switch, six UVlamps, 302 nm (installed), and a hinged clear UV-blocking safety cover.

The MacroVue™ Dual-intensity UV transilluminator provides a uniform and intense source of 302 nm ultravioletlight to back illuminate transparent fluorescent materials.

Nucleic acids stained with fluorescent dyes such as ethidium bromide and acridine orange can be detectedunder UV illumination. This visualization method is especially suitable for double stranded nucleic acids, but isless sensitive for visualizing single-stranded nucleic acids. The light intensity level can be set to either high orlow. The transilluminator can be converted from 302 nm (medium wavelength) to 254 nm (short wavelength)by replacing the UV lamps.


U4025 MacroVue™ UV-25 UV Transilluminator, 115 V 50/60HZ $1,545.00

U4025-230V MacroVue™ UV-25 UV Transilluminator, 200-240 V 50/60HZ 1,545.00

U4025-LM UV Lamp, 8 W, 302 nm 143.00

U4025-LS UV Lamp, 8 W, 254 nm 128.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Illuminated Area: 21 x 25 cmLamps: Six 8 W, 302 nm UV (included)Optional 8 W, 254 nm UV lamps available separatelyUV Intensity (Approx):High: 9,000 �W/cm2

Low: 7,000 �W/cm2

Unit Dimensions (W x H x D): 14 x 5 x 14 in. / 35.5 x 12.1 x 35 cm

Safety Certifications: EN61010-1, UL3101-1, CSA22.2 1010.1, CE

Molecular Biology

1-800-453-0385104

centrifuges;page 3




ThermoGrid™ PCR Plates with black printed alpha-numerics

ThermoGrid Plates are rigid, one piece plates with 0.2 ml wells and extremely uniform, thin (0.015in.) walls forexceptionally rapid temperature transfer from thermal cycler blocks. Each well has a slightly raised rim forcompatibility with all types of lid closures and films. The black printed alpha-numerics make sampleidentification easier. All are supplied in natural color.

ThermoGrid™ Standard 96™ PlatesThese “skirtless” plates fit the broadest range of thermal cyclers, including Hybaid, MJ, ABI, Techne, etc.

ThermoGrid™ Mini Skirt 96 PlatesThese “half skirted” plates are designed to fit all ABI and PE 96 well thermal cyclers. They are also compatible withmost other leading cyclers.

C18080-10 96 well Mini Skirt plate, pk of 10 $50.00

Colored Plates are available in different colors at the same price as the natural color. Please choosefrom Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, or Purple and add the first letter of the color to the end of the catalog number.

Cat. No. Description . Price

C18096 96 well pcr plate without skirt, pk of 25 $99.90

C18096-10 96 well plate without skirt, pk of 10 39.60

C18000-DC Cap strips, domed, natural, strips of 8, packaged 12 strips per bag and 10 bags per unit 25.00

C18180 48 well plate* without skirt, pk of 50 82.00

C18181 24 well plate* without skirt, pk of 50 39.90*24 and 48 well plates are not black printed and are not compatible with cap strips.

ThermoGrid™ Full Skirt 96™ PlatesThese fully skirted plates fit MegaBACE systems, Eppendorf thermal cyclers and various other cyclers includingMJ and Hybaid.

C18082-10 96 well Full Skirt plate, pk of 10 $32.00

ThermoGrid™ LowPro 96™ PlatesNew low profile plates are designed to work with slightly reduced sample volume. They reduce dead spacebetween sample and cover and the permit improved closure with the heated lids of certain cyclers. Alpha-numerics are molded, not printed on LowPro plates.

C18185 96 well LowPro plate, pk of 50 $159.00

ThermoGrid™ SmokeStack 96™ PlatesThese plates are certified for use with Molecular Dynamics MegaBACE 1000 and also fit MJ, ABI and Hybaidthermal cyclers.

C18093 96 well SmokeStack plate, pk of 50 $237.50

C18094 C18092

Molecular Biology

www.densci.com 105





Thermal Cycling Plates - 96 Well■ Polypropylene with 0.2 ml conical wells

■ Fit most popular cyclers



C18094 Non skirted plates (Type R) with tall well rims, box of 10 $39.00

C18092 Skirted (Type P) plates with short well rims, compatible 39.00

with robotic systems and bar coding, box of 10

C18098-8 Caps, strips of 8, pk of 125 strips 19.90

C18098-12 Caps, strips of 12, pk of 80 strips 19.90

Sealing Mat - 96 wellThese dimpled silicone mats are autoclavable. When used with heated lid thermal cyclers, they form an excellentseal on all ThermoGrid 96 plates

C18190-M 96 position flexible sealing mat, pk of 5 $35.00

C18081-15 96 well plate for Fastplate thermal cyclers only, pk of 15 $60.00

C18480-96 96 well LightCycler® 480 PCR Plates, pk of 25 $100.00

C18480-384 384 well LightCycler® 480 PCR Plates, pk of 50 292.00

ThermoGrid™ Domed & Flat Cap StripsFlat for qPCR; Domed for standard applicationsThese strips of 8 caps are ideal for all thermal cycling applications, including Real Time PCR (flat caps only). Theyare easy to apply and fit all ThermoGrid 96 well plates.

C18096-C Flat cap strips, optically clear, pk of 120 strips $25.00

C18000-DC Domed cap strips, pk of 120 strips 25.00

suitable for

REAL TIME PCR

ThermoGrid™ Fastplate 96 Plates■ low profile and thin-wall design reduces cycle times

■ Ultra-clear wells produce optimal signal intensity

■ For use with Fastplate thermal cyclers only

ThermoGrid™ White PCR Plates for Roche LightCycler® 480■ optimized for the plate - roche lightcycler® 480 real-time Pcr System

■ Ideal for real-time Pcr

■ thin walls reduce cycle times

■ SBS standard dimensions

■ 100% Qc

■ Working volume: 100μl for 96 well plate, 30μl for 384 well plate

Molecular Biology

1-800-453-0385106

centrifuges;page 3





C18384-15 384 well cycling plate, pk of 15 $79.50

C18384-15W 384 well cycling plate, in white color, pk of 15 85.00

Standard 384™ PlatesThese plates are designed to fit all leading 384 well thermal cyclers. Like all the ThermoGrid 96 well plates, theyhave black printed alphanumerics. Each well will contain 40 µl. Compatible with ABI 3730 Sequencer.

Aluminum Adhesive FilmThis soft, conforming foil, primarily designed for sealing PCR plates, pierces very easily with a multi-channel pipettoror robotic probe without significant adhesive build-up or gumming. Perforated end tabs and end tab backings areeasily removable, preventing interference with automated handling equipment. The proprietary adhesive canwithstand harsh chemicals, solvents and reagents and can be used to eliminate cumbersome heat sealing or costlysealing mats. It is just rigid enough to minimize “roll back” when peeling off the backing. RNase , DNase free. Temp.range is -80°C to +120°C. Sterile units are packed in 4 mil thickness, tamper evident, re-sealable bags of 25.


B1212-6 Aluminum, 1.5 mil thickness, nonsterile 100 $89.90

B1212-6S Aluminum, 1.5 mil thickness, sterile 50 59.00

Aluminum Adhesive Film - 96 & 384 precutThis 38 µm thick film is pre-formatted to accommodate 384 and 96 well plates. Each has a non-perforated endtab. The 96 well version is precision cut to fit inside the raised lip around the outer edge of all leading brands ofskirted PCR plates.


B1212-8 AluminumSeal for 96 well raised lip plates 100 $59.00

B1212-9 AluminumSeal for 384 well plates 100 63.00

applications:

PCR

Real Time PCR Adhesive FilmThermalSeal RT films combine an optically transparent polyester film with a strong, ultra-smooth, non-absorbing,non-fluorescing medical-grade adhesive for superior performance in real-time PCR applications. They are certifiedRNase, DNase free. The backing is a plastic liner which is easily removed before use and contributes smoothnessand extreme optical clarity to the adhesive layer. The 5 mil film has less tendency to wrinkle in applications thatinvolve freezing. Both thicknesses are resistant to temperature extremes from -40°C to +120°C.


B1212-RT2 Polyester for Real Time PCR, 2.0 mil thickness 100 $122.00

B1212-RT5 Polyester for Real Time PCR, 5.0 mil thickness 100 135.00

B1212-RT6 Same, but precut to fit raised edge plates 100 119.00

applications:

REAL TIME PCR

Polypropylene Adhesive FilmThe first polypropylene based, pressure resistant adhesive film for PCR applications. It prevents vapor and sampleloss, but is not pierceable. Manufactured under RNase, DNase free conditions. Functional temperature range is-40° C to +125°C. End tabs for easy handling. New MiniStrips have two easy removal tabs which can be sealedon plate edges or completely removed.


B1212-5 Polypropylene, 2 mil thickness, nonsterile 100 $51.50

B1212-5MS As above, in MiniStrips (for sealing individual rows of 8),

4 detachable MiniStrips per sheet, 50 sheets per package 200 42.00

B1212-5S Polypropylene, 2 mil thickness, sterile 100 65.00

B1212-X Polypropylene, 2 mil, extra sticky, nonsterile 100 68.00

applications:

PCR

NEWMiniStrips

applications:

PCR

Molecular Biology

www.densci.com 107





Thermal Cycling Tubes - 0.5 ml■ dome cap or flat cap

These clear reaction tubes have uniformly thin walls (0.0085 in.) to enhance thermal transfer and reduce cyclingtimes. Despite minimal wall thickness, they tolerate boiling, freezing and cycling. Flat top cap is "frosted" for easymarking. RNase, DNase, pyrogen free.

Thermal Cycling Tubes - 0.2 ml(strips of 8 or 12)■ Strips of 8 or strips of 12

■ 96 well format

Thermal Cycling Tubes - 0.2 ml (with attached cap strips)These strips of 8 tubes include an attached strip of 8 caps, eliminating separate stocks of tubes and caps and amajor source of cross-contamination.


C18065 0.5 ml tubes, flat cap, pkg/1000 $39.00

C18065-DC 0.5 ml tubes, dome cap, pkg/1000 39.00


C18000 Strips of thin wall tubes with separate domed cap strips, natural color, $99.00

8 per strip, 125 strips per box

For colors, please add first letter of color (Red, Blue, Green, Orange, Yellow, Violet) to end of catalog number (i.e. C18000-R)

C18000-DC Extra cap strips for C18000, natural color, also fit Thermogrid 96 plates, 25.00

8 caps per strip, pk of 120 strips

C18067 Strips of thin wall tubes without caps, natural color 79.00

0.2 ml, 8 tubes/strip, 125 strips/box

C18067-A Same, but 6 assorted colors, 20 strips of each color, 125 strips total 79.00

C18068 Caps for above tubes, 8 caps/strip, 125 strips/bag 25.50

C18068-A Same, but 6 assorted colors, 8 caps/strip, 125 strips/bag 26.50

C18069-Color* Strips of 8 tubes and separate strips of 8 caps (Q-PCR), single color, 120 strips/pk 99.00

C18070-RT Strips of 8 tubes and strips of 8 optically clear flat caps (Q-PCR), 120 strips/bag 99.00

C18061-2 Strips of 12 tubes, natural color, 80 strips/bag 85.00

C18098-12 Caps for above, 12 caps/strip, 80 strips/bag 19.50

*Available in Red, Blue, Green or Yellow. Please specify your choice of color at the end of the catalog number (i.e. C18069-BLUE).


C18098-7 0.2 ml tubes, natural, strips of 8 w/attached caps, 120 strips $91.50

C18098-7A 0.2 ml tubes, assorted colors, strips of 8 w/attached caps, 120 strips 97.00

Thermal Cycling Tubes - 0.2 ml (With individual caps)■ Strips with unique "breakaway" design

Each tube has its own cap, eliminating potential cross-contamination at the source. Tubes may be broken intosmaller strips for easy handling.


C18098-3 Standard 0.2 ml tubes with dome cap, strips of 8 tubes, 120 strips $103.90

C18098-4 Standard 0.2 ml tubes w/opt. clear flat cap, strips of 8 tubes, 120 strips 103.90

C18098-5 Low profile 0.2 ml tubes w/opt. clear flat cap, strips of 8 tubes, 120 strips 103.90

suitable for MJ/BioRad/Opticon, etc

C18065

C18098-3

C18065-DC

C18098-4

C18098-5

Now availablewith opticallyclear cap strips for Real Time PCR

NEW: Cat No. C18070-RTOptically clear cap strips for Real Time PCR

Molecular Biology

1-800-453-0385108

centrifuges;page 3




thermal cycling;page 95

Thermal Cycling Tubes - 0.2 ml (individual tubes)■ Individual tubes with and without caps

■ dome caps or flat caps


C18066 Thin wall tube with attached dome cap, pk of 1000 $49.50

C18066-Color* Thin wall tube with attached dome cap, individual color, pk of 1000 53.00

C18066-FT2 Thin wall tube with attached flat cap, pk of1000 48.00

C18098-2 Thin wall tube without cap, pk of 2000 89.50

C18098-12 Caps in strips of 12, 80 strips per pkg 19.90

C18098-8 Caps in strips of 8, 125 strips per pkg 19.90

*Please choose from Red, Blue, Green, Orange, Yellow, and Violet, and add the first letter of the color at the end of the

catalog number (i.e. C18066-B).


C18063* Strip tube, 0.2 ml, attached dome cap, natural, 120 strips of 8 $89.00

C18064* Strip tube, 0.2 ml, attached flat cap, optically clear, natural, 120 strips of 8 89.00

*Available in Red, Blue, Green or Yellow at the same price as the natural color. Please specify your choice of color at the end of

the catalog number (i.e. C18063-R).

PCR Tube Rack - 96 x 0.2 ml■ With clear polypropylene lid

■ autoclavable and freezer safe

These stackable racks utilize an 8 x 12 format making them compatible with single tubes, strips of tubes, platesand with other manufacturers tray / retainer sets. They are alpha-numerically indexed and ideal for use asworkstations or freezer storage boxes.

Cat. No. Description Price, pk/5 Price pk/20

R7874 PCR tube rack with lid, assorted colors $34.00 $115.60

Cat. No. Description (L x W x H) Price

R6670 CoolCube plate and tube cooler 5.6 x 5.6 x 2.5in $99.00

CoolCube™ Microtube & Plate Cooler■ 4 hours of 0°c sample storage

■ Flips over for tubes or plates

■ Use as a Pcr workstation

The new CoolCube is designed to keep biological samples at safe temperatures... right at your lab bench. It canalso be used to protect enzymes from temperature fluctuations in the freezer. Simply store the cooler overnightin your laboratory freezer and it’s ready to use. The CoolCube has two sides. One side is designed as a convenientPCR workstation with wells for 12 standard 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes and one 96 well PCR plate or 0.2 mltubes/strips. The other side holds 36 standard 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes.

RigidStrip™ Thermal Cycling Tubes - 0.2 ml(with individual caps)■ Sturdy - no sagging or breaking

■ easy to open and close

These popular new tubes have attached individual caps to eliminate cross contamination at the source. The capsare easy to open and close, yet form a secure, no-leak seal. A sturdy, more rigid linking system means lessbending, sagging and breaking, but they can be snipped into smaller strips. Available with flat or domed caps.Flat caps are optically clear and suitable for Real Time PCR.

NEW

Molecular Biology

www.densci.com

109





HyBlot 26™ Blotting Paper■ 0.18 mm thickness

■ medium flow rate

Ideal for use in paper chromatography or as a gel dryer support. Also suitable for use as a spacer in blottingsandwiches.

Cat. No. Dimensions Qty./Pk. Price

B6026-05 7 x 8 cm 100 $6.00

B6026-10 10 x 15 cm 100 9.50

B6026-14 14 x 16 cm 100 12.00

B6026-20 20 x 20 cm 100 27.00

B6026-46 46 x 57 cm 100 115.00


B6017-20 20 x 20 cm 100 $53.00

B6017-46 46 x 57 cm 100 329.00

B6017-36 36 x 43 cm (gel dryer size) 100 179.00


B6030-20 20 x 20 cm 50 $69.00

B6030-46 36 x 43 cm (gel dryer size) 50 179.00

HyBlot 21™ Blotting Paper■ 0.40 mm thickness

Commonly used as wicks in protein or nucleic acid blotting. Provides uniform buffer flow through gel to transfermembrane.

HyBlot 30™ Blotting Paper■ 2.45 mm thickness, replaces paper towels

■ completes blotting "sandwich"

■ Smoother, more uniform texture

HyBlot 17™ Blotting Paper■ 0.83 mm thickness, smooth surface

Generally used as a blotter under the "weight" of a capillary sandwich. Assures continuous contact of buffer fromthe chamber through the gel and transfer mem brane to the opposite pole (electroblot) or weight (capillaryblot).


B6021-20 20 x 20 cm 100 $69.50

B6021-46 46 x 57 cm 100 279.00

B6021-58 58 x 68 cm 100 269.00

Molecular Biology

1-800-453-0385110

centrifuges;page 3




Terminator™ - DNA and RNA Removers■ completely degrade nucleic acid contamination

■ RNase Removal Solution - Terminator completely removes RNase contamination fromglass and plastic surfaces. It effectively removes high levels of RNase from all kinds ofreaction tubes and vessels. When followed by a thorough distilled H2O rinse, it leaves noresidues to inhibit enzymatic reactions.

■ DNA Degradation Solution - Terminator is a pair of solutions for degrading high levelsof contaminating DNA and RNA on all types of surfaces. The individual solutions areinnocuous. Upon mixing, they form a potent, short-lived nucleic acid degrading intermediate,capable of degrading DNA and RNA below PCR detection levels.


D1180 Terminator RNase Remover, 250 ml $30.00


D1181 Terminator DNA decontaminant solution, 2 x 250 ml $45.00

Electroporation Cuvettes■ Standard size - lower price

■ Sterile, individually wrapped

■ consistent pulse generation

These electroporation cuvettes are chemically and physically cleaned to provide a uniform elec trode surface forconsistent pulse generation. Made of high quality poly car bon ate, with a V-form base for small volumes andeasier pipetting, they are compatible with most major electroporators.

Cat. No. Description Quantity Price

E7101 Cuvettes, sterile, 1 mm 50 $119.00

E7102 Cuvettes, sterile, 2 mm 50 119.00

E7104 Cuvettes, sterile, 4 mm 50 119.00

HyBlot 3A™ Gel Blot Paper■ 100% pure cotton fiber; 0.345 mm thickness

■ Sheets are smooth, flat and rnase free

Our HyBlot 3A™ paper is specifically designed, controlled and packaged for elec tro phore sis and blottingapplications. High purity grade cotton fiber paper is man u fac tured and pack aged under cleanroom conditions,using only ultrapure water - no additives to cause in creased background or interference. HyBlot 3A™ paper issmooth, pure, white, blemish free and exhibits ex cep tion al ly uniform capillary action and wicking.


B6003-03 5 x 7.5 cm 500 $65.00

B6003-05 7 x 8 cm 1000 75.00

B6003-07 7 x 10 cm 100 32.00

B6003-10 10 x 15 cm 100 32.00

B6003-11 11 x 14 cm 100 39.00

B6003-14 14 x 16 cm 100 41.00

B6003-15 15 x 15 cm 100 41.00

B6003-16 16 x 16 cm 100 46.00

B6003-17 16 x 18 cm 100 49.50

B6003-20 20 x 20 cm 100 69.00

B6003-46 46 x 57 cm 100 285.00

B6003-58 58 x 68 cm 100 439.00

B6003-36 14 x 17 in. (gel dryer size) 100 125.00

Want it precut to fit your gel?... Call for quote.



Molecular BiologyKits & Reagents

pages 111-122

SpinSmart™ DNA and RNA purification Kits IsoPure™ DNA PCR Purification Kits

Choice Taq ChromaTaq™ Taq-Pro™ DNA Polymerase Taq-Pro/Red™ DNA Polymerase

Ramp-Taq™ DNA Polymerase Taq-Pro™ COMPLETE Ramp-Taq™ COMPLETE

Taq-Pro™ Core Kit Sure-Pol™ DNA Polymerase Mega-Frag™ DNA Polymerase Transfection Reagents

dNTPs Clearband™ Solution Rapid Ligation Kit Agarose HyLadders™ Reagents

Kits & Reagents

1-800-453-0385112

centrifuges;page 3




SpinSmart™ HS Maxi plasmid DNAPurification Kits■ membrane-Based Plasmid Purification Kit

■ Fast, easy Procedure — 35 min. from Bacteria to Purified dna*

■ High Purity — Sequencing Quality Plasmid dna

■ no High Speed centrifugation needed - optional dna concentration steps areperformed in microcentrifuge.

■ High yield — 1.2 mg Binding capacity Per column

■ no alcohol Precipitation — ready to be Used after elution

■ environmentally Friendly Formula — no chaotropic Salt, no Guanidine

■ the only Green membrane-based kit on the market

*note: 35 min. procedure with vacuum. Standard spin procedure is 50 min.

Cat. No. Description Size Price

CM-800-2 SpinSmart™ HS Maxi plasmid DNA purification kit 2 preps $49.00

CM-800-10 SpinSmart™ HS Maxi plasmid DNA purification kit 10 preps 219.00

SpinSmart™ DNA Plasmid MiniprepPurification KitsDenville Scientific's SpinSmart™ DNA Plasmid Miniprep Purification Kits offerhighly pure plasmid isolation in a mini spin column while save you money.SpinSmart™ Plasmid Mini kits allow you to purify up to 40 µg DNA in 25minutes or less. Denville's SpinSmart™ kits are rigorously tested andguaranteed to work.

Denville also offers bulk columns to utilize leftover kit reagents fromSpinSmart™ as well as other major manufacturers’ DNA kits.

SpinSmart™ PCR Purification & GelExtraction KitsDenville Scientific's SpinSmart™ PCR Purification & Gel Extraction Kits are 2-in-1 kits for maximum recovery inlow elution volumes. SpinSmart™ offers improved yields and concentration while saving you money - elute inonly 15 µl! Highly effective recovery of small and large PCR fragments, between 50 bp and 15kbp. Denville'sSpinSmart™ kits are rigorously tested and guaranteed to work. Same buffers and columns are used for both PCRpurification and gel extraction protocols.

Denville's SpinSmart™ columns and collection tubes provide similar yield and purity to all major manufacturers’spin filter based PCR purification and gel extraction kits.

Cat. No. Description Qty/Pack Price

CM-410-50 SpinSmart™ Plasmid Miniprep DNA Purification Kit 50 preps $79.00

CM-410-250 SpinSmart™ Plasmid Miniprep DNA Purification Kit 250 preps 349.00

CM-400-50 Plasmid Miniprep Bulk Columns with Collection Tubes 50 49.00

CM-400-250 Plasmid Miniprep Bulk Columns with Collection Tubes 250 219.00


CM-510-50 SpinSmart™ PCR Purification & Gel Extraction Kits 50 preps $94.00

CM-510-250 SpinSmart™ Plasmid Miniprep DNA Purification Kit 250 preps 399.00

CM-500-50 PCR Purification and Gel extraction Bulk Columns 50 59.00with Collection Tubes

CM-500-250 PCR Purification and Gel extraction Bulk Columns 250 229.00with Collection Tubes

■ rapid, Small Scale Preparation ofHigh-Purity Plasmid dna

■ Silica membrane technology

■ Binding capacity is 60 µg

■ minimum elution volume 50 µl

■ a260/280 range 1.8 – 1.85

■ Vector size <15kb

■ Purify up to 25 ug dna from 1-5 mle. coli culture, or up to 40 µg dnafrom 5-10 ml e.coli culture

■ rapid, small scale purification ofPcr fragments from agarose gelsand enzymatic reaction mixtures.


■ Binding capacity 25ug

■ Prep time 10 min

■ a260/280 range 1.8 – 1.9.

SpinSmart™

DNA Columns

Kits & Reagents

www.densci.com 113





Cat. No. Description Preps/kit Price

CM-0300-50 IsoPure™ Plasmid Mini-Prep Kit 50 preps $63.00

CM-0300-100 IsoPure™ Plasmid Mini-Prep Kit 100 preps 102.00

CM-0310-10 IsoPure™ Plasmid Midi Plus Kit 10 preps 102.00

CM-0320-2 IsoPure™ Plasmid Maxi II Prep Sample Kit 2 preps 18.50

CM-0310-20 IsoPure™ Plasmid Midi Plus Kit 20 preps 184.00

CM-0320-10 IsoPure™ Plasmid Maxi II Prep Kit 10 preps 159.00

IsoPure™ DNA Plasmid Mini, Midi and

Maxi Prep Kits■ Simple and quick protocol ■ Purified DNA suitable for sequencing

■ Spin column based technology ■ Recover fragments from 60bp to 40kb

IsoPure™ Plasmid Prep kits offer a simple and efficient method of isolating plasmid DNA. The kits providereproducible yields of high quality DNA without phenol/chloroform extraction or ethanol precipitation. Theresulting pure plasmid DNA is suitable for use in se quenc ing, transformation, restric tion analysis and li ga tion.

The bacterial culture is lysed and then applied to the spin column. The plasmid DNA sticks to the column whileimpurities such as proteins, salts, nucleotides and oligos (<40mer, for the Midi-Plus kit) are washed away. Thepure plasmid DNA can then be eluted off the column.

The entire purification process for the mini prep kit takes 15 to 20 minutes. The Midi Plus and Maxi II take slightlylonger – 30-40 and 50-60 minutes respectively. Up to 200 µg (Midi Plus) and 1.2 mg (Maxi II) can be se lec tive lyadsorbed and recovered. A microcentrifuge is required to use these products.

SpinSmart™ Total RNA MiniPurification KitsDenville Scientific's new SpinSmart™ RNA Purification Kits offer highly pure RNAisolation in a mini spin column while save you money. SpinSmart RNA kits includerDNase for on-column DNA removal and on-column homogenizer filters toreduce sample viscosity. Denville's SpinSmart kits are rigorously tested andguaranteed to work. SpinSmart™ RNA Purification Kits are suitable for applicationsincluding reverse transcriptase-PCR (qRT-PCR), Northern blotting, primerextension, array technologies, and RNase protection assays.

Denville Scientific's new SpinSmart™ RNA Bulk Purification Columns help you takeadvantage of unused reagents contained in most mini spin RNA isolation kits.Don't throw them away! Use the SpinSmart columns and take advantage of theup to 30% extra reagents normally contained in these kits. SpinSmart columnsand collection tubes provide similar yield and purity to the major manufacturers’silica membrane based RNA purification kits. Binding capacity is 200μg with amaximum volume of 800μl liquid.


CM-610-50 SpinSmart™ Total RNA Mini Purification Kit including 50 preps $259.00On-column Homogenizer Filters and rDNASE

CM-610-250 SpinSmart™ Total RNA Mini Purification Kit including 250 preps 959.00On-column Homogenizer Filters and rDNASE

CM-600-50 SpinSmart™ RNA Miniprep Bulk Columns with Collection Tubes 50 169.00

CM-600-250 SpinSmart™ RNA Miniprep Bulk Columns with Collection Tubes 250 679.00

■ Rapid, small scale purification ofhigh-purity RNA from cells andtissue

■ rDNase I and On-columnHomogenizer Filters Included

■ No Genomic DNA Contamination


■ Binding capacity is 200 µg

■ Minimum elution volume is 40 µl

■ Typical yield from 5 x 106

cultured HeLa cells is 14 µg

■ A260/280 range is 1.9 – 2.1

■ Typical RIN >9

SpinSmart™

RNA Columns

Kits & Reagents

1-800-453-0385114

centrifuges;page 3




DirectAmp™ Genomic DNA

Amplification Kits■ extract genomic dna in 15 minutes

■ From a variety of sources: tissue, plant or seed

■ Quick isolation and amplification for genotyping

■ Highly specific Pcr amplification

■ Eliminates complicated purifications, centrifugation and extractions

Denville DirectAmp™ Genomic DNA Amplification Kits contain all reagents for rapid extraction and amplificationof genomic DNA from a variety of sources. These kits provide a simple and quick extraction method thateliminates protocol steps that call for liquid nitrogen freezing, enzyme digestions, hazardous organicextractions, column purification, centrifugation or precipitation.

Each kit includes Denville Hot Start Blue Mastermix, noted for its highly specific amplification of targetedgenomic DNA, without adding loading buffer or tracking dye for gel analysis. Although included as a standardkit component, Hot Start Blue Mastermix is also available separately.


CG1100-10 DirectAmp™ Tissue DNA Amplification Kit, 10 reactions $21.00

CG1100-1C DirectAmp™ Tissue DNA Amplification Kit, 100 reactions 128.00

CG1100-1K DirectAmp™ Tissue DNA Amplification Kit, 1000 reactions 1,190.00

CG1120-10 DirectAmp™ Plant DNA Amplification Kit, 10 reactions 21.00

CG1120-1C DirectAmp™ Plant DNA Amplification Kit, 100 reactions 128.00

CG1120-1K DirectAmp™ Plant DNA Amplification Kit, 1000 reactions 1,190.00

CG1140-10 DirectAmp™ Seed DNA Amplification Kit, 10 reactions 21.00

CG1140-1C DirectAmp™ Seed DNA Amplification Kit, 100 reactions 128.00

CG1140-1K DirectAmp™ Seed DNA Amplification Kit, 1000 reactions 1,190.00

CB4040-7 Hot-Start™ Taq Blue Mastermix™ (1.5 mM MgCl2), 2.5 ml 80.00

CB4040-8 Hot-Start™ Taq Blue Mastermix™ (1.5 mM MgCl2), 10 ml 290.00

M 1 2

DirectAmp™ Tissue DNA AmplificationKit used to extract and amplifygenomic DNA from human cells.

M DNA ladder1 Human hair follicle ß–globin (beta)2 Human buccal cell ß–globin (beta)

M 1 2

DirectAmp™ Tissue DNA Amplification Kitused to extract and amplify genomic DNAfrom plant cells.

M DNA ladder1 Zea mays L. (maize) chloroplast2 Capsicum annuum (chili pepper)

chloroplast


E2400 HyGLO™ Quick Spray Chemiluminescent HRP Antibody Detection Reagent $179.00


E2410 HyGLO™ Quick Spray Refills (2 x 250 ml bottles without sprayer) 159.00

E2400-SA Trial Size HyGLO™ Quick Spray Chemiluminescent HRP Antibody Detection Reagent 39.00


E2400-X Dual Sprayer for HyGLO™ Quick Spray 29.00

HyGLO™ quick Spray

HRP Chemiluminescent Detection Reagent■ rapid detection ■ detect down to 1pg antigen

■ non-radioactive ■ Strong signal

■ no mixing, no measuring ■ low background

Western blotting just got easier with a new one-step spray version of HyGLO™ chemiluminescent detectionreagent. New HyGLO™ Quick Spray provides instant synchronized mixing of two reagents for detectionsensitivity to one pictogram of antigen. The chemiluminescent signal can be detected on autoradiography film,such as HyBlot CL™.

Kits & Reagents

www.densci.com 115





ChoiceTaq™ DNA PolymeraseAll ChoiceTaq™ products on this page have the following common features:

■ robust recominant yt-1 clone ■ Supplied with 10X buffer and mgcl2

■ exceptional value/cost per unit ■ mastermixes: 50 µl reactions/10 mm dntP conc.

■ 250 units per tube for efficient, ■ time tested and well proven for a secure storage wide range of templates


CB4060-1 Choice™ Taq Blue DNA Polymerase 250 Units $32.00

CB4060-2 Choice™ Taq Blue DNA Polymerase 1,000 Units 105.00

CB4060-3 Choice™ Taq Blue DNA Polymerase 5,000 Units 460.00

CB4065-7 Choice™ Taq Blue Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 100 reactions 48.00

CB4065-8 Choice™ Taq Blue Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 400 reactions 183.00

Choice Taq DNA PolymeraseA recombinant YT-1 clone supplied with 10x PCR buffer containing 1.5 mM MgCl2 (final concentration).

■ 5 units/µl concentration

■ robust recominant yt-1 clonemostpopular - broad range of applications

■ 1 unit/µl concentration

■ Inert blue dye; direct gel loading

■ 1 unit/µl concentration

■ antibody mediated for increasedspecificity

■ Inert blue dye; direct gel loading

■ 5 units/µl concentration

■ antibody mediated for increasedspecificity

Choice Taq Blue DNA PolymeraseTaq DNA polymerase supplied with an inert blue dye that allows the end user a method to confirm addition ofthe enzyme to the reaction. The dye further allows the user to directly add a post-reaction sample directly intoan agarose gel, eliminating the need for a separate gel-loading buffer.

Hot-Start Taq DNA PolymeraseThe hot-start version of Choice™ Taq DNA polymerase that requires a pre-activation step at 95°C for 5 minutesin order to achieve a fully functional enzyme. The inactivation of the enzyme prior to use increases thespecificity of the enzyme for the desired template.

Hot-Start Taq Blue DNA PolymeraseHot-Start™ Taq DNA polymerase supplied with an inert blue dye that allows the end user a method to confirmaddition of the enzyme to the reaction. The dye further allows the user to directly add a post-reaction sampledirectly into an agarose gel, eliminating the need for a separate gel-loading buffer.


CB4050-1 Choice™ Taq DNA Polymerase 250 Units $30.00

CB4050-2 Choice™ Taq DNA Polymerase 1,000 Units 100.00

CB4050-3 Choice™ Taq DNA Polymerase 5,000 Units 450.00

CB4070-7 Choice™ Taq Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 100 reactions 46.00

CB4070-8 Choice™ Taq Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 400 reactions 178.00


CB3702-7 10x PCR Buffer, 15 mM MgCI2 1.0 ml $5.00

CB3702-MG MgCI2 Stock Solution, 25 mM 0.5 ml 1.50

Extra buffers:


CB4080-1 Hot-Start™ Taq DNA Polymerase 250 Units $80.00

CB4080-2 Hot-Start™ Taq DNA Polymerase 1,000 Units 280.0

CB4080-3 Hot-Start™ Taq DNA Polymerase 5,000 Units 1,300.00

CB4030-3 Hot-Start™ Taq Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 100 reactions 70.00

CB4030-4 Hot-Start™ Taq Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 400 reactions 275.00


CB4040-1 Hot-Start™ Taq Blue DNA Polymerase 250 Units $85.00

CB4040-2 Hot-Start™ Taq Blue DNA Polymerase 1,000 Units 290.00

CB4040-3 Hot-Start™ Taq Blue DNA Polymerase 5,000 Units 1,350.00

CB4040-7 Hot-Start™ Taq Blue Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 100 reactions 80.00

CB4040-8 Hot-Start™ Taq Blue Mastermix (1.5 mM MgCl2) 400 reactions 290.00

Kits & Reagents

1-800-453-0385116

centrifuges;page 3




Taq-Pro™ Complete and

Taq-Pro Red™ CompleteTaq-Pro™ COMPLETE is a 2x reaction mixture of all the components for a PCR reaction excluding user-suppliedtemplate, primers, and water. The ready-to-use mixture minimizes the number of steps in setting up a series ofreactions and also reduces the risk of contamination and increases the reproducibility of the reagents. Taq-ProRed™ COMPLETE contains a non-toxic, non-hazardous red dye that allows the user to ensure adequate mixing andacts as a loading buffer following the completion of the PCR reaction. Prices are based upon 50 µl reactions.


CB4070-1 Taq-Pro™ COMPLETE, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 100 reactions $ 56.00

CB4070-2 Taq-Pro™ COMPLETE, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 500 reactions 248.00





CB4065-1 Taq-Pro Red™ COMPLETE, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 100 reactions 59.00






Cat. No. Description Conc. Pack Price

CB4050-7 Taq-Pro™ DNA Polymerase 5u/µl 500u $150.00

CB4050-8 Taq-Pro™ DNA Polymerase 5u/µl 2500u 700.00

CB4050-12 Taq-Pro DNA Polymerase 5u/µl 10,000u 2150.00

CB4060-7 Taq-Pro Red™ Polymerase 1u/µl 500u 180.00

CB4060-8 Taq-Pro Red™ Polymerase 1u/µl 2500u 800.00

CB3702-5 Extra NH4 buffer, 3 x 1.2 ml 17.00

Taq-Pro™ and Taq-Pro/Red™

DNA Polymerase■ Ultra-robust recombinant taq

■ High purity

■ Bulk formulations available

Taq-Pro™ is a very robust thermostable DNA polymerase isolated from Thermus Aquaticus YT-1. Taq-Pro™ givesstrong, reproducible results on most DNA templates. Due to the high activity of Taq-Pro™ some reactions requireonly 0.1 Units per reaction, making the price/performance ratio of this enzyme extremely high. Taq-Pro/Red™

offers the end user a method to confirm addition of the enzyme to the reaction. Both formulations are suppliedwith NH4 reaction buffer and MgCl2.


CB4090-1 ChromaTaq™ DNA Polymerase 1,000U $120.00 (12¢/U)

CB4090-5 ChromaTaq™ DNA Polymerase 5,000U 525.00 (10.5¢/U)

ChromaTaq™ DNA PolymeraseChromaTaq™ DNA Polymerase is a unique formulation of Taq Polymerase that provides a number of featuresnot available with most other offerings. ChromaTaq™ is supplied with a colored 10X reaction buffer that is acombination of two inert dyes that separate during electrophoresis. The migration of these dyes allows theuser to quickly estimate the mobility of DNA samples relative to the dyes. The reaction mixture containing thedyes can be loaded directly onto the gel, eliminating the need for a separate gel-loading buffer. The coloredreaction buffer also acts as a confirmation of enzyme addition to the final PCR reaction.

A. Reactions loaded into a 1% agarose gel.

B. Separation of dyes after electrophoresis inTBE buffer. Migration of the Red dyecorrelates to approximately 750bp and theOrange dye to approximately 25bp.

Kits & Reagents

www.densci.com 117





Taq-Pro™ Core KitsThe Taq-Pro™ Core Kit contains all the reagents necessary for successful DNA amplification, excluding onlytemplate and primers, which are specific to the target for amplification. The Kit contains Taq-Pro™ DNAPolymerase, a high-performance, high-activity Taq Polymerase that produces excellent results across a widerange of applications. It can be used with little optimization and produces high yields with minimalbackgrounds, consistently from one reaction to another. Taq-Pro™ is specially purified to remove traces of DNAthat could interfere with some reactions, and is free from all non-specific endonucleases, nickases andexonucleases. The kit is also supplied with:Taq (500 units), 10X NH4 buffer (MgCl2 free) (2 x 1 ml), 50 mM MgCl2 (1 ml), 40 mM dNTP mix (1 ml), and Clear BandSolution (1 ml) (a 2X additive that increases yield and specificity of difficult targets, including high GC- or AT- content).The Red version contains a non-toxic, non-hazardous red dye, which allows users to ensure adequate mixingand acts as a loading buffer following completion of the PCR reaction.


CB4075-1 Taq-Pro™ Core Kit, 500 units of Taq $149.00

CB4075-1R Taq-Pro Red™ Core Kit, 500 units of Taq 149.00

Sure-Pol™ DNA Polymerase■ >47 fold higher fidelity than taq Polymerase

■ Processes up to 5kb ■ Produces blunt ends

Sure-Pol™ is a thermostable enzyme with 5’-3 DNA polymerase and 3’-5’ proof-reading exonuclease activities. A10x reaction buffer is provided, as is extra MgCl2 for further reaction optimization.


CB4095-5 Sure-Pol™ DNA Polymerase 2.5u/µl 250u $176.00

CB4095-7 Sure-Pol™ DNA Polymerase 2.5u/µl 500u 288.00


CB4080-5 Ramp-Taq™ DNA Polymerase 5u/µl 250u $130.00

CB4080-7 Ramp-Taq™ DNA Polymerase 5u/µl 500u 220.00

CB4080-9 Ramp-Taq™ DNA Polymerase 5u/µl 5000u 1,800.00

CB4030-1 Ramp-Taq™ COMPLETE, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 100 reactions 105.00

CB4030-2 Ramp-Taq™ COMPLETE, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 500 reactions 475.00

Ramp-Taq™ and Ramp-Taq™ Complete

■ Hot-Start taq Polymerase ■ Inactive at room temperature

■ Increased specificity

Ramp-Taq™ is a heat-activated version of Taq DNA polymerase that requires activation by heat (7 minutesat 95°C) in order to polymerase templates. The inactivity of the enzyme at room temperature increases thespecificity of the enzyme for the desired template.

Ramp-Taq™ COMPLETE™ is a 2x ready-to-go reaction mixture. Just add template, primers, and water. The Completemix has been optimized for a wide variety of templates and a tube of 50 mM MgCl2 is included for further optimization.


CB4010-5 Mega-Frag™ DNA Polymerase 4u/µl 250u $180.00

CB4010-7 Mega-Frag™ DNA Polymerase 4u/µl 500u 320.00

Mega-Frag™ DNA PolymeraseA high performance cocktail of polymerases■ >17 fold higher fidelity than taq Polymerase

■ High processivity = high yield ■ Suited for difficult templates

■ Qualified in long-range applications

Mega-Frag™ DNA Polymerase is a high performance proprietary mixture of enzymes and additives specificallydesigned for applications requiring the high processivity and high yields necessary to span long regions (> 20– 30kb). The mixture leaves an A overhang, which can be useful in downstream applications requiring sticky-ends. Mega-Frag™ works well with difficult or dirty templates. An enhancement buffer is also supplied to stabilizethe pH of the reaction and a proprietary additive reduces the potential of non-specific product.

Mega-Frag™

DNA Polymerase

Kits & Reagents

1-800-453-0385118

centrifuges;page 3




Transfection ReagentsTransfection reagents are a simple way to transport nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) into a cell. ExpressFect™

Transfection Reagent is a new generation cationic polymer reagent that is easy to handle, exhibits higherstability, and shows higher resistance to serum in cell culture media. ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent showedconsistently higher transfection efficiencies (than other commercially available reagents) in HEK 293 cells (Figures1, 2, and 3) as well as a wide variety of other cell lines (Figure 4 and Table 1). Even hard-to-transfect cells such asHuman Umbilical Vein Endothelial Cells (HUVEC) exhibit higher transfection efficiencies when using ExpressFect™

Transfection Reagent (Figure 5). The nature of the reagent also makes it less cytotoxic to cells (Figure 6).


E2600-SA ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent—Trial Size 25 µl $10.00

E2600 ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent 1 ml 199.00

E2650 ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent 4 x 1 ml 749.00

Figure 1: The pCMV-luc plasmid was transfected into HEK 293cells and then assayed for luciferase activity 48 hours post-transfection. Panel (a): ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent; Panel (b): Competitor A transfection reagent; Panel (c): Competitor B transfection reagent; Panel (d): Competitor C transfection reagent.

Achieve consistently higher Transfection Efficiencies

Figure 2: HEK 293 cells transfected withpEGFPN1 and shown 48 hours after transfection(100x magnification). Panel (a): ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent;Panel (b): Competitor A Transfection reagent;Panel (c): Competitor B Transfection reagent;Panel (d): Competitor C Transfection reagent.

More Transfected Cells Higher Gene Expression

One reagent for all of your cells

Figure 4: The pCMV-luc plasmid was transfected into a numberof cell lines. The cells were then assayed for luciferase activity48 hours post-transfection. Panel (a): ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent; Panel (b): Competitor A transfection reagent; Panel (c): Competitor B transfection reagent; Panel (d): Competitor C transfection reagent.

Figure 5: HUVEC cells transfected with pEGFPN1and shown 48 hours after transfection (100xmagnification). Panel (a): ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent;Panel (b): Competitor A transfection reagent;Panel (c): Competitor B transfection reagent;Panel (d): Competitor C transfection reagent.

Figure 6: The viability of HEK 293 cells wasassessed using the MTT method 48 hours post-transfection. Each transfection reagent was usedunder optimal conditions. Panel (a): ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent; Panel (b): Competitor A transfection reagent; Panel (c): Competitor B transfection reagent; Panel (d): Competitor C transfection reagent.

Better Transfection Efficiencyin difficult cell types

Increased cell viability meansmore Transfected Cells

Figure 3: HEK 293 cells were transfected withplasmid DNA containing the lacZ gene. Cellsincorporating the lacZ gene metabolize X-Gal andare stained blue. Cells were assayed 48 hours post-transfection. Panel (a): ExpressFect™ Transfection Reagent; Panel (b): Competitor A transfection reagent; Panel (c): Competitor B transfection reagent; Panel (d): Competitor C transfection reagent.

■ achieve consistently higher transfection efficiencies

■ more transfected cells

■ Higher Gene expression

■ one reagent for all of your cells

■ Better transfection efficiency indifficult cell types

■ Increased cell viability means moretransfected cells

Kits & Reagents

www.densci.com 119






CB4427-3 Rapid Ligase Kit 50 $140.00

CB4428-3 Rapid Ligase Kit 100 270.00

Rapid Ligation Kit■ 5 minute ligations of blunt & sticky ends

■ allows ligations at room temperature

■ dramatically reduces dna cloning time

The Rapid Ligation Kit provides rapid ligation for sticky-ended and blunt-ended DNA fragments. Ligation isachieved in 5 minutes at room temperature. The Kit is based on an improved enzyme activity which offers speedand room temperature capability. It enables rapid ligation of fragments from most sources, including PCRfragments, plasmids, cosmids, genomic, phage and viral DNA. The Rapid Ligation Kit can provide 100% completesticky-ended ligations and 80% blunt-ended ligations, including complex multi-fragment ligations in only 5minutes, compared to traditional methods requiring 16 hours at 16°C.

Rapid Ligation is useful for linker ligation, re-ligation of linearized plasmids and ligation of double strandedoligonucleotides into vectors. It is also useful for cloning in plasmid or phage vectors. Each Kit contains reactionbuffer and high-activity T4 DNA Ligase. Store at -20°C (6 months) and avoid repeated freezing and thawing.

1 2 M 3 4

M HyLadder™ 10kbMarker

1 Hynd III digestedlambda DNA

2 Hynd III digestedlambda DNA ligatedw/Rapid Ligation Kit

3 EcoR V-digestedlambda DNA

4 EcoR V-digestedlambda DNA ligatedw/Rapid Ligation Kit

Adjacent sample run on1.0% TAE agarose gel.

Figure 1. Ligation of cohesive or blunt-ended fragments with RapidLigation Kit, Lambda DNA was 10x over-digested with EcoR V, or HindIII, followed by heat inactivation. DNA fragments were ligated usingthe Denville protocol for 5 minutes at room temperature.


CB4900-5 ClearBand Solution, 2 x 1.2 ml $45.00

ClearBand™ SolutionClearBand™ Solution is a 2x additive for use in reactions involving any thermostable polymerase. The reagent actsto make DNA more accessible to polymerases and oligonucleotides, thereby acting as a melting agent for dirtyor difficult templates. ClearBand™ solution improves performance for templates with high GC- or AT- content,repetitive sequences, or templates with difficult melting profiles.

PCR of 201bp GC- rich fragment(>66% from HumanTGF-ß gene)

1-3. With ClearBandSolution & 1.5mM, 2.0 mMMgCl

2respectively

4. HyLadder™ 10kb5-7. Without ClearBand

Solution & 1.5mM, 2.0 mM &2.5 mM MgCl

2

respectively

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

dNTPs■ enzymatically synthesized – no Pcr inhibitors

■ tested in long-range and real-time Pcr

■ reproducible in all types of Pcr reactions

■ Increased stability

These ready-to-use molecular grade dNTPs are supplied as sets for use in DNA amplification reactions, DNAlabeling and sequencing reactions. The nucleotides are molecular biology grade and are confirmed to exceed99% purity by HPLC with no detectable RNase, DNase, protease, or nicking activity. The nucleotides are storedin a lithium salt solution for improved stability.


dNTP Sets

CB4420-2 dNTP Set dA, dC, dG, dT (4 x 25 µmol) 100 mM 4 x 250 µl $155.00

CB4420-4 dNTP Set dA, dC, dG, dT (4 x 100 µmol) 100 mM 4 x 4 x 250 µl 490.00

CB4420-6 dNTP Set dA, dC, dG, dT (4 x 500 µmol) 100 mM 20 x 4 x 250 µl 1995.00

Master Mix

CB4421-2 dNTP Master Mix (5 µmol of each dA, dC, dG, dT) 40 mM 1 x 500 µl 50.00

CB4421-4 dNTP Master Mix (12.5 µmol of each dA, dC, dG, dT) 100 mM 1 x 500 µl 92.00

CB4421-6 dNTP Master Mix (50 µmol of each dA, dC, dG, dT) 100 mM 4 x 500 µl 310.00

dNTP Sets

dNTP Master Mix

Kits & Reagents

1-800-453-0385120

centrifuges;page 3




HyLadder™ I0Kb■ ready-to-load

■ Quantitate your dna results

■ each band is regularly spaced in convenient increments and contains aspecific amount of dna

■ easy identification of dna size

HyLadder™ I0Kb contains 14 regularly spaced bands, ranging from 200 to 10,000 bp. Each band is an exactmultiple of 100 bp. The 1000 and 10,000 bp bands have the highest intensity to allow easy identification.

HyLadder™ IKb■ ready-to-load

■ each band represents an exact amount of dna

■ allows quantification of dsdna on gels

■ Ideal for accurate sizing of Pcr products

HyLadder™ 1Kb enables users to determine molecular weight of short PCR fragments. HyLadder is supplied in loadingbuffer and is ready to use. HyLadder™ 1Kb offers a reference of 9 regularly spaced bands ranging from 100-1000 bp.Higher intensity in specific bands allows easier identification.

HyLadder™ 500bp■ ready-to-load

■ Quantitate your small Pcr fragments

■ allows quantification of dsdna on gels

■ Ideal for high accuracy applications including sizing of apoptoticdna and oligonucleotides

With 12 regularly spaced bands ranging from 25 to 500 bp, very accurate identification and quantitation ofsmall PCR fragments is easily achieved.

Cat. No. Pack Size Price

CB4225-2 200 lanes $ 99.00

CB4225-4 500 lanes 220.00


CB4229-2 200 lanes $99.00

CB4229-4 500 lanes 220.00


CB4231-2 200 lanes $99.00

CB4231-4 500 lanes 220.00

HyLadder™ 200bp■ ready-to-load

■ Ideal for sizing Pcr products from 800bp to 2kb

■ High intensity band recognition

HyLadder™ 200bp enables users to determine the molecular weight of fragments up to 2Kb. It consists of 7regularly spaced DNA bands ranging from 800bp to 2Kb in 200bp increments, for use in size determination ofDNA samples. All bands are of equal intensity except the 1400bp, which is a double intensity band for easyidentification. Not intended for use in quantitative analysis. Supplied in loading buffer, ready to use.


CB4235-2 200 lanes $99.00

CB4235-4 500 lanes 220.00

Storage Conditions:HyLadders™ are stable at -20°C for 12 months, or 4°C for 3 months. Avoidrepeated freeze-thawing.

Band size(bp) ng/band10,000 1008,000 806,000 605,000 504,000 403,000 302,500 252,000 201,500 151,000 100800 80600 60400 40200 20

HyLadder™ 10Kb

5 µl HyLadder ™/ lane, 1% molecular-biology gradeagarose in 1xTAE stained with 0.5 µg/ml ethid i umbromide.

Band size(bp) ng/band

1000 100900 90800 80700 80600 60500 60400 40300 40200 20100 20

HyLadder™ 1kb

5 µl HyLadder™ / lane, 2% molecular-biology grade agarosein 1xTAE stained with 0.5 µg/ml ethid i um bromide.

Band size(bp) ng/band500 60400 60300 60250 60200 120175 80150 80125 80100 12075 8050 8025 80

HyLadder™ 500bp

5 µl HyLadder / lane, 3.5% molecular-biology gradeagarose in 1xTAE stained with ethidium bromide.

Band size(bp) ng/band2000 501800 501600 501400 1001200 501000 50800 50

HyLadder™ 200bp

5 µl HyLadder / lane, 1.2% molecular-biology gradeagarose in 1xTAE stained with ethidium bromide.

Kits & Reagents

www.densci.com 121





Reagents

SuPER SAvER

SuPER SAvER

ACRYLAMIDE Ultra-pure, molecular biology grade for

(Store at 2 to 8°C) electrophoresis applications, suitable for

most nucleic acid and protein applications

500 g CA3210-8 $99.50

AGAROSE Biotechnology grade, for electrophoresis

(Store at R.T.) applications, suitable for most nucleic acid

and protein analytical applications

100 g CA3510-6 119.00

500 g CA3510-8 379.00

Antibiotic Solutions Ready-to-use solutions. Avoids handling of toxic or harmful substances

(Store at -20°C) Solutions in ethanol can be used directly from the freezer. No sterile

filtration required. Cost effective.

Ampicillin, 10 ml, Conc. 100 mg/ml CB3402 35.00

Cargenicillin, 10 ml, Conc. 100 mg/ml CB3404 35.00

Chloramphenicol, 10 ml, Conc. 50 mg/ml CB3407 35.00

Kanamycin, 10 ml, Conc. 100 mg/ml CB3409 35.00

Neomycin, 10 ml, Conc. 50 mg/ml CB3415 35.00

Tetracycline, 10 ml, Conc. 12.5 mg/ml CB3418 35.00

BCIP (X-Phos) Ultra-pure grade, purity > 99.0%

(Store at -15 to -22°C) 500 mg CB2555-2 57.00

BIS-ACRYLAMIDE Ultra-pure molecular biology grade

(Store at R.T.) 250 g CA3230-7 105.00

DTT DL-Dithiothreitol, biotechnology grade,purity > 99.0%

(Store at -15 to -22°C) 5.0 g CD4070-13 39.00

25 g CD4070-4 128.00

EDTA Disodium salt, ultra-pure grade,

(Store at -15 to -22°C) purity > 99.0%

500 g CE4150-8 57.00

GUANIDINE Biotechnology grade

THIOCYANATE purity > 99.0%

(Guanidine Isothiocyanate),

(Store at R.T.) 250 g CG9480-7 72.00

IPTG (Dioxane Free) Isopropyl-ß-D-Thiogalactopyranoside, ultra-pure grade,

(Store at -15 to -22°C) purity > 99.0%

1.0 g CI8280-3 16.00

5.0 g CI8280-13 67.00

25.0 g CI8280-4 267.00

NBT NitroBlue Tetrazolium Chloride, ultra-pure grade,

(Store at -15° to -22C) 500 mg CN-52602 25.00

SPECIFICATIONS:Gel Strength: ≥ 1200 g/cm2

Gel temperature: 36°C ± 1.5°C (1.5%)

Melting : 88°C ± 1.5°C temperature (1.5%)EEO (-m): 0.13Moisture Content: ≤ 7%Sulfate: ≤ 0.2%

■ Greater thermalStability

■ Ultrapure

■ Wide range

■ certified rnase,dnase andProtease Free

■ low eeo /increasedelectrophoreticmobility

Kits & Reagents

1-800-453-0385122

centrifuges;page 3




SuPER SAvER

SuPER SAvER

SuPER SAvER

Proteinase K and Proteinase K Solution(Store at -20°C) Molecular biology grade. Broad-spectrum serine protease, stable at

high temperatures. Active under denaturing conditions

CB3200-5 Proteinase K, 100 mg 55.00

CB3200-7 Proteinase K, 1000 mg 440.00

CB3210-5 Proteinase K Solution, 5 ml @ 20 mg/ml conc. 65.00

CB3210-7 Proteinase K Solution, 5 x 5 ml @ 20 mg/ml conc. 245.00

PBS SOLUTION-10X Ultra-pure grade

Phosphate Buffered Saline

(Store at R.T.) 1.0 gallon (makes 38L) CP4390-48 78.00

SDS 20% SOLUTION Biotechnology grade, 20% (w/v) solution, purity > 99.0%

(Store at R.T.) 500 ml CS5585-28 49.00

TBE BUFFER-10X Tris-Borate-EDTA, 10x liquid concentrate, ultra-pure grade

(Store at R.T.) A single (1x) solution contains 0.089M Tris base, 0.089M Borate

and 0.002M EDTA. Makes up to 38 liters.

1 gallon (makes 38L) CT1700-48 75.00

TRIS Tris (Hydroxymethyl) Aminomethane, biotechnology grade,

(Store at R.T.) purity > 99.8%

1.0 kg CT8180-9 87.00

TRIS-GLYCINE-SDS-10XUltra-pure grade

TGS Buffer-10X

(Store at R.T.) 1.0 gallon (makes 38L) CT8240-48 82.00

TRIS-GLYCINE-10X Ultra-pure

TG Buffer-10X

(Store at R.T.) 1.0 gallon (38L) CT8235-48 79.00

WATER, Sterile, RNase-free solution, autoclaved, filtered and

Nuclease-Free treated with DEPC, no DNase or RNase activity detected

(Store at R.T.) 500 ml CW-1400-28 37.00

X-GAL 5-Bromo-4-Chloro-3-Indolyl-ß-D-Galactopyranoside,

(Store at -15 to -22°C) ultra-pure grade

1.0 g CX3000-3 79.00

X-GLU X-Glucuronide, ultra-pure grade

(Store at -15 to -22°C) 100 mg CX4000-0 72.00


XL3000i Single Channel Pipettes XL3000i Multi Channel Pipettes Pipette Racks

Bottle Dispensers Cordless Pipette Controllers XLE Electronic Pipettes Racked Tips

Stack Rack Tips Woodpecker Reloads SHARP Filter Barrier Tips

Low Retention Tips Wide Orifice Tips Conductive Tips Microcapillary Tips

OctaPool Solution Reservoirs Transfer Pipettes Serological Pipettes


PipettingSystems & Tips

pages 123-146

Pipetting Systems and Tips

1-800-453-0385124

centrifuges;page 3




EASY-TURNvolume adjustmentwheel

DIGITALvolume display

AIRTIGHTSEALPTFE / O-ring

ADJUSTABLEEJECTOR

to allow a widerchoice of tips

SLIM HANDLEfor optimumcomfort

4

1

2

3

EJECTORBUTTON

two styles tomaximizeindividualcomfort

LIGHT WEIGHT

- up to 20%lighter than many

similar models

COMPLETELYAUTOCLAVABLE

XL3000i ™ Digital Pipettes With Tip Ejector

Cat. No. Capacity Packaging Qty. Price

PipetteTips

P1095 10 µl Bulk 1000 $21.50

P1095-CP 10 µl 96 per rack 960 $31.00

P1096 10 µl, extra long Bulk 1000 $21.90

P1096-CP 10 µl, extra long 96 per rack 960 32.50

P3020 200 µl Bulk 1000 18.50

P3020-CP 200 µl 96 per rack 960 29.90

P2107 1000 µl Bulk 1000 19.90

P2106 1000 µl 70 per rack 840 32.90

P2285 5 ml Bulk 500 35.00

P2286 5 ml 50 per rack 500 51.00

P2288 10 ml Bulk 100 42.00

Additional tips (filtered, special packaging, sterile, sil i conized, etc.) are located in pipette tips section.• This model can be adjusted by thumbwheel only. Only the lower body is autoclavable.

Comprehensivespare parts

Easy removal of tipejector

1

1

3 4

Conventional holdingstyle - standardejector button

Volume adjustmentusing the largeplunger button

Side holding style -large ejector button for

increased comfort

2

Easy read digitaldisplay

■ completely autoclavable

■ reduced spring pressuresminimize fatigue

■ User recalibration tool included

■ adjustable tip ejector is easilyremoved

■ comfortable, more ergonomichand grip

Denville XL3000i's feature an improved, moreslender body, a high precision digital mech a nism and aprice that is certain to make them a favorite withresearchers and clinicians through out the world. Now, withthe recent introduction of advanced, high precisionmaterials, they are 20% lighter in weight, making themeven more comfortable to hold and operate for extendedperiods. Exceptionally comfortable, even for the smallesthand. The familiar "thumb wheel" volume adjustment iseasier to rotate, and minimizes glove snags, but remainssubstantially unchanged, but now also permits adjustmentfrom the plunger push button. The push button’s designeliminates any possibility of accidental volume changeduring pipetting. The new tip ejector is adjust able to ac -com mo date virtually all brands of tips. The user maychoose from the two ejector buttons provided to maximizepersonal ergonomics.

Eight different sizes are available, covering the range from0.1 µl to 10 ml. All sizes are provided with a tool for easy,in-lab recalibration.

ADJUST VOLUMEvia enlarged plungerbutton

seePipettorStand

options

PLASTIC GRIPfor easier tip

ejector removal

Free Calibrationkey supplied with

each pipette

Cat. No. Description Accuracy % Coef. Variation % Uses Tip No. Price

Pipettors

P3950-2A 0.1 to 2 µl ±12 to 1.5 ±6.0 to 0.7 P1095, P1096 $209.00

P3950-10A 0.5 to 10 µl ±3.6 to 0.5 ±3.6 to 0.3 P1095, P1096 209.00

P3950-20A 2 to 20 µl ±4.0 to 0.8 ±3.0 to 0.4 P3020 209.00

P3950-100A 10 to 100 µl ±1.6 to 0.8 better than ±1% P3020 209.00



P3950-5000* 1 to 5 ml ±0.6 to 0.5 better than ±1% P2285 219.00

P3950-10ML* 1 to 10 ml ±2.5 to 0.5 better than ±1% P2288 219.00


www.densci.com 125





Cat. No. No. of Channels Volume Range Accuracy % Coef. of Var. % Uses Tip No. Price

P3971-6 8 1 to 10 µl ±8.0 to 2.0 <8.0 to 2.0 P1096-CP $555.00

P3971-8 8 5 to 50 µl ±3.0 to 1.0 <1.8 to 0.45 P3020-CP 555.00

P3971-9 8 20 to 200 µl ±1.4 to 0.8 <0.7 to 0.5 P3020-CP 555.00

P3971-10 8 50 to 300 µl ±1.4 to 0.9 <0.7 to 0.5 P3020-CP*/P3300-CP 555.00

P3971-11 12 1 to 10 µl ±8.0 to 2.0 <8.0 to 2.0 P1096-CP 640.00

P3971-12 12 5 to 50 µl ±3.0 to 1.2 <2.0 to 0.5 P3020-CP 640.00

P3971-15 12 20 to 200 µl ±1.4 to 0.8 <0.8 to 0.5 P3020-CP 640.00

P3971-18 12 50 to 300 µl ± 1.4 to 0.9 <0.8 to 0.5 P3020-CP*/P3300-CP 640.00

P3971-21 Stand for 8-channel pipette 43.50

P3971-23 Universal stand for single & multichannel pipettes 43.50

* P3020-CP is suitable for pipetting up to 200 µl maximum. P3300-CP covers the entire range from 50-300 µl.

XL3000i ™ Multi-Channel Pipettes ■ completely autoclavable

■ reduced spring pressuresminimize fatigue

■ lightweight Body

■ rotating manifold

■ Individual precision pistons

■ curved, low force ejector bar

Denville’s XL3000i Multi-Channel Pi pettes allow for com -fort able pipetting by both right and left handed users.The plunger and ejector buttons are ergonomical ly locatedand op er ate smooth ly. For comfort able pipetting in anydirection, the tip manifold rotates 360º. The innova tiveejector bar is curved, allow ing the tips to be pushed off insteps, there fore reduc ing the amount of force re quired forejec tion.

The use of ad vanced, light weight ma te ri als (in both the bodyof the pipette and the piston assemblies) results in a pipettethat will stand up to constant use, yet is easy to hold, evenduring ex tend ed pipetting sessions.

Each channel of the pipette has an in di vid u al, precisionpiston assembly to ensure accuracy and reproducibility fromone pipetting series to the next, as well as between chan -nels. The microme ter is con tin u ous ly adjust able for selectionof whole or frac tion al vol umes.

Denville’s XL3000i Multi-Chan nel Pi pettes are avail able in 8and 12 channel models. Four overlapping volume ranges areprovided to pre cise ly meet liquid han dling re quire mentsfrom 1.0 to 300 µl.

EASY-TURNvolume adjustmentwheel

DIGITALvolume display

ROTATINGMANIFOLDpipette andeject in anydirection

CURVEDEJECTORBARreduces theforce requiredfor tip ejection

INDIVIDUALPRECISIONPISTONS

ensure accuracyand

reproducibilitybetween

channels andpipetting series

ADJUST VOLUMEvia enlarged plungerbutton

SLIM HANDLEfor optimumcomfort

3

1

2

4

EJECTORBUTTON

two styles tomaximizeindividualcomfort

LIGHT WEIGHT

- up to 20%lighter thanmany similar

models

Cal i bra tion Tool

now included wit

h

every pipette

Tip Ejector Bar... removes used tipswith minimal force

2

4 4

Side holding style -large ejector button

for increased comfort

Conventional holdingstyle - standardejector button

Easy to read digital display

3

Individual channels

11


1-800-453-0385126

centrifuges;page 3




■ motorized piston drive

■ minimizes hand fatigue

■ exceptional accuracy

■ rechargeable li-ion battery

■ comfortable and user friendly

Denville’s XLE Electronic Pipette is fully motorized toeliminate the hand strain associated with repetitivepipetting. It is unexpectedly light and well-balanced, fitting naturally in either the left orright hand. Activation of the plungerrequires only a small, natural movement ofthe index finger while the tip ejectorslides easily with minimal effort fromthe thumb. Angled toward the user, thelarge LCD is clear and easy to read.

A microprocessor controls operationof the stepping motor whichaccurately and precisely drivesthe piston for aspiration anddispensing. The plunger positionis continuously monitored toensure that movement isexactly the same every time. The XLE is self calibrating.

Six operational modes expand the capabilities of theXLE beyond routine pipetting. The large screen andsimple interface allow users to easily select theappropriate operating parameters. The programmemory holds up to nine different sets of operatingparameters for future recall. In order to ensure properoperation of the XLE, the software includes a self-diagnosis program that constantly monitors theaccuracy of volume, battery status and the auto-calibration function.

The XLE is available in single and multichannelversions. Both have adjustable tip ejectors and shaftsdesigned to accept standard pipette tips. The lowerportion of all the XLE models is easily removed forautoclaving. The XLE is supplied complete with arechargeable Lithium-ion battery, a shelf clip andcharging adapter. The battery will hold its chargethrough 1,500 pipetting cycles. Recharging may beaccomplished in three hours without removing thebattery from the pipette - simply plug the unit into thecharging adapter. To ensure you always have a chargedunit, extra batteries and an external charger areavailable. Charging batteries in the external chargertakes 5 hours. An acrylic stand for holding threepipettes as well as additional shelf hangers are alsoavailable.

Supplied with shelf clip, batteryand standard charger (shown attop left). A separate charger(bottom right) is available as partof the E3917-2 charger set forkeeping spare batteries ready.

AUTO - Select the volume for automaticstandard and reverse pipeting.

AUTO + MIX - aspirate and dispense aselected volume followed by a mixing cycle

for quick serial dilutions.

MD - Select the volume and number ofaliquots to be dispensed for

multiple dispensing.

MIX - Aspirate and dispense a selectedvolume repeatedly to mix samples.

SD - Fill the tip and dispense differentvolumes for sequential dispensing.

SA - Aspirate different volumes with anair space in between and dispense all at

once for sequential aspiration.

SYS - Set system parameters such asaspirating and dispensing speed, audible

signals, tip ejection alarm and add orremove a blow out step.

Denville XLE Electronic Pipettes

ADJUSTABLEtip ejector

LIGHT WEIGHTand well balancedfor repetitivepipetting

MULTI-CHANNEL

MICROPROCESSORcontrols stepping motorfor accurate and preciseaspiration and dispensing

AUTOCLAVABLElower body is easilyremoved

7 OPERATIONAL MODES

LARGE LCDdisplay is clear and

easy to read

Cat. No. Volume Channels Increment Accuracy % Precision % Uses Tip Uses Filter Tip Price

P3980-10 0.5 to 10 µl 1 0.1 µl ±4 to 1.0 ±2.5 to 0.4 P1096 P1096-FR $395.00

P3980-20 2 to 20 µl 1 0.1 µl ±4 to 1.0 ±2.5 to 0.4 P2010-ES P1097-FR 395.00

P3980-200 10 to 200 µl 1 1 µl ±2.5 to 0.6 ±1 to 0.15 P3020 P1153 395.00

P3980-1000 100 to 1200 µl 1 1 µl ±3.5 to 0.5 ±0.6 to 0.15 P2111 P1126 395.00

P3981-10 0.5 to 10 µl 8 0.1 µl ±4 to 1.5 ±2.5 to 0.5 P1096 P1096-FR 695.00

P3981-20* 2 to 20 µl 8 0.1 µl ±4 to 1.0 ±2.5 to 0.3 P2010-ES P1097-FR 695.00

P3981-200 10 to 200 µl 8 1 µl ±3 to 0.6 ±1 to 0.15 P3020 P1153 695.00

P3981-1200 100 to 1200 µl 8 1 µl ±3 to 0.5 ±0.8 to 0.2 P2111 P1126 795.00

P3982-10 0.5 to 10 µl 12 0.1 µl ±4 to 1.5 ±2.5 to 0.5 P1096 P1096-FR 825.00

P3982-20* 2 to 20 µl 12 0.1 µl ±4 to 1.0 ±2.5 to 0.3 P2010-ES P1097-FR 825.00

P3982-200 10 to 200 µl 12 1 µl ±3 to 0.6 ±1 to 0.15 P3020 P1153 825.00

P3982-1200 100 to 1200 µl 12 1 µl ±3 to 0.5 ±0.8 to 0.2 P2111 P1126 825.00

P3900-2 Extra Li-ion battery 32.00

P3928-2 Shelf clip for one XLE pipette 7.50

P3935-2 Rotating carousel stand for 6 XLE pipettes 149.00

P3930 Acrylic stand for 3 single or Multichannel XLE pipettes 89.00


www.densci.com 127





12-well reservoirsee page 144

2 x 3 microplatesswing-outcentrifuge rotorsee page 15

8-channeldisposable pipettessee page 145

96-well racked tubessee page 83 and page 153

Reagent Reservoirssee page 144

Racked tips for 8- and 12- channel pipettorssee pages 128-133

8- and 12-channelpipettorssee page 125

175 ml with lid

175 ml

50 ml

25 mlDeep Well Plates, 96 x 0.5 mlsee pages 150-151


1-800-453-0385128

centrifuges;page 3




Acrylic Pipette Rack■ For most popular pipettor brands

This sturdy rack accepts most popular pipettor brands, allowing up to 6 units of various types to be organizedin a single rack.

Pipette Racks (fit most pipette brands)

Two different configurations to accept nearly all popular pipettors. Both hold 10 pipettors. The two tiered unit(P0884) is for Finnpipette, Eppendorf, Socorex and Volac. No. P0883 is specifically for Pipetman, OxfordBenchmate and Denville XL3000.

P0884

P0883

A2935

P3988

P3989


A2935 Acrylic rack for up to 6 pipettors $57.00


P3989 Organizing stand for 6 pipettes in linear array, white $87.75

epoxy coated aluminum

P3988 Organizing stand for 6 pipettes, rotating carousel on 102.00

heavyweight, stable base

Pipette Support Racks■ For denville Xl3000i, Pipetman®, labpette, and others

One Tip, Perfect FitIdeal for single andmultichannel pipettors

MultiGrip™ pipette tips from Denville Scientific are the best tips for multichannel pipettors. This revolutionary tipis manufactured from two different resins which requires only 1/10 the sealing pressure of other leading pipettetips and reduces wear on pipettors. The soft seal offers a more universal fit, which standardizes most popularmultichannel pipettors on one line of tips. MultiGrip™… The Multichannel Solution!


P3131-F MultiGrip™ 10 µl Barrier Tips, racked & sterile, 960 $85.50

P3131-S MultiGrip™ 10 µl Tips, racked & sterile, 960 53.50

P3133-F MultiGrip™ 200 µl Barrier Tips, racked & sterile, 960 85.50


P3134-F MultiGrip™ 1000 µl Barrier Tips, racked & sterile, 576 85.50


Note: MultiGrip™ tips do not fit on LTS pipettors

■ requires only 1/10 sealingpressure of other tips

■ Universal Fit on mostmultichannel pipettors

■ certified rnase/dnase,pyrogen free

■ racked & sterile


P0883 Rack for up to 10 Pipetman type pipettors $92.00

P0884 Rack, two tiered, for various pipettor brands 99.00


www.densci.com 129





Proof that Denville’s low re ten tion poly mer makes a

significant dif fer ence!

Denville’s Low Retentiontip after dispensing 200 µlof 6x loading buffer

Leading Competitor’s tipafter dispensing 200 µl of6x loading buffer

Low Retention PipetteTipsfor XL3000i, Pipetman® and other leading pipettors

■ low retention polymer technology

■ Universal fit tips

■ clear, metal free


■ longer Xl-10 µl and 1000 µl tips reach bottoms of tubes

These tips are the latest in low retention polymer technology and come to an extra fine pointat the dispensing orifice, minimizing inaccuracies caused by surface adhesion and dropletretention. Their universal fit sealing ring design forms a superior seal on abroad range of pipette brands, including hard-to-fit P-20 pipettes. The1000 µl size are larger and more finely tapered (comparedto traditional tips), allowing them to reach bottoms of12 x 75 mm culture tubes, 0.5 ml tubes and even 0.2 mlPCR tubes. The new 300 µl size is intended for variousbrands of multi-channel pipettes, but is also ideal for P100& P200 pipettes, whenever extended reach is desired. Allsizes are clear and metal free.

All tips are shown at actual size

10 µl XL10 µl 200 µl 300 µl 1000 µl 1250 µl

Cat. No. Packaging Qty. Price

10 µl Extra Long (fits P-2, P-10)

P1096 XL-10, 10 µl, bulk packaging 1000 $21.90

P1096-CP XL-10, 10 µl, in hinged racks of 96 960 32.50

P1096-CPS XL-10, 10 µl, hinged racks, sterile 960 39.00

10 µl (fits P-2, P-10)

P1060 10 µl, bulk packaging 1000 18.50

P1060-CP 10 µl, in hinged racks of 96 960 29.90

P1060-CPS 10 µl, hinged racks, sterile 960 35.00

200 µl (fits P-20, P-100, P-200)


P3020-CP 200 µl, in hinged racks of 96 960 29.90

P3020-CPS 200 µl, in hinged racks, sterile 960 35.00

300 µl (fits multi-channels, also P-100, P-200)

P3300-CP 300 µl, in racks of 96 960 35.00

P3300-CPS 300 µl, in racks of 96, sterile 960 39.50

1000 µl (fits P-1000)


P2106 1000 µl, in 12 hinged racks of 70 840 32.90

P2108 1000 µl, in hinged racks, sterile 840 37.90

1250 µl (fits P-1000 and Eppendorf® 1000)

P2111 1250 µl, in 6 hinged racks of 96 576 23.00

P2112 1250 µl, in 6 hinged racks of 96, sterile 576 24.50

PipetteTips

1-800-453-0385130

centrifuges;page 3




Stack Rack 200™ PipetteTips■ research quality 200 µl pipette tips


These tips fit Pipetman, XL3000i, and other leading pipettes. They are similar to our standard 200 µl tips, butsupplied in autoclavable, space saving packaging preferred by many high volume labo ra to ries. The racks(20 rows of 10 tips) have a slip top cover.


P4009 Yellow tips, 20 x 10 rack configuration, graduated 1000 31.00

P4019 Natural tips, 20 x 10 rack configuration, graduated 1000 31.00P4009

P4019

tip transfer system

Preloaded with 10 µl and 200 µlLow Retention, Universal Fit Pipette Tips

improved accuracy … easy Refill System

Easy to Load ■ Simply place inserts into rack

■ Snaps in securely

Less Plastic Waste■ recyclable packaging

■ Saves storage space

Durable Rack ■ extremely stable ■ Fully autoclavable


P2200 10 µl EZ Rack Inserts (10 inserts of 96 per pack) 960 $22.50

P2200-CP 10 µl EZ Racked Tips, non-sterile (10 racks of 96 per pack) 960 29.90

P2200-CPS 10 µl EZ Racked Tips, sterile (10 racks of 96 per pack) - preloaded 960 35.00

P2201 200 µl Universal fit EZ Rack tip Inserts (10 inserts of 96 per pack) 960 22.50

P2201-CP 200 µl EZ Racked Tips, non-sterile (10 racks of 96 per pack) 960 29.90

P2201-CPS 200 µl EZ Racked Tips, sterile (10 racks of 96 per pack) - preloaded 960 35.00

P2201-HR Universal Empty Racks for 10 µl and 200 µl 10 14.50

P2202 1250 µl EZ Rack™ PIpet Tip Inserts, graduated (8 inserts of 96 per pack) 768 25.90

P2202-CP 1250 µl EZ Racked Tips, non-sterile, graduated (8 racks of 96 per pack) 768 34.50

P2202-CPS 1250 µl EZ Racked Tips, sterile, graduated (8 racks of 96 per pack) 768 37.50

P2202-HR Universal Empty Racks for 1250 µl 8 15.80

Environmentally Friendly Packaging

Denville’s EZ Rack System is simple to use and guarantees a stable, secure fit into the durable, autoclavableracks. Plastic waste is significantly reduced, without any compromise in convenience, quality or rack stability.A unique lock down design eliminates poorly seated refills and accidental flip over. Our proprietary hydrophobicsurface technology reduces unwanted sample retention to negligible levels. EZ Racks are also available pre-racked (cat. nos. ending in “-CP” and “-CPS”) for those who prefer complete rack units or presterilized tips.

www.densci.com 131





Pipette TipsStandard tips for most popular pipettes

including Pipetman® and Denville XL3000i

10 µl 10 µl 200 µl 1000 µlshort long(32 mm) (46 mm)


10 µl max. volume, short-type (all Easy Stacks have 2 stacks of 5 racks w/base & cover)

P2010-EA Easy Stack tips, natural color, 10 µl, short, non-graduated 960 $24.50

10 µl max. volume, long-type (all Easy Stacks have 2 stacks of 5 racks w/base & cover)

P2010-ES Easy Stack tips, natural color, 10 µl, long, non-graduated 960 25.00

P2010-ST Same, but each rack is shrink-wrapped and sterilized 960 28.00

200 µl max. volume (all Easy Stacks have 2 stacks of 5 racks w/base & cover)

P2002-ES Easy Stack tips, yellow color, 200 µl, non-graduated 960 23.60

P2002-ST Same, but each stack is shrink wrapped and sterilized 960 26.90

P2003-ES Easy Stack tips, natural color, 200 µl, non-graduated 960 23.60

P2003-ST Same, but each stack is shrink wrapped and sterilized 960 26.90

P2003-G Easy Stack tips, natural color, 200 µl, graduated 960 23.60

P2003-GS Same, but each stack is shrink wrapped and sterilized 960 26.90

1000 µl max. volume (all Easy Stacks have 2 stacks of 5 racks w/base & cover)

P4021-R* Easy Stack tips, blue 1000 µl 1000 29.50

*Easy Stack blue tips are not bevelled

Easy Stack™ PipetteTipsfor use with Pipetman®, Denville XL3000i and other brands

■ autoclavable racks made of 100%recycled plastic

■ reduces plastic waste 48%

■ cuts shipping costs 40%

■ advanced rack for improvedstability

Easy Stack packaging puts our standard bevelled tips inconvenient, environment conscious packaging, saving spaceand reducing plastic waste by 48%. They are RNase andDNase free. Each stack is secured with tape that indicates ifit has been autoclaved.

•Pre-taped foreasy autoclaving

•RNase &DNase free

As stable

and convenient

as

regular racked

tips

As space -

efficient as

Reloads

Pipette Tips

1-800-453-0385132

centrifuges;page 3





P2102 10 µl Natural tips in preloaded carriers, with one free rack 960 $22.90

P2102-NB 10 µl Natural tips in preloaded carriers, without free rack 960 22.90

P2101-W10 Empty rack for above 10 µl tips (P2102) 1 1.90

P2104 10 µl extra long (45 mm) tips in preloaded carriers 960 22.90

P2101-N 200 µl Natural tips in preloaded carriers, with one free rack 960 22.90

P2101-NB 200 µl Natural tips in preloaded carriers, without free rack 960 22.90

P2101-Y 200 µl Yellow tips in preloaded carriers 960 22.90

P2101-HR Empty hinged lid rack for above 200 µl tips 1 1.90

P2103-N 1000 µl Natural tips in preloaded carriers 840 25.90

P2103-BR Empty hinged rack for above 1000 µl tips 1 1.95

P2109 1250 µl Natural tips in preloaded carriers 576 19.50

P2109-HR Empty hinged rack for above 1250 µl tips 1 1.95

Woodpecker™ Reloadsthe Denville Rack Refill System

Denville’s Woodpecker Reloads eliminate 75% of plastic waste, without sacrificing con ve nience, quality or rackstability. These tips consume only 33% of the storage space that is required by standard racked tips. Preloaded,96 place tip carriers require seconds to remove or install in Denville’s existing racks. Our Woodpecker Reloads havea unique lock down design that is compatible with our Denville racks. No more of the frustrations of flippingyour tips out of the rack. Denville’s new hydrophobic surface technology will dramatically reduce the sampleretention most commonly found in standard pipette tips. More precise than standard tips, especially whenpipetting viscous material. These universal, clear, metal free tips are RNase and DNase free.

Each pack contains 10 preloaded tip carriers (96 tips in each carrier) for 10 µl, and 200 µl sizes. The 1000 µl sizecontains 12 preloaded tip carriers (70 tips in each carrier). The 1250 µl size consists of 6 preloaded carriers (96tips in each carrier). Clear, simple instructions are printed on each pack.

1. Place the transfer device into the first deck of tips. Apply pressure inside the tabs of the transfer device to lock it onto the deck of tips.

2. Hold the lower portion of the transfer device tabs with your thumb and third finger and remove the deck from the box.

3. Align the first row of tips into an empty rack. Insert the remaining tips into the rack and release.

4. Press on the short ends of the transfer device to lock the leaflet onto the rack.

5. Squeeze inward on the top portion of the transfer device tabs to release the deck of tips and lift the transfer device out of the tips. Tips are now ready to be autoclaved or to be used.

Woodpecker Reload System

10 µl XL10 µl 200 µl 1000 µl 1250 µl

■ Packaging eliminates 75% ofplastic waste

■ Sample retention minimized

■ refill all 96 tips in seconds

■ available in 10 µl, 200 µl, 1000and 1250 µl sizes

■ rnase and dnase free

www.densci.com 133





Cat. No. Description Volume Packaging Price

P1120 Standard Length for P-2 & P-10 10 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) $85.00

P1096-FR Extra Long for P-2 & P-10 10 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 85.00

P1151 For Eppendorf® ultra-micro only 10 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 85.00

P1121 For P-20 20 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 85.00

P1125 For P-100 100 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 85.00

P1122 For P-200 200 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 85.00

P1124 For multichannels and P200 300 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 85.00

P1123 For P-1000 1000 µl 840 (12 racks of 70) 85.00

P1126 For P-1000 and Eppendorf® 1000 1250 µl 576 (6 racks of 96) 49.50

Also available: Over 20 types of filter tips to fit pipettors of various sizes and manufacturers. Please seeAerosol Filter PipetteTips on page 137.

Precision Barrier Tips

SHARP precision barrier tips eliminate false signals and cross contamination caused by aerosols. SHARP tipsfeature Denville’s new low retention polymer technology that virtually eliminates sample retention. Our inerthydrophobic barrier prevents pipettor contamination without trapping liquid or contaminating samples. Thesetips provide the most accurate sample delivery in the industry. They contain no nucleic acids, PCR inhibitors,detectable nucleases or endotoxins. All sizes are natural color, presterilized and free of metallic content.

Denville Tip afterdispensing 200 µl of6x loading buffer

Leading Competitor’stip after dispensing200 µl of 6x loadingbuffer

■ eliminates cross-contamination

■ Sample retention minimized

■ certified rnase/dnase, pyrogenfree

■ racks are shrink wrapped andsterilized

■ Fit Pipetman®, Xl3000i and otherleading pipettors

10 µlExtra Long

200 µlUltra Clear

300 µlExtra Long

1000 µlExtra Long

1250 µlMax Reach

All tips are shown atactual size



Pipette Tips

1-800-453-0385134

centrifuges;page 3




Extra Long Ultra-Micro Tips ■ Fit P-2 and P-10 pipettes

■ reach bottoms of 1.5 ml tubes


These new tips have been designed to eliminate the unwanted carry-over that often contaminates pipetteshafts and ejectors. They are long enough to reach bottoms of microcentrifuge tubes without exposing pipettorshafts or ejectors to the inside of the tube.

Extra Long Pipette Tips ■ Fit 20, 100, 200 µl pipettes

These tips are designed to replace standard yellow tips and to make hard to reach places accessible. They are90 mm long and less than 4 mm diameter (at the neck). The rigid area above the neck is the same diameter asstandard tips. Although generally used for volumes under 200 µl, they will dispense 300 µl, using certain specialpurpose pipettes with 250 µl or 300 µl maximum setting. Economically priced for everyday use.

Microcapillary Pipette TipsFor Pipetman

®

, Denville XL3000i and Other Leading Pipettors

■ "Unifit" design provides tight seal

■ complete visibility of sub-microliter volumes

■ For use with 20, 100 and 200 µl Pipettes

Developed to enhance accuracy in the critical 0 to 20 µl range, their long length and narrow width provideeasy access to small orifices. The extension portion of the 83 mm tips feature a narrow bore microcapillary withparallel walls re sem bling a glass capillary, but with the added advantage of flexibility and a bevelled orifice fortotal sample recovery. All 83 mm tips are 200 µl capacity and graduated at 5 µl.


P1096 XL-10 tip, 10 µl capacity, bagged 1000 $21.90

P1096-CP XL-10 tips, in 10 hinged racks of 96 960 32.50

P1096-CPS Same, racks of 96, sterile 960 39.00

P1096-FR Same, but filtered and sterile 960 85.00


P1170 Tip, 300 µl, for Pipetman, etc., nat., bulk pack 1000 $35.00

P1170-R Tip, 300 µl, for Pipetman, etc., nat., 8 racks of 204 1632 105.00

P1179 Same, but filtered, for 200 µl max. vol. 1632 193.00

Cat. No. Packaging Qty./Unit Price/Unit

Round Orifice, 69 mm x 1.1 mm diam. (Fits 1.2 mm openings)

P3105 Bulk 1000 $37.50

P3107 Rack of 200* 1000 55.00

P3109 Rack of 200*, sterile 1000 67.00

Cat. No. Packaging Price: rack of 200 Cs./4 racks (800)


P3080 Rack of 200 $22.50 $80.00

P3081 Rack of 200, sterile 24.50 88.00

Flat Orifice, 83 mm x 0.33 mm diam. (Fits 0.4 mm openings)

P3082 Rack of 200 $44.50 $156.00

P3083 Rack of 200, sterile 46.60 164.00

UltraFlat Orifice, 83 mm x 0.17 mm diam. (Fits 0.2 mm openings)

P3087 Rack of 200 $62.00 $224.00

P3088 Rack of 200, sterile 72.50 266.00

*Also available on special order in hinged racks of 96 tips.

P3080P3105P3082P3087

(front view)

P3082P3087

(side view)

Shown actual size.

also available...

filtered

Reachesthe bottom of 1.5 mltubes.

www.densci.com 135






P3202 UGL tip in bulk package 1000 $37.00

P3202-RS Racks of 204 tips, sterilized 1020 53.00

P1171 Filter tips in racks, sterilized 1020 107.00

Microcapillary Tips for P-2 and P-10 ■ Fit into 0.75 mm diameter openings

■ Flexible microcapillary

■ economical

Denville microcapillary tips fit Pipetman, Biohit, Oxford and Denville ultramicro (2 µl to10 µl) pipettors. Themicrocapillary ends are flexible, allowing access into narrow and hard to reach places.

Microcapillary Tips for P-2 and P-10 ■ Flexible capillary extension

■ round or flattened capillary

Macro Tips for 5 ml and 10 ml Pipettes■ autoclavable rack packaging

■ Graduations on 5 ml tip

Supplied in bulk or convenient new autoclavable rack packaging. The 5 ml size fits Pipetman P-5000,Denville XL3000i plus Oxford, Volac, Wheaton and other macro pipettes. The racks are totally enclosedwith a snug fitting cover to facilitate au to clav ing and to maintain sterility.

Cat. No. Description Rack of 200 Case of 800

P3210 Round end capillary tips, fits in 0.7 mm openings $21.00 $72.00

P3211 Same, but shrink wrapped and sterilized 23.00 84.00

P3212 Flat end capillary tips, fits in 0.4 mm openings 44.00 144.00


P3214 Flat end capillary tips, fits in 0.2 mm openings 56.00 206.50


Cat. No. Description Qty Price

P2285 Tip, 5 ml for P-5000, bulk package 500 $35.00

P2286 Tip, 5 ml, racks of 50, 10 racks 500 51.00

P2287 Same as above, but presterilized 500 59.00

P2281 Tip, 10 ml, for P-10ML, bulk 200 39.00

P2283 Tip, 10 ml, racks of 25, 10 racks, sterile 250 79.00

Shownactualsize.

P3210P3212P3214

Shownactualsize.

Autoclavable

Racks


P1105 Tip, 200 µl max., natural, bulk pack 1000 $26.00

P1155 Same as above, but filtered 960 103.00

P1107 Tip, 1000 µl max., natural, bulk pack 1000 30.50

P1107-CPS Tip, 1000 µl max., natural, sterile, 10 racks of 100 1000 50.00

Wide Orifice "Aardvark" Pipette Tips■ rnase and dnase free

■ Useful for larger dna samples / viscous liquids

These tips feature a large orifice (1.5 mm ID) for transfer of fragile cellular samples such as macrophages,hybridomas, hepatocytes, etc. When these samples are forced through the orifice of conventional tips, they are subjected toshearing forces that can cause "transfer trauma", often resulting in decreased plating capability and com pro mised cell viability.

These tips will fit all leading brands of pipettors that utilize standard yellow (200 µl) or blue (1000 µl) tips. Suitable for use withmost multi-channel pipettors. "Clave-Pack" rack packaging format for effortless loading and autoclaving.

now available...

filtered



Pipette Tips

1-800-453-0385136

centrifuges;page 3




Tips for Eppendorf ® Pipettes■ designed for precise fit and seal

■ economically priced

■ rnase, dnase free

2.5 µl

10 µl200 µl

300 µl

1000 µl

5 ml

Shown atactual size.

Microcapillary Pipette Tips for Eppendorf

®

Pipettes

■ access to narrow tubes, sequencers, gels, etc.


These small volume pipette tips were designed for use with Eppendorf and Oxford Benchmate ultra-micro (10µl) pipettors. Also fits some 20 µl pipettors. Maximum volume is 20 µl.



P3111 Rack of 200 $44.00 $180.55

P3113 Rack of 200, sterile 49.00 210.85



P3090 Rack of 200 $22.50 $80.00

P3091 Rack of 200, sterile 24.50 88.00

Flat Orifice, 79 mm x 0.33 mm diam. (Fits 0.4 mm openings)

P3092 Rack of 200 $44.50 $156.00

P3093 Rack of 200, sterile 46.60 164.00

UltraFlat Orifice, 79 mm x 0.17 mm diam. (Fits 0.2 mm openings)

P3097 Rack of 200 $62.00 $224.00

P3098 Rack of 200, sterile 72.50 266.00

P3111 P3090

P3092P3097

(front view)

P3092P3097

(side view)

Cat. No. Max. Volume Color Packaging Qty/Unit Price/Unit

P3119 2.5 µl nat. bulk 1000 $29.50

P3119-CP 2.5 µl nat. 10 racks of 96 960 41.00

P3085 20 µl nat. bulk 1000 20.90

P3085-R 20 µl nat. 10 racks of 96 960 32.00

P3085-RS 20 µl nat. 10 racks of 96, sterile 960 38.50

P3069 200 µl yellow bulk 1000 25.00

P3069-CP 200 µl yellow 10 racks of 96 960 36.00

P1110 300 µl nat. bulk 10,000 215.00

P1110-CP 300 µl nat. 10 racks of 96 960 37.00

P1110-CPS 300 µl nat. 10 racks, sterile 960 41.50

P3067 1000 µl blue bulk 1000 26.50

P3067-CP 1000 µl blue 10 racks of 100 1000 42.90

P3067-CPS 1000 µl blue 10 racks, sterile 1000 48.00

P2289 5 ml nat. bulk 500 48.00

Shown atapprox. 75%of actual size.

Pipette Tips

www.densci.com 137





Aerosol Filter Tips■ Hydrophobic barrier prevents cross contamination

■ Sterile and rnase free

■ racks are shrink wrapped

P1151

P1149

P1144

P1147-1000

P1151-20

P1145

All tips areshown atactual size

P1971

P1972

P1973

P1975

Tips for Genex, Biohit™ and

Sealpette™ PipettesCat. No. Max. Vol. Type Packaging Notes* Qty. Price

P1095-CP 10 µl A 96 tips per rack 960 31.00

P1095-CPS 10 µl A same, sterile 960 37.00

P1150 10 µl A same, filtered, sterile 960 85.00

P1110-CP 300 µl B 96 tips per rack 960 37.00

P1110-CPS 300 µl B same, sterile 960 41.50

P1145 200 µl B same, filtered, sterile 1 960 96.00

P1145-100 100 µl B same, filtered, sterile 2 960 96.00

P3067-CP 1000 µl C 100 tips per rack 1000 42.90

P3067-CPS 1000 µl C same, sterile 1000 48.00

P1147-1000 1000 µl C same, filtered, sterile 3 1000 92.00

P1340 1200 µl D bulk 1000 29.50

P1340-R 1200 µl D 96 tips per rack 960 58.00

P1340-F 1200 µl D same, filtered, sterile 960 99.00

P2289 5000 µl E bulk 500 48.00

A

B

C

D

■ accommodate all pipette sizes

■ regular and filtered tips at realistic prices

All these tips are shown at 75% of actual size

All these tips are shown at 75% of actual size

* Notes regarding filter tip compatibility:1. Fits 200 µl, 250 µl, and 300 µl (max. vol.) pipettes.2. Fits 50 µl and 100 µl (max. vol.) pipettes.3. Fits 50 to 1000 µl electronic single channel, 200 to 1000 µl manual single channel and Eppendorf® 1000 µl pipettes.

Liquid Level Sensing Tips■ carbon black conductive polypropylene

■ For tecan and other robotic systems

Conductive material assists automated liquid handling systems in detecting the presence or absence ofsufficient liquid. Packed in heavy duty racks, shrink wrapped and sterilized.

Cat. No. Max. Volume Fits Qty.Price Price

P1971-BRS 20 µl Tecan 50 racks of 96 $431.00

P1972-BRS 50 µl Tecan 50 racks of 96 431.00



Cat. No. Description Max. Volume Qty/packaging Price

P1151 For Epp. 10 µl Reference Ultramicro 10 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) $85.00

P1151-A Non-sterile, autoclavable 10 µl 1000 (bag of 1000) 64.00

P1151-20 For Epp. 20 µl Research Ultramicro 20 µl 1000 (10 racks of 100) 85.50

P1149 For Epp. 2.5 µl Ultramicro 2.5 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 96.00

P1144 For Epp. 100 µl Reference 100 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 85.50

P1145 For Epp. 200 µl Research 200 µl 960 (10 racks of 96) 96.00

P1147-1000 For Epp. 1000 µl, all styles 1000 µl 1000 (10 racks of 100) 92.00

Pipette Tips

1-800-453-0385138

centrifuges;page 3




Pipette Tips for All Leading Pipettors

Biohit Proline™... See Genex Tips, page 131Cetus Pro/Pette® ...See Pro/Pette, page 133

Eppendorf®, see page 130

Beckman Biomek®

Matrix™

Costar®

Octapette®

Beckman Biomek® FX/Multimek

Genex™... See Genex Tips, page 131Gilson Pipetman®, see pages 123 to 129Jencons Sealpette™... See Genex Tips, page 131Labpette™... See Standard Tips, pages 123 to 129

Finnpipette®,Titertek

®

and

SMI®

Airpetter

a

c

e

k

l

m

n

o

p

Cat. No. Photo Key Color, Capacity, etc. Qty./Unit PriceBeckman Biomek® 1000/2000P3201-CPS a 250 µl, 6.5 x 51.3 mm, sterile, 96/rack 5x960 $179.00P3201-F a Same, but filtered at 170 µl, 96/rack 960 79.00P3203-CPS r 20 µl, 6.5 x 38 mm, sterile, 96/rack 5x960 179.00P3203-F r Same, but filtered at 20 µl, 96/rack 960 79.00Beckman Biomek® FX/MultimekP3207-CP r 20 µl, 6.5 x 38 mm, 96/rack 5x960 169.00P3207-CPS r As above, sterile, 96/rack 5x960 179.00P3207-F r Same, but filtered at 20 µl, 96/rack 960 79.00P3208-CP a 250 µl, 6.5 x 51.3 mm, 96/rack 5x960 169.00P3208-CPS a As above, sterile, 96/rack 5x960 179.00P3208-F a Same, but filtered at 170 µl, 96/rack 960 79.00Costar® Octapette® and 12-PetteP3020 m Nat., 200 µl cap., 7.5 x 50 mm 1000 18.50P3020-CP m As above, in racks of 96 960 29.90

Finnpipette®, Titertek®, and SMI® AirPettorP1326 c Natural, 250 µl, 7.5 x 54 mm 1000 26.00P1326-CP c As above, in racks of 96 960 42.50P1326-CPS c Same, shrink wrapped, sterile 960 50.00P1329-CP x Natural, 300 µl, in racks of 96 960 43.00P1329-CPS x Same, shrink wrapped, sterile 960 50.00P2295 p Natural, 5000 µl, 11.5 x 148 mm 500 46.50

Matrix™

P1081 z Natural, 25 µl, 7 x 46 mm, in autoclavable racks of 96 960 37.50P1329 x Natural, 250/300 µl, 7.1 x 59 mm 1000 26.50P1329-CP x Same, in autoclavable racks of 96 960 43.00P1329-CPS x Same, shrink wrapped, sterile 960 50.00P1330-CP u Natural, 1250ul, 8.8 x 79 mm, racks of 96 960 49.00

Oxford® Benchmate™

P3085 y Nat., ultra-micro, 10 µl, 7 x 46 mm 1000 20.90P3085-R y Same in autoclav. racks of 96 960 32.00P3085-RS y Same, shrink wrapped, sterile 1000 38.50P4101 n Yellow, 200 µl, 7.9 x 50 mm 1000 17.90P4105 n As above, in autoclavable racks of 96 960 29.50P4107 n As above, shrink wrapped, sterile 960 37.50P3060 e Blue, 1000 µl, 9.8 x 70 mm 1000 23.00P3060-R e Same, in autoclavable racks of 100 1000 33.00P4028 e Same, shrink wrapped, sterile 1000 42.00P2291 l Natural, 5000 µl, 14.6 x 116 mm 500 31.00Cat. No. Photo Key Color, Capacity, etc. Qty./Unit Price

Oxford® Benchmate™,Nichiryo

www.densci.com 139





Pipette Tips for All Leading Pipettors

Pro/Pette by CetusP3250 n.a. Natural, 200 µl, 5 pks. of 960 4800 301.00P3251 n.a. As above, sterile, 5 pks. of 960 4800 344.00

Titertek®

P1325 o Natural, 200 µl, 7.5 x 47 mm 1000 24.00P1325-CP o As above, in autoclavable racks of 96 960 39.90P1325-CPS o As above, shrink wrapped, sterilized 960 44.00P1326 c Natural, 250 µl, 7.5 x 54 mm 1000 26.00P1326-CP c As above, in autoclavable racks of 96 960 42.50P1326-CPS c As above, shrink wrapped, sterilized 960 50.00P1329-CP x Natural, 300 µl, in racks of 96 960 43.00P1329-CPS x As above, shrink wrapped, sterilized 960 50.00

Wheaton® (Socorex, VWR, Fisher/Wheaton)P3085 y Natural, ultra-micro, 10 µl, 6.8 x 46 mm 1000 $20.90P3085-R y As above in autoclavable racks of 96 960 32.00P3085-RS y As above, shrink wrapped, sterilized 1000 38.50P4101 n Yellow, 200 µl, 7.9 x 50 mm 1000 17.90P4105 n As above, in autoclavable racks of 96 960 29.50P4107 n As above, shrink wrapped, sterile 960 37.50P3060 e Blue, 1000 µl, 9.8 x 70 mm 1000 23.00P3060-R e As above, in 10 autoclavable racks of 100 1000 33.00P4028 e As above, shrink wrapped, sterilized 1000 42.00P2291 l Natural, 5000 µl, 14.6 x 116 mm 500 31.00

Zymark®

P3204-CP* s Tip, 100 µl capacity, racks of 96 960 48.00P3204-CPS s Same as above, but sterile 960 64.00P3204-F s Same as above, but filtered, sterile 960 112.00P3200-CP* v Tip, 200 µl capacity, racks of 96 960 45.00P3200-CPS v Same as above, but sterile 960 48.00P3200-F v Same as above, but filtered, sterile 960 112.00*Also available in SlipTech™ low binding polypropylene - please inquire.

Ulster V-3™... See Standard Tips, pages 123 to 129

Pro/Pette by Cetus

Titertek®

Wheaton®

Zymark®

rs

u v

x

y

z

Pipette Tipsfor various pipetting instruments

Pipette Tips

1-800-453-0385140

centrifuges;page 3




1-800-453-0385

Aerosol Filter Pipette Tips■ Hydrophobic barrier prevents cross contamination

■ Gamma sterilized dnase and rnase free*

■ racks are shrink wrapped

*Bulk tips (catalog numbers ending in "A") are completely autoclavable, supplied in bags without racks and areRNase free, but are not presterilized. Individually wrapped tips (cat. nos. ending in “S”) do not come with racks.All other cat. nos. are supplied in shrink wrapped sterile racks.


■ max. volume: 10 µl

■ Fits eppendorf®, Benchmate, labpette (10 µl)

P1151 96 tips per rack, sterile 960 $85.00

P1151-A Autoclavable, packed in bags, nonsterile 1000 64.00


■ Fits denville, Pipetman® (P-2, P-10), Biohit electronic (10 µl)




■ Fits denville, Pipetman® (P-2, P-10), Biohit (10 µl), others



■ Fits denville, Pipetman® , labpette (20, 100 µl) and others




■ Fits denville (100 µl), Benchmate, Biohit (50 µl), Finn, titertek (40 µl, 50 µl)



■ Fits Pipetman® P-100, Wheaton, Socorex, VWr (100 µl, 200 µl)


■ Universal for P-20, P-100, P-200, (max vol: 200 µl), others

■ Fits denville, Pipetman® and many others



■ Fits Biohit, eppendorf™ (100 µl), transpette, Finnpipette, Benchmate, Pipetman®, Socorex, titertek (200 µl)


■ max. volume 100 µl

■ Fits eppendorf™(100 µl), Finnpipette (40 µl), Benchmate, denville (200 µl)


Fits P-20, P-100, P-200

fits P2 & P10

fits P20

Tips are shownat actual size

www.densci.com 141





fits P200

Aerosol Filter Pipette Tips (continued)



■ denville, Pipetman®, labpette (P100, P200) and various others



■ Fits Pipetman®, Benchmate, Finnpipette (200 µl)




■ Fits denville, Pipetman®, labpette, (P100, P200), Socorex

and various others, 90 mm total length



■ Fits Biohit (250 µl)


■ max. volume: 200 µl - Wide orifice

■ Fits Pipetman® (P200), various others



■ Fits titertek (300 µl), Pipetman®, labpette, denville, Socorex, (200 µl)

P1146 96 tips per rack,sterile 960 $85.00



■ Fits, eppendorf®, Biohit, titertek

P1147-1000 100 tips/rack, sterile for 1000 µl pipettes 1000 $92.00


■ Fits denville, Pipetman®, labpette, Biohit (1000 µl)

also fits Socorex, Wheaton and VWr


P1154-S Individ. wrapped tips, sterile bag/500 96.50

Shown at 80% actual size



Pipette Tipsfor various pipetting instruments

fits P1000


1-800-453-0385142

centrifuges;page 3




Dimensions Bulb Draw (ml)/ NonSter. NonSter. Sterile Sterile

(mm) Capacity (ml) Cat. No Qty. Price Cat. No. Qty. Price

(a) 5.0 x 104 1.0/1.5 P7231 400 $35.00 P7231-S 400 $69.00

(b) 5.0 x 144 3.5/5.0 P7232 500 39.00 P7232-S 400 89.00

(c) 7.0 x 156 2.0/5.0 P7274 500 28.00 P7274-S 500 65.00

(e) 5.0 x 138 2.0/3.0 P7212 500 19.90 N.A. N.A. N.A.

(f) 3.0 x 114 0.8/1.5 P7282 500 26.00 N.A. N.A. N.A.

(h) 7.8 x 150 3.5/7.0 P7202 500 29.00 N.A. N.A. N.A.

(i) 2.5 x 150 3.5/4.0 P7251 500 27.00 N.A. N.A. N.A.

(j) 7.0 x 155 2.4/5.0 P7336 500 33.00 N.A. N.A. N.A.

(k) 5.0 x 150 3.5/5.0 P7222 500 25.00 P7222-S 500 50.00

(l) 6.3 x 150 4.3/8.0 P7234 400 49.00 N.A. N.A. N.A.

(m) 5.0 x 230 2.0/6.0 P7262 400 29.00 N.A. N.A. N.A.

Transfer Pipettes■ one piece polyethylene

■ Sterile (individually wrapped) or nonsterile

Dimensions listed are max. diameter (excluding bulb) x total length. Nos. P-7212, P-7222, P-7274, andP-7282 are graduated. Listed in photo se quence, left to right.

a

b c

de

fg

hi

j

k

lm

SafePette™ Serological Pipettes■ Prevents Pipet aid contamination

■ Individually wrapped and sterile

■ accuracy within ± 2%

■ easy to open package

■ Generous negative graduations

■ Pyrogen free

The Denville SafePette™ disposable serological pipettes are ideal for tissue culture applications. Crisp, black,highly legible permanent graduations prevent ambiguity and guarantee precise reading and accuratedispensing within ± 2%. Reverse graduations show volume removed or remaining on all pipettes larger than 1ml. Generous negative graduations provide additional pipetting volume. SafePette™ pipettes are made fromtransparent medical grade polystyrene sterilized by gamma irradiation. Each lot istested for endotoxins (C.5 Eu/ml) (ISO T0993-11), cytotoxicity (ISO10993-5) and are guaranteed non-hemolytic (ISO10993-4).Multipacks are sterile, color-coded bags of 25pipettes.

Cat. No. Volume Length Qty./Pkg Price

P7131 1 ml Standard 500 $89.00

P7132 2 ml Standard 500 99.00

P7133 5 ml Standard 250 69.00

P7134 10 ml Standard 200 69.00

P7135 25 ml Standard 100 99.00

P7137 50 ml Standard 100 149.50





www.densci.com 143





FastPette™ Cordless Pipet Controller■ High / low speed selection

■ 8 hours continuous operation

■ comfortable - smooth and lightweight

■ reliable and durable

This rechargeable controller is ergonomic and lightweight [less than 8 oz. (220 g)]. Its inner mechanism isprotected from overfilling by both a disposable filter and a safety valve, virtually eliminating any possibility ofinternal contamination.

The powerful, eco-friendly NiMH battery allows up to 8 hours of continuous use and a low battery light indicateswhen it’s time for a charge. (It can be used during charging.) Fastpette allows the user to select HIGH or LOWpipetting speed (HIGH fills a 25 ml pipette in less than 4 seconds). In addition, you can adjust the suction by howhard you press on the trigger button. Dispensing can be enhanced by the built in pump (BLOW) or simply bygravity (GRAV).

Fastpette has an autoclavable nosepiece and is suitable for pipettes from 1 ml to 100 ml. Supplied with powersupply / charger, bench stand and 0.2µm filter.


P0800 Fastpette cordless controller $299.50

P0800-F4 Replacement filter, 0.45µm, pk of 5 23.50

P0800-F2 Replacement filter, 0.20µm, pk of 5 23.50

Bottle-Top Dispensers■ air purging without reagent loss

■ Guard valve eliminates spills / drips

■ Patented direct displacement teflon piston

■ Fully autoclavable & self calibrating

■ 360° swivel neck

Cat. No. Range/Increment Tolerance Thread. Adapters Price

Size (mm) Supplied (mm)

D5370-2L 0.3-2.5/0.05 ml 0.02 ml 33 24, 28, 38, 45 $314.25

D5370-5L 1.0-5.0/0.10 ml 0.04 ml 33 24, 28, 38, 45 314.25

D5370-10L 2.0-10.0/0.20 ml 0.08 ml 33 24, 28, 38, 45 314.25

D5370-25L 5.0-25.0/0.50 ml 0.15 ml 45 28, 33, 38 422.50

D5370-50L 10-50/1.0 ml 0.40 ml 45 28, 33, 38 455.50

D5370-100L 20-100/2.0 ml 0.80 ml 45 28, 33, 38 709.75

for solution reservoirs, see page 144

Pipetting Accessories

1-800-453-0385144

centrifuges;page 3




175 mlwith lid

175 ml

100 ml

50 ml

25 ml

Divided 25 ml

OctaPool™ Solution Reservoirs■ For all multi-channel pipettes

■ available sterile and non-sterile

■ “V” bottoms to minimize waste

25 ml Disposable Reservoir■ medical grade polystyrene ■ rnase, dnase free & non-pyrogenic

■ Graduated at 25 ml

P8826 Disposable, non-sterile 50 $37.50

P8826-100 Disposable, non-sterile 100 63.00

P8826-S Disposable, sterile, one per bag 100 125.00

P8826-ST Disposable, sterile, five per bag 200 104.50


■ Graduated at 25 ml and 50 ml

P8821 Disposable, non-sterile 50 $39.00

P8821-S Disposable, sterile, one per bag 100 129.50




175 ml Polypropylene Reservoir■ Polypropylene, autoclavable ■ With or without lid

■ Graduated at 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150 ml

P8831 12 well reservoir with numbered wells, compatible $39.90

with 8 & 12 channel pipettes, pk of 8 reservoirs & covers

12 well Polypropylene Reservoir■ 5 ml wells with “V” bottoms ■ autoclavable

25 ml Disposable Divided Reservoir■ medical grade polystyrene ■ rnase, dnase free & non-pyrogenic


This new reservoir has a total capacity of 25 ml with 3 divided 5 ml channels built in. Divided channels areideal for small volumes and for up to 3 different solutions (max. 5 ml each). Allows pipetting up to 3 differentsolutions with a 12-channel pipette (2 solutions with an 8-channel).

P8816 Without lid, non-sterile 100 $89.50

P8817 With removable hinged lid, non-sterile 10 12.50

P8817-S With removable hinged lid, sterile, five per bag 100 169.00


P8825-S Disposable, sterile, one per bag 100 $119.50


P8835-S Disposable, divided, sterile, one per bag 100 $125.00

P8835-ST Disposable, divided, sterile, five per bag 200 119.50

www.densci.com 145






Cat. No. Capacity Price Cat. No. Capacity Price

Nonsterile Sterile (individually wrapped)

P3505 0.05 ml $201.50 P3505-S 0.05 ml $226.50

P3512 0.5 ml 95.25 P3512-S 0.5 ml 118.25

P3515 1.25 ml 94.25 P3515-S 1.25 ml 118.25

P3518 2.5 ml 94.25 P3518-S 2.5 ml 118.25

P3521 5.0 ml 94.25 P3521-S 5.0 ml 118.25

P3524 12.5 ml 94.25 P3524-S 12.5 ml 118.25

P3525 25 ml* 125.50 P3525-S 25 ml* 150.00

P3527 50 ml* 130.00 P3527-S 50 ml* 150.00

P3535 Sampler pack, 20 each of 0.5, 1.25, 2.5, 5.0 and 12.5 ml 94.25

*Adapter included

Fastepper™ Repeating Pipette■ dispense up to 48 times without refilling

■ Fast, accurate and easy to use

■ ergonomic design - minimal hand fatigue

Twenty nine volumes between 1 µl and 5000 µl may bedispensed with the Fastepper. Depending on the tip selectedand the dial position, as many as 48 “shots” can be dispensedwithout refilling the tip.

Simply fill the tip using the sliding fill lever and dispense bydepressing the black button at the top of the pipette. Forconvenience, a chart showing the volume for each tip size and dial position is located on the pipette body.

Accuracy = ±0.2 to 2.5%

Fastepper™ Syringe Tipsfor all leading repeating pipettes

These syringes are refillable sample reservoirs made from polypropylene with a poly eth yl ene plunger. Eachmay be used to dispense 5 different repetitive sample volumes. Autoclaving not recommended. Packed 100syringes per box.


P8100-A Fastepper repetitive pipette $334.75


P8888 Disposable multi-channel pipette 100 $179.50

P8888-S As above, individually wrapped, sterilized 100 189.90

8 Channel Disposable Pipette■ deliver and remove liquids from 96 well plates

■ Ideal for radioactive work - discard after use

Now, you can use a disposable pipette for plate washing, feeding, supernatant retrieval, ra dio ac tivity, etc. Avoidcontaminating your other pipettors by using this disposable for "hot" samples and discard it after use. Capacity:600 µl (total). Graduated at 300 and 600 µl.

Dispensing Capabilities

Dial position 1 2 3 4 5

Using 0.05 ml syringe 1 µl 2 µl 3 µl 4 µl 5 µl





Using 25 ml syringe 500 µl 1000 µl 1500 µl 2000 µl 2500 µl

Using 50 ml syringe 1000 µl 2000 µl 3000 µl 4000 µl 5000 µl

Max number of ‘shots’ 46 23 15 11 8

1-800-453-0385146

centrifuges;page 3





Cat. No Description Qty. Price

P0458-5 5.75 in. pipette with square-cut capillary end, 250 per box 1000 $69.00

P0458-9 9.0 in. pipette with square-cut capillary end, 250 per box 1000 79.00

P0458-CR Rubber bulb, approx. 2 ml capacity 12 23.50

Cat. No. Description Price, Each Price 6 or more

P0789 Bulb pipette filler, red $12.75 $10.45

P0790 Bulb pipette filler, black 12.75 10.45

P0790-M Bulb pipette filler, multi-colored 12.75 10.45

Borosilicate Glass DisposablePasteur Pipettes■ rnase free ■ clean and inert - minimize pH shift

■ consistent 1.5 mm od capillary stem

Premium quality Bulb Pipette Filler■ designed for long life and improved flexibility

■ adjustable to fit any size pipette

A basic laboratory tool, pipette fillers have long been taken for granted. Now a premium quality version isoffered at a competitive price. Pure, 100% natural rubber is used to provide a bulb that is consistently flexible.Lot to lot variations in quality have been eliminated. An extended useable life is made possible by finelypolished, chemically inert stainless valve balls and a perfectly smooth interior surface with no grooves, cracksor niches to retain accidently aspirated liquid. They adjust to fit any size.

New Bulb Pipette Filler■ new automatic evacuation valve ■ only two points to press

■ Valve is removable for cleaning

Our new bulb pipette filler is easier to use than ever before. This improved version has an automatic valve forevacuation, and a removable valve on top which allows the bulb interior to be thoroughly cleaned. In four simplesteps, liquids can be quickly aspirated, with the use of one only hand.

Cat. No. Description Price, Each Price 6 or more

P0792 Bulb pipette filler, red $12.75 $10.45

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Color Each Each

for P2 for P10 for P20 For P200 for P1000 Code P2,P10 Others

P7703-WT P7704-WT P7700-WT P7701-WT P7702-WT White $18.50 $18.50

N/A N/A P7700-BK P7701-BK P7702-BK Black N/A 18.50

N/A N/A P7700-RD P7701-RD P7702-RD Red N/A 18.50

N/A N/A P7700-BO P7701-BO P7702-BO Bio. Orange N/A 18.50

N/A N/A P7700-RY P7701-RY P7702-RY Rad. Yellow N/A 18.50

N/A N/A P7700-PG P7701-PG P7702-PG Pastel Green N/A 18.50

N/A N/A N/A N/A P7702-DB Dark Blue N/A 18.50

N/A N/A P7700-VT P7701-VT P7702-VT Violet N/A 18.50

Replacement Shafts for Pipetman®

■ color coded ■ easy to install

These shafts allow you to indicate which pipettor is used for a specific application, personalize your own pipettor(s) orto differentiate sets of pipettors within one lab. Other colors available upon request.These shafts are specifically forGilson Pipetman and are not intended for use with other pipettes.

P-0458-CR


Multi-well Microplates Racked Tubes Deep Well Plates

High Volume Deep Well Plates Adhesive Sealing Films Freezer Racking Systems

Freezer Storage Boxes Microtube Storage Boxes Chillette Tube Coolers Ice Baths

Centrifuge Tube Racks Microtube Racks Flipper Microtube Racks Cryovials


SampleHandling &

Storage

pages 147-164

Sample Handling and Storage

1-800-453-0385148

centrifuges;page 3




96 Well Solid Microplates- 350 µl well volume

These 96 well solid microplates are available in black, white, and clear polystyrene or natural polypropy lene. Thecolored plates are ideal for flu o res cence, luminescence and scintillation while the clear plates are useful forELISA assays. Designed to SBS specifications.

P9725 toP9728

P9732 toP9735

Racked Tubes - 2.1 ml■ Standard 96 well format

These tubes use all the space in the 8 x 12 format, facilitating multi-step dilutions and preps, without transferringsamples from larger tubes. Compatible with multi-channel harvesters, pipettes, Biomek, and many rotors. Tubesare translucent polypropylene.


B1225-1 2.1 ml tubes in 10 racks of 96 960 $95.00

B1225-2 2.1 ml tubes in 10 racks of 96, sterile 960 105.00

B1225-C Mat of 96 caps, perforated for strips of 8 10 39.00

96-Well Microtest Plates■ Individually wrapped to protect from air contaminants

■ available in "U", "V" and Flat bottoms

Three types of 96-well microtest plates are offered for general (non-tissue culture) applications includingmicrobiology and serology. Available in “U" (round bottom), "V" and flat bottom shapes, they are availableindividually wrapped to protect them from air contaminants. Made from high optic transmission gradepolystyrene, the microtest plates are arranged in a standard 12 x 8 configuration and have alpha-numericposition markings. Optional lids are also available. Both plates and lids may be purchased sterile or non-sterile.

Cat. No. Description Well Volume Qty. Price

B1202 U-bottom, individually wrapped. non-sterile 300 µl 50 $49.90

B1202-S U-bottom, individually wrapped, STERILE 300 µl 50 56.00

B1201 V-bottom, individually wrapped, non-sterile 250 µl 50 49.90

B1201-S V-bottom, individually wrapped, STERILE 250 µl 50 56.00

B1200 Flat-bottom, individually wrapped, non-sterile 375 µl 50 52.00

B1200-S Flat-bottom, individually wrapped. STERILE 375 µl 50 58.00

B1204 Lid, individually wrapped, non-sterile NA 150 89.00

B1204-S Lid, individually wrapped, STERILE NA 150 99.00

Cat. No. Description Well Sterile Inner Price/

Bottom Capacity Pk Pk 100

P9725 Polystyrene, white Flat N 350 µl 25 $356.90

P9727 Polystyrene, white, Flat Y 350 µl Ind. 453.25

tissue culture treated, with lid

P9728 Polystyrene, black Flat N 350 µl 25 345.57

P9732 Polypropylene, natural Round N 325 µl 10 132.61

P9733 Polypropylene, natural V N 225 µl 10 128.75

P9734 Polystyrene, clear Flat N 325 µl 10 109.44

P9735 Polystyrene, clear Round N 325 µl 10 109.44


www.densci.com 149





Krystal 2000“No Cross Talk” opaque, clear bottom 96 well microplate

These plates should be used when light cross talk is important to avoid. The pat ent ed man u fac tur ing process creates96 individual clear wells in an opaque plate matrix, com plete ly eliminating light cross talk from well to well.Applications include fluorescence, luminescence and scin til la tion. Standard, high bind treated for protein, ortissue culture treated versions are avail able. Designed to SBS specifications.

Krystal 96Opaque, clear bottom 96 well microplates

These white and black plates are useful for applications such as flu o res cence, lu mi nes cence and scintillation inin stru ments read ing from below or above the wells. Designed to SBS specifications.

Cat. No. Description Bottom Sterile Well Inner Qty/ Price

Capacity Pk Pk

P9810 White Flat N 350 µl 25 100 $622.25

P9812 White, tissue culture treated, with lid, Flat Y 350 µl Ind. 100 680.06

individually packed

P9813 Black Flat N 350 µl 25 100 622.25

P9814 Black, high bind treated for protein Flat Y 350 µl 25 100 620.00

P9815 Black, tissue culture treated, with lid, Flat Y 350 µl Ind. 100 657.91

individually packed


Capacity Pk Pk

P9835 Black, tissue culture treated, with lid, Flat Y 3 ml Ind. 56 $585.81

individually packed


Capacity Pk Pk

P9801 White, tissue culture treated, with lid, Flat Y 350 µl Ind. 100 $631.50

individually packed

P9803 Black, tissue culture treated, with lid, Flat Y 350 µl Ind. 100 640.92

individually packed

Krystal 24Opaque, clear bottom 24 well Microplate

Krystal 24 well plates are available in black, with a clear base for flu o res cence, lu mi nes cence or scintillation. Designedto SBS spec i fi ca tions.


1-800-453-0385150

centrifuges;page 3




P9510

P9509

Deep Well Plates - 96 WellsThese deep well storage plates, available in square and round well versions, are offered in polypro py lene orpoly sty rene. Square wells have a conical base which aids in sample con cen tra tion, re con sti tu tion, andcen trif u ga tion. The cor ners of all the wells have a small radius, to prevent sam ple pre cip i ta tion and improve con -cen tra tion. Various sealing mats and strips are available. Designed to SBS specifications. DNase/RNase free.

B9612-15 with B9612-18 (non sterile)B9612-16 with B9612-19 (sterile)

Cat. No. Description Bottom Well Inner Qty/ Price

Capacity Pk Pk

96 x 1 ml - Polypropylene

B9612-15 Polypropylene, round well, Round 1 ml 5 50 $209.09

B9612-16 Sterile polypropylene, round well, Round 1 ml 5 50 231.49

B9612-18 Sealing mat, EVA, round well to fit B9612-15 Ind. 50 115.88

B9612-19 Sterile sealing mat, EVA, round well to fit B9612-16 Ind. 50 126.43

96 x 1 ml - Polystyrene

B9612-25 Polystyrene, round well Round 1.0 ml 5 50 269.00

96 x 2 ml

P9635 Polypropylene, square well, V 2 ml 5 50 226.09

P9636 Sterile polypropylene, square well, V 2 ml 5 50 257.76

Sealing Mats

P9638 Sealing mat, EVA, square well to fit 9635 and P9636 Ind. 50 121.28

P9639 Sterile sealing mat, EVA, square well to fit 9635 and P9636 Ind. 50 135.19

Reservoirs Total Height

P9690 12-channel, V-bottoms, 22 ml per well 44 mm 20 89.50

P9509 12-channel, low profile, 7 ml per well 19 mm 25 157.00

P9510 8-channel, low profile, 10.6 ml per well 19 mm 25 157.00


B9655 Deep well plate, 96 x 0.5 ml 20 $122.06

B9656 As above in sterile, packs of 5 20 133.90

P9610 Flexible mat lid 50 214.50

P9611 Flexible mat lid, sterile 50 256.99

Deep Well Plates - 96 x 0.5 ml■ Polypropylene - autoclavable and freezer safe to -85°c

These standard, 8 x 12 format plates are easy to use because they fit in all centrifuge brands and are accessibleto all pipette types. Each well is shaped exactly like a 0.5 ml microcentrifuge tube. Polyethylene caps are suppliedin strips of 8, with a flat, markable pull tab.

Deep Well Plates - 96 x 2.0 mlThis block has 96 square holes (with rounded bottoms). Standard pipettors can access tube bottoms easily. Itis compatible with various robotic stations, including Biomek 1000. (Side loading Biomeks require adaptingcollar listed below). Autoclavable, one piece polypropylene construction.


B9620 Sample block, 96 x 2 ml, nonsterile 24 $169.00

B9630 As above, individually pouched, sterile 24 209.00

B9623 Lid with 96 molded ridges, polypropylene 24 58.00

B9624 Side loading collar/adapter, reuseable 24 69.00

P9638


www.densci.com 151





applications:

EIAELISA


B1212-4 Polyester, standard 2 mil thickness, nonsterile 100 $49.00

B1212-4S Polyester, standard 2 mil thickness, sterile 100 62.00

B1212-28 Polyester, 2 mil mini-strips (for 2 rows of 8 wells) 200 38.00

B1212-2S Polyester, 1 mil thickness, sterile 100 73.00


B1212-CT Color Tab Films, assorted, nonsterile 50 $37.00

mini-strips

Deep Well Plates - 384 well■ Well Volume: 400 µl dimensions: 127.8 x 85.5 mm

■ rounded well bottoms

■ Standard dimensions / robot compatible

Polypropylene 384 well plates are designed for HTS applications and are compatible with mul ti-chan nel pipettes and robotic workstations.

Cat. No. Volume Height Qty. Price

B9384-4 400 µl 42 mm 24 209.00

applications:

EIAELISANEW

Polyester Adhesive Film with

Color Coded End TabsColorTab™ adhesive films consist of 50 µm thickness clear polyester. They minimize evaporation, prevent spillageand contamination between wells, and provide a secure seal for ELISA, EIA, and similar assays. These unique filmsinclude a color dot and white writing area on each end tab for plate ID labeling. End tabs with backing removedadhere to the ends of the plate and are perforated so they can be left in place to maintain plate identity evenif the center portion of the film is removed. Alternatively, one inscribed color-coded end tab can be removedand pasted in a laboratory notebook while the other remains on the plate for identification.

Functional temperature range: -40° to +120°C. Films are supplied in assorted packs of 50, containing fiveindividual colors (green, lavender, orange, red, blue) of ID.

Polyester Adhesive FilmThis clear film with uniformly applied adhesive can help to eliminate the “edge effect” in sensitive ELISA assays.It minimizes evaporation and vapor loss. The end tab backing and/or the grip tabs themselves can be removedfor more complete sealing or for compatibility with automated equipment. Functional temperature range is -40°C to +120°C. Nonpierceable. Avail able in standard 2 mil thickness and new thinner, clearer 1 mil thickness,which is marginally pierceable with a single channel pipette.


1-800-453-0385152

centrifuges;page 3




MarkWells™ Labels■ label fits on underside of flat-bottom plates

■ Identify wells for pipetting and microscopy

MarkWells™ are transparent label sheets for flat-bottom 96-well plates. Wells are identified by an alphanumericindex that can be captured in microscopic images.

EZ-Pierce™ Films■ extra easy piercing with tips or probes

EZ-Pierce films are 70 µm thick, polyethylene with adhesive. They are designed to facilitate recovery with pipettetips and robotic probes.

Temperature range: -40° to +90°C


B1215 Markwells™ labels 100 $34.00

X-Pierce™ Films■ designed for automation/robotics

■ Unique hairline cuts protect probes

X-Pierce films are precut with hairline cuts and micro-thin adhesive, both of which combine to prevent foulingand occlusion of probes and tips. The films reseal themselves for continued sample integrity after sampling.


B1212-XP X-Pierce films, nonsterile 100 $88.00

B1212-XPS X-Pierce films, sterile 50 57.00


B1212-EZ EZ-Pierce films, nonsterile 100 $49.00

B1212-EZS EZ-Pierce films, sterile 50 36.00

Paddle for Sealing Raised Rim PlatesThese paddles were designed to apply sealing pressure to films or plates that have a raised rim around theouter edges.


P8876 Paddle for sealing plates, pk of 5 $9.00

applications:

EIAELISA

applications:

HTSRobotics


P8875 Microplate roller $39.00

Roller for Sealing Multi-Well Plates■ Use with films, foils or mats

Hard rubber roller applies pressure evenly and with a minimum of fatigue for a better seal every time.


www.densci.com 153





Now availablebar coded.

Please inquire.

Centrifuges for 96-well tubes/plates, see pages 10-16

- Racked Tubes (standard 8 x 12 format)

■ 1.1 ml or 0.65 ml capacity

■ Standard 8 x 12 format

■ Polypropylene - autoclavable and freezable to -80°c

Ideal for preps and dilutions that are ultimately carried out in 96 well plates. Also used for large volumescreening, HIV testing, cell harvesting and storage. Compatible with multi-channel pipettes and workstations.

Nonsterile Sterile Description Qty. Nonsterile Sterile

1.1 ml tubes

B1251 B1251-S Single tubes in 10 racks of 96 960 $49.00 $59.00








B1258 Plug mat, 96 caps per mat 50 107.50 N.A.

1.1 ml tubes - Siliconized

B1251-P Siliconized singles, 10 racks of 96 960 55.00 NA

B1254 Caps, 120 strips of 8, for B1251P 960 12.00 NA

0.65 ml tubes

B1065-R B1065RS Single tubes in 10 racks of 96 960 43.00 48.00



1-800-453-0385154

centrifuges;page 3




Freezer Racks for Standard Boxes (5.25 in.)

■ accept metal, plastic and cardboard boxes

■ Include handles and locking rods

Cat. No. Capacity Total Height Fits Box Height Price

For chest type freezers (all 5.5 in. width, for 5.25 in. square boxes)

R1201-P 13 boxes 28.5 in. 2 in. $105.00

R1202-P 12 boxes 26.56 in. 2 in. 99.00

R1203-P 11 boxes 24.5 in. 2 in. 97.00

R1204-P 10 boxes 22 in. 2 in. 95.00

R1205-P 9 boxes 20 in. 2 in. 92.00

R1206-P 8 boxes 17.75 in. 2 in. 83.00

R1208-P 6 boxes 13.44 in. 2 in. 75.00

R1212 9 boxes 28.12 in. 3 in. 96.00

R1213 8 boxes 25 in. 3 in. 92.00

R1214 7 boxes 21.94 in. 3 in. 85.00

R1215 6 boxes 18.88 in. 3 in. 79.00

R1218 7 boxes 26.75 in. 3.75 in. 85.00

R1219 6 boxes 23 in. 3.75 in. 77.00

R1220 5 boxes 19.12 in. 3.75 in. 71.00

Cat. No. Capacity Boxes /horiz. row Height Depth Fits Box Height Price

For upright type freezers (all 5.5 in. width, for 5.25 in. square boxes)

R1332-RO 9 boxes 3 6.62 in. 16.5 in. 2 in. $86.00

R1342-RO 12 boxes 3 8.88 in. 16.75 in. 2 in. 93.00

R1352-RO 15 boxes 3 11 in. 16.5 in. 2 in. 149.00

R1442-RO 16 boxes 4 9 in. 22.25 in. 2 in. 133.00

R1452-RO 20 boxes 4 11 in. 22.25 in. 2 in. 159.00

R1333-RO 9 boxes 3 9.62 in. 16.5 in. 3 in. 119.00

R1423-RO 8 boxes 4 6.5 in. 22 in. 3 in. 119.00

R1433-RO 12 boxes 4 9.62 in. 22 in. 3 in. 149.00

Cat. No. Capacity Boxes /horiz. row Height Depth Fits Box Height Price

For upright freezers (all 5.5 in. width, for 5.25 in. square boxes)

Drawer style allows each row to be removed in di vid u al ly

R1332-FR 9 boxes 3 7.25 in. 16.5 in. 2 in. $249.00

R1342-FR 12 boxes 3 9.75 in. 16.5 in. 2 in. 349.00

R1432-FR 12 boxes 4 7.25 in. 22.25 in. 2 in. 269.00

R1442-FR 16 boxes 4 9.75 in. 22.25 in. 2 in. 359.00

R1333-FR 9 boxes 3 10.25 in. 16.5 in. 3 in. 249.00

R1423-FR 8 boxes 4 6.75 in. 22 in. 3 in. 195.00

R1433-FR 12 boxes 4 10 in. 22 in. 3 in. 269.00

R1220R1213R1202-P

Standard Freezer Boxes (Fit 5.25 in. racks)

Cat. No. Description Height Price

Boxes

R2000-2C Cardboard 2 in. $2.19

R2000-3C Cardboard 3 in. 2.40

R2000-2S Stainless steel 2 in. 9.90

R2000-3S Stainless steel 3 in. 9.90



R2000-100D 100 11.65 mm/0.45 in. $1.69

R2000-81D 81 12.70 mm/0.50 in. 1.60

R2000-64D 64 14.60 mm/0.57 in. 1.70

R2000-49D 49 16.76 mm/0.66 in. 1.70

R2000-25D 25 24.51 mm/0.96 in. 1.60


R2000-16D 16 30.23 mm/1.19 in.$1.60

R2000-121D 121 11.00 mm/0.437 in. 2.99

R2000-144D 144 9.52 mm/0.375 in. 2.99

R2000-48D for 6 x EZ-8 strips 2.79

(total 48 x 1.5 ml)

R1442-FRR1333-FR

R1442-RO

R1433-RO

Cardboard(recycled)

R2000-16D

Stainless Steel

R2000-2C with divider R2000-81D


www.densci.com 155





Freezer Racks for Plastic Microtube Storage Boxes

■ For popular hinged and slip top boxes

These racks accept the popular “bullet” boxes, including 100 x 1.5 ml (R8300), 50 x 1.5 ml (R7900) and 50 x 0.5 ml(R7905) on page 157.

Cat. No. Capacity, 100 x 1.5 ml Capacity, 50 x 1.5 ml Dimensions Price

For upright freezers

R5102 4 boxes 8 boxes 6.25 x 5.88 x 9.25 in. $81.00

R5104 6 boxes 12 boxes 12.5 x 5.88 x 7 in. 99.00

R5105 8 boxes 16 boxes 12.5 x 5.88 x 9.25 in. 109.00




R5009 - 30 boxes 16.5 x 5.5 x 11 in. 139.00

R5011 - 32 boxes 22 x 5.5 x 8.88 in. 142.00

R5012 - 40 boxes 22 x 5.5 x 11 in. 169.00

For chest type freezers

R5120 13 boxes 26 boxes 5.88 x 6.75 x 29.88 in. $109.00


R8315 9 boxes 18 boxes 5.88 x 6.75 x 20 in. 120.00

Freezer Racks for 15 ml and 50 ml tubes

■ one or two drawers (over/under)

■ For upright freezers

■ tube racks are built-in

Cat. No. Tube Type Tube Qty Drawers Dimensions Price

For upright freezers

R1800 15 ml 60 1 16.5 x 5.5 x 5 in. $110.00

R1801 15 ml 80 1 22 x 5.5 x 5 in. 131.00

R1802 15 ml 104 1 26.75 x 5.5 x 5 in. 157.00

R1803 15 ml 120 2 16.5 x 5.5 x 10 in. 169.00

R1804 15 ml 160 2 22 x 5.5 x 10 in. 210.00

R1805 15 ml 208 2 26.75 x 5.5 x 10 in. 256.00

R1806 50 ml 30 1 16.5 x 5.5 x 5 in. 103.00

R1807 50 ml 39 1 22 x 5.5 x 5 in. 127.00

R1808 50 ml 51 1 26.75 x 5.5 x 5 in. 153.00

R1809 50 ml 60 2 16.5 x 5.5 x 10 in. 161.00

R1810 50 ml 78 2 22 x 5.5 x 10 in. 205.00

R1811 50 ml 102 2 26.75 x 5.5 x 10 in. 249.00

R1812 Rack with 2 Drawers for 4 Standard 11.13 x 9.7 x 5.5 in. 108.002 in. Cardboard Boxes

For more in for ma tion on our com plete line offreezer rack inventory systems for liquidni tro gen (vapor and liquid phase), please

request a sep a rate brochure.

R5108

Chest type

R5120

Upright type

Each shelf holds two 50 place boxes orone 100 place box. Shelf height is 2.16 in.

R1803

R1807


1-800-453-0385156

centrifuges;page 3




Cat. No. Description Capacity (# of tubes) Qty/pkg Price

R8121 For 50 ml tubes 16 2 $25.00

R8126 for 15 ml tubes 36 2 25.00

Stainless Steel Racks for Upright Freezers (for 125 mm H Boxes)

R8120-8 For eight 125 mm (Height) boxes (2 levels of 4) $189.00

Dims: 11 in. H x 5.5 in. W x 22.62 in. D

R8120-6 For six 125 mm H boxes (2 levels of 3) 129.00

Dims: 11 in. H x 5.5 in. W x 17.00 in. D

Stainless Steel Racks for Chest Freezers (for 125 mm H Boxes)

R8120-5 For five 125 mm H boxes with locking rod $88.00

Dims: 24.75 in. H x 6 in. W x 6.13 in. D

Freezer Boxes For larger Tubes

■ 5.25 x 5.25 in., with clear lid

■ For larger and special purpose tubes

These polypropylene boxes are autoclavable and freezer safe to -90°C. Overall height = 125 mm.

Freezer Storage Boxes for microtubes and Cryovials

■ 5.25 x 5.25 in.

■ For ultra low and liquid nitrogen freezers

These polycarbonate boxes have clear lids that are al pha nu mer i cal lyindexed. The lids fit on in one position only, so that the grids alwaysmatch. Boxes are ideal for cryogenic vials and microcentrifuge tubes.All boxes have vent holes and drain holes.

Temperature range: -190°C to +121°C.

MostPopular

Cat. No. For Cryovials Vials/Box Height Qty/Pkg Price

R8051 1 to 2 ml 81 2.06 in. 6 $56.00

R8052 1 to 2 ml* 100 2.06 in. 6 56.00

R8053 3 to 4 ml 81 3 in. 12 155.00

R8054 3 to 5 ml 81 3.75 in. 10 139.00

*R8052 does not accept cryovials with external threads or overlapping caps.

R2000-2C with divider R2000-81D

Standard freezer Boxes (Fit 5.25 in. racks)

Cat. No. No of Cells Cell Size PriceR2000-100D 100 11.65 mm/0.45 in. $1.69R2000-81D 81 12.70 mm/0.50 in. 1.60R2000-64D 64 14.60 mm/0.57 in. 1.70R2000-49D 49 16.76 mm/0.66 in. 1.70


R2000-25D 25 24.51 mm/0.96 in. 1.60R2000-16D 16 30.23 mm/1.19 in. 1.60R2000-121D 121 11.00 mm/0.437 in. 2.99R2000-144D 144 9.52 mm/0.375 in. 2.99

Cat. No. Cat. No.Height (in.)

Price PriceCardboard Stainless Cardboard Stainless

R2000-2C R2000-2S 2 $2.19 $9.90

R2000-3C R2000-3S 3 2.40 9.90



www.densci.com 157





Microtube Storage Boxes 81 x 1.5 ml (1.5 to 2.0 ml)■ Fits in all standard 5.25 in. freezer racks

■ alpha-numerically indexed - right on the box itself

■ Frosted marking panel on 2 sides

These new boxes are designed to hold 81 cryogenic vials (1.2 to 2.0 ml) or mi cro cen tri fuge tubes(1.5 to 2.0 ml). Translucent lid provides a clear view of the A-I and 1-9 index that is permanentlyprinted on each of the box’s individual cavities. You don't need the lid on or a separate grid toidentify your tubes. 5.13 x 5.13 x 2 in. For temps to -90°C.

Microtube Storage Boxes 100 x 1.5 ml (1.5 to 2.0 ml)■ translucent polypropylene

■ now available in BLACK for light sensitive samples

■ Hinged lid

■ Fit in r5100 freezer racks

Our most popular hinged storage box holds up to 100 tubes in a minimum of space (5.6 x 5.6 x2.2 in.). It is the ideal container for screw cap microcentrifuge tubes, storing 25% more tubesper cube than other box types. Compatible with R5100 series freezer racks. Max. tube height =49 mm Alphanumeric indexing on lid. Autoclavable and freezable to -80°C: For stainless steelracks, please see Freezer Racks for Microtube Storage Boxes on page 157.

Cat. No. Description Qty./Pk. Price

R8100-N Natural color with natural lid 1 $5.90

R8100-A Assorted colors with natural lid 10 68.00

*R8100-Color Individual color with natural lid 10 65.00

*Specify color: black, blue, green, pink, yellow, orange

Cat. No. Description Price, pk./6

With telescoping lid

R7900 Natural color, 50 x 1.5 ml, 5.6 x 3 x 1.8 in. H $33.00

R7905 Natural color, 50 x 0.5 ml, 4.8 x 2.4 x 1.3 in. H 27.00

With hinged lid

R8300 Natural color, 100 x 1.5 ml, 5.6 x 5.6 x 2.2 in. H $36.00

R7901 Blue translucent, 50 x 1.5 ml, 5.6 x 3.1 x 1.8 in. H 33.00

R7906 Blue translucent, 50 x 0.5 ml, 4.7 x 2.8 x 1.5 in. H 33.00

For freezer racks for above boxes, see page 155

R8300

R7900

R7901

R7905

R7906

Cat. No. Description Qty./Pk. Price

R8300 100 x 1.5/2.0 ml, natural color 6 $36.00

R8300-BLK 100x 1.5/2.0 ml, black for light sensitive samples 5 35.00

R8300-A 100 x 1.5/2.0 ml, assorted colors 5 34.00

R8300-* 100 x 1.5/2.0 ml, single color 5 32.50*Choose from Blue, Orange, Pink, Yellow or Green translucent colors, and add first letter of color to catalognumber, for example, R8300-B.

Microtube Storage Boxes■ autoclavable and freezer safe to -80°c

■ Store microtubes and cryotubes in minimum freezer space

These translucent polypropylene boxes have either a "telescoping" lid (which adjusts to varioustube lengths) or a hinged lid. They are a superior alternative to cardboard boxes which tend todegrade and absorb moisture after prolonged use.


1-800-453-0385158

centrifuges;page 3




Cat. No. Capacity Dimensions Each

R8905 50 x 1.5 ml 22 x 12 x 6 cm $53.90

R8901 105 x 0.5 ml 22 x 12 x 7 cm 79.00

Ice Bath/Microtube Rack, 1.5 ml■ two piece racks have crushed ice compartment

Personal Test Tube Rack and Box■ Ideal for low temperature storage

■ Suitable for 0.5 ml and 1.5 ml microtubes and 2.0 ml cryotubes

■ Ideal low cost transportation

■ compact design – 7.4 x 4.4 x 2.4 in. (185 x 110 x 60 mm)

The StyroRak is a low cost, 3-piece, multi-purpose box manufactured in styrofoam.

With its removable Insert Tray, it is ideal for use as both a work station and storage box for microcentrifuge tubes,of both 1.5 ml (50) and 0.5 ml (72) capacities as well as 2.0 ml cryotubes (36).

StyroRak can be used along with either liquid nitrogen or dry ice for flash freezing of samples, or the expandedpolystyrene Insert Tray can be floated in a thermostatically controlled bath to allow defrosting or incubation oftube contents.

Cat. No. Description Price, case/30

R8203 StyroRak, (Base, Lid and Insert Tray) with 1.5 ml Microtube Inserts $129.50

R8204 StyroRak, (Base, Lid and Insert Tray) with 0.5 ml Microtube Inserts 129.50

R8208 StyroRak, (Base, Lid and Insert Tray) with 2.0 ml Cryotube Inserts 129.50

R8205 Replacement 1.5 ml Insert Trays, pk/30 31.00

R8206 Replacement 0.5 ml Insert Trays, pk/30 31.00

◆ removable Insert trayfloats in water bath

◆ defrosts or incubates tubecontents

◆ Inserts can easily betrimmed to a smaller size

◆ Styrofoam allowscontrolled temperaturechanges

◆ can be used with crushedor dry ice, water and liquidnitrogen

Lid

Insert Tray

Base

3-part construction

Microtube Box■ recyclable expanded polystyrene

■ Snug fitting lid with finger grips

■ 100 x 1.5 to 2.0 ml

Accepts regular or screw cap tubes in 5 rows of 20. Holes are alpha-numerically indexed.

Dimensions: 3.75 x 13.25 x 2.5 in. (WxLxH).

Cat. No. Description Pack/10 10 Packs/10

R8000 Box, 100 x 1.5 ml, with lid $55.00 $401.00


www.densci.com 159





Chillette™ 12 Portable Tube Cooler■ maintains 0°c for an amazing 8 hours

■ Holds 12 x 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml tubes

Cat. No. Description Hold Time Each

R6650 Chillette 12 tube cooler for 0°C 8 hrs $39.50

R6651 Chillette 12 tube cooler for -15°C 6 hrs 39.50

R6650-5 Holder for 0.5 ml tubes, pkg/6 32.00

Cat. No. Description Hold Time Each

R6620 Chillette 20 personal tube cooler for 0°C 5 hrs $69.50

R6621 Chillette 20 personal tube cooler for -15°C 3 hrs 69.50

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25

TEMPERATURE(°C)

TEMPERATURE(°C)

Time (hours)>48hr freeze time

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

5

0

-5

-10

-15

-20

Time (hours)>48hr freeze time

-15°C Chillette 12 (R6651)Sample Temperature vs. Time

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

5

0

-5

-10

TEMPERATURE(°C)

Time (hours)

0°C Chillette 20 (R6620)Sample Temperature vs. Time

0 100 200

-5

-9

-13

-17

-21

-25

TEMPERATURE(°C)

Time (minutes)

-15°C Chillette 20 (R6621)Sample Temperature vs. Time

0°C Chillette 12 (R6650)Sample Temperature vs. Time

0.5 ml tubeadapter

This amazing product is a truly effective benchtop tube cooler that fits in the palm of your hand. Chillette’ssecret is a proprietary combination of liquid/gel refrigerant and high tech insulation. After being kept in a -20°Cfreezer overnight, the 0° Chillette 12 will keep cold samples at 0°C or below for over 8 hours. The -15°C versionwill maintain be tween -5 and -20°C for 6 hours. Only 4.12 x 4.62 in. (105 x 118 mm), it is the ideal vehicle for trans -port ing samples. It is leak proof, re quires no ice, and won’t wet your tubes.

stays coldfor

8 hours

inside rowoutside row

■ Up to 5 hours of cold storage

■ reversible.....holds 20 tubes (0.5 ml or 1.5/2.0 ml)

Chillette 20 coolers provide safe storage for PCR re agents, cells, enzymes, etc. Simply place it in afreezer over night and it’s ready to stay cold on the bench for hours. Chillette 20 is stackable and itssmall footprint re quires little freezer space. Its re vers ible format accepts 0.5 ml tubes on one side or1.5 ml to 2.0 ml tubes on the flip side. Dimensions: 4.25 x 6.5 x 4 in. (108 x 165 x 102 mm)

Chillette™ 20 Portable Tube Cooler


1-800-453-0385160

centrifuges;page 3




Cat. No. Description Capacity l x w x h Price

I5001 IceCool bucket 4 liter 19 x 19 x 17 cm $85.00

I5002 Lid for above 35.00


R6670 CoolCube plate and tube cooler 5.6 x 5.6 x 2.5in $99.00

IceCool Ice BucketsDurable, double skinned, insulated plastic buckets are small, stackable and useable with dry ice.

Ice Buckets and Pans■ Solid, one piece PVc; resistant to most chemicals

■ nonsweating and impervious to moisture and odors

■ Suitable for dry ice, alcohol slurry, liquid nitrogen

Cat. No. Description Outer Dimensions Price

I1004-71 Round bucket with cover, green 10 x 10 x 7 in. $79.50

I1004-41 Round bucket with cover, red 10 x 10 x 7 in. 79.50

I1820-41 Maxi pan, rectangular, red 13 x 16 x 5 in. 99.50

I1810-31 Midi pan, rectangular, black 9 x 13 x 5 in. 79.50

I1805-31 Mini pan, square, black 6 x 6 x 3 in. 49.00

Round buckets supplied with covers. Covers not available for other models.

■ 4 hours of 0°c sample storage

■ Flips over for tubes or plates

■ Use as a Pcr workstation

The new CoolCube is designed to keep biologicalsamples at safe temperatures... right at your lab bench. Itcan also be used to protect enzymes from temperaturefluctuations in the freezer. The outer casing is made fromDuraStar, a high strength polymer providing maximumdurability and thermal transfer. Inside, a patented gelrefrigerant, keeps samples cold (approximately 0°C) forup to four hours on the bench. Simply store the coolerovernight in your laboratory freezer, and it’s ready to use.

The CoolCube has two sides. One side is designed as aconvenient PCR workstation with wells for 12 standard1.5/2.0 ml microtubes and one 96 well PCR plate or0.2 ml tubes/strips. The other side holds 36 standard1.5/2.0 ml microtubes.

Safely store DNA samples, dNTPs, taq polymerase, etc.,without concern about temperature degradation. Theproprietary design keeps samples cold - not frozen.

CoolCube™ Microtube & Plate Cooler

• keeps PCRplates cold• 0°C for4 hours

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

5

0

-5

-10

TEMPERATURE(°C)

Time (hours)

0°C CoolCubeSample Temperature vs. Time


www.densci.com 161





Floating Tube Racks■ For tubes from 0.5 ml to 50 ml

■ tubes fit snugly in racks

Designed for incubating samples in water baths or beakers. Tubes fit snugly and, therefore, they remain immersed toprecisely the same level at all times. Made of foam-filled polymethylpentene. Autoclavable.

Foam Tube Racks■ For centrifuge tubes, microtubes & Pcr

■ Soft polyfoam

■ economical and disposable

Polyfoam floating racks are inexpensive and convenient. Easy to use in water baths, beakers, etc. Markable withfelt tip markers.

Cat. No. Fits Tube No. Tubes Dimensions (mm) Qty/Pk Price

R7652 1.5 ml 24 119 x 78 x 23 4 $33.90

R7655 1.5 ml 8 66 mm (for 400 ml beaker) 1 16.50



Cat. No. Description For tube sizes Qty/Pk Price

R7620 Octagonal, 83 x 6.4 mm 0.25, 0.5 ml 10 $32.90

R7621 Circular, 83 x 9.5 mm 0.5, 1.5 ml 10 29.90

R7622 Triangular, 86 x 13 mm 15, 50 ml 10 29.90


R7500 Rack, 8 x 50 ml tubes 5.87 x 3 x 3.5 in. $42.50

R7501 Rack, 16 x 50 ml tubes 6 x 6 x 3.5 in. 51.00

R7502 Rack, 36 x 50 ml tubes 9 x 9 x 3.5 in. 59.50


R7525 Rack, 6 x 250 ml bottles 8.19 x 5.32 x 4 in. $49.00

Racks for 50 ml Tubes■ autoclavable, epoxy coated steel wire

Racks for 250 ml Tubes■ For round bottom or conical 250 ml tubes and bottles

This blue epoxy coated steel wire rack holds large conical or round bottom centrifuge bottles up to 250 ml. The4 in. high rack supports 6 bottles in a square grid con fig u ra tion.

Cat. No. Description Qty/Pk Price

R8400-A Small racks for 4 x 50 ml, 12 x 15 ml, 4 $36.50

32 x 1.5 ml (or 5 ml) or 32 x 0.5 ml (5 x 18 x 9 cm)

R8401-A Large racks for 8 x 50 ml, 24 x 15 ml, 20 x 20 mm 2 33.50

or 40 x 5 ml (10 x 10 x 20 cm)

4-way Tube Racks■ Supplied in assorted colors

■ autoclavable


1-800-453-0385162

centrifuges;page 3





R7863 Support rack, 20 x 1.5 ml $15.00

R7861 Support rack, 72 x 1.5 ml 29.90

Microtube Support Racks■ tube cavities are numbered

These racks provide a convenient means of transferring and organizing tubes. The R7860 and R7861 racks havehandgrips and accommodate 72 tubes. R7863, our most popular microtube rack, is made of autoclavable,recyclable polypropylene. It has nonslip rubber feet, keeps tubes on two visible levels and is especially usefulas a workstation.

Microtube Support Racks■ For 48 x 0.5 ml or 1.5 ml tubes

■ recyclable polypropylene / autoclavable

These racks are designed for 0.5 ml and 1.5 ml tubes. They hold 48 tubes in 4 rows of 12. Holes are alpha-numerically indexed and on an incline for visibility of all four rows.

Cat. No. Description Qty/Pk Price

R8717 Rack, 48 x 0.5 ml tubes 2 $32.50

R8718 Rack, 48 x 1.5 ml tubes 2 32.50

Clear Autoclavable Microtube Racks■ Holds 40 tubes (4 x 10)

■ Suitable for use in ice baths

These racks are made of a tough new plastic which is both clear and au to cla v able. Sturdy and unbreakable,they withstand temperature extremes and daily laboratory use. The bottoms of the racks are open, suitable foruse in an ice bath.


R7871 Support rack, 40 x 0.5 ml, (also fits 0.75 ml) 36.25

R7872 Support rack, 40 x 1.5 ml, (also fits 2.0 ml) 35.00

Personal Test Tube Racks■ autoclavable polypropylene

These specialty racks are useful on the bench, in fume hoods, in refrigerators as well as in water baths, they willnot float or tip. Because of their design, they use a minimum of space on the bench top, or in water baths orfume hoods.

Cat. No. Holds Tube Place Rows Price

R7513 13 mm 42 6 x 7 $25.00

R7516 16 mm 30 5 x 6 25.00

R7520 20 mm 20 4 x 5 25.00

R7526 25 mm 12 3 x 4 25.00

R7531 30 mm 6 2 x 3 25.00


www.densci.com 163





Flipper 96™ Reversible Rack■ reversible: 96 x 0.5 ml or 96 x 1.5 ml tubes

■ Polypropylene, autoclavable, stackable

The spacing between the cavities of Flipper 96 allows all holes to be occupied simultaneously. The 8 rows of 12holes are alphanumerically indexed for sample identification. Available with translucent, polypro py lene lids, tallenough to accommodate screw-cap tubes. Lids fit on either side of the rack.

Flipper 64™ Reversible Rack■ reversible: 64 x 0.5 ml or 64 x 1.5 ml tubes

■ Fits in standard 5.25 in. storage rack

The 64 tube (8 x 8) box racks withstand temperatures as low as -80°C. Cavities are numerically indexed. Racksare supplied with translucent lid that fits on either side.

Flipper Junior™ Reversible Rack■ multiple tube sizes on each side (0.5 ml, 1.5 ml)

■ Polypropylene - freezer safe and autoclavable

The new Flipper Junior microtube rack holds 32 x 0.5 ml tubes and has an additional 8 wells across for 1.5 ml/2.0 mltubes. The flip side holds the opposite configuration, 32 wells for 1.5 ml/2.0 ml and 8 wells for 0.5 ml tubes. Holesare alphanumerically indexed. Available with a clear polypropylene lid.

Cat. No. Description Color Price ea. Cs./10

R8700-A Rack, 96 x 1.5 ml, 0.5 ml Assorted $10.60 $95.00

R8700-LN Rack with lid Natural 12.20 105.50

R8700-LA Rack with lid Assorted 13.00 119.90

R8700-L Lid only, translucent Natural 4.95 33.00

Cat. No. Description Color Pkg./5 Cs./20

R8720-A Rack, 32 well Assorted $33.00 $114.84

R8720-LA Rack, 32 well, with lid Assorted 39.00 137.28

R8720-L Lids only Natural 12.00 44.40

Cat. No. Description Color Pkg./5 Cs./20

R8710 Rack, 64 x 0.5, 1.5 ml Assorted $39.50 $145.36

Cat. No. De scrip tion Pkg./5 Unit/20 Cs./100

R7930 Microtube rack, 80 x 1.5 ml, natural color $27.00 $85.00 $298.00

To order colors - Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, Orange or Violet - add the first letter to R7930, Ex: R7930-R (Red)

R7931 Package of 6 (1 of each color) 32.40

R7930-TH Floating rack, same as R7930, with holes drilled through 9.50

R7930-SL Beta pro tec tion sleeve/box for above microtube racks, 104.001⁄2 in. thick acrylic with hinged door on one end

R7930-HL Hinged storage box for R7930 series 3.70

Microtube Rack Col lec tion Tray - 80 x 1.5 ml

■ Polypro py lene - freezer safe and au to cla v able

■ through hole ver sion avail able

These 80 well microtube racks are available in natural and 6 different colors. Each cavity is numbered for easy iden -ti fi ca tion. The conical bottom cavities allow 1.5 ml and 2.0 ml tubes to remain in an upright position. Natural colorversion is now available with "through holes" for use as a floating bath rack.

R7930-SL

R7930-HL


1-800-453-0385164

centrifuges;page 3





Low RetentionPlastics

Proof that Denville’s low re ten tion poly mer makes a

significant dif fer ence!

Denville’s Low Retentiontip after dispensing 200 µlof 6x loading buffer

Leading Competitor’s tipafter dispensing 200 µl of6x loading buffer

Denville low retention disposables are injection molded with scientificallyblended resins to minimize liquid retention and ensure optimum sample yield.This advanced technique eliminates the use of surface lubricants which maybe harmful to priceless sam ples. All Denville low retention products areautoclavable. Ideal for DNA, protein work and PCR. Denville disposables arealso useful in any application where optimal yield and minimal sample lossare required. Advanced molding, quality control and packaging systemsensure that all Denville tubes and tips are free of enzyme and nucleic acid con -tam i na tion.

See page 17-19 of the Centrifuge Tubes section for more information

■ low adhesion surfaceminimizes liquid re ten tion

■ rnase, dnase, enzyme free

■ no surface lubricants tocontaminate samples

■ autoclavable

ONLY ON DE

NVILLE

TIPS AND PO

SICLICK

MICROTUBES

The most comfortable, most stretchable glove you’ve ever worn!■ Powder-Free, latex-Free ■ exceptional Strength

■ more chemical resistant ■ textured

A great alternative for people who are sensitive to latex.

See page 129 of thePipette Tips sectionfor more information.

See page 90 for more information.

Tissue Culture Dishes Tissue Culture Tubes Tissue Culture Plates

Maxicell Plate Inserts Vacuum Filter Units Serological Pipettes

Microporous Adhesive Film Cell Counter/Hemacytometer Tissue Culture Flasks

Cell Scrapers Peel-off Tissue Culture Flasks


Tissue Culture

pages 165-168

Tissue Culture

1-800-453-0385166

centrifuges;page 3




TPP Peel-Off Tissue Culture Flask■ easy access to cells with peel-off cover

Cell retrieval is faster and easier than ever. The cover is high grade, non-toxic, multi-layer plastic film that peelsback easily, but remains tight and leakproof despite internal pressure. Only the growth surface is tissue culturetreated, confining cell adhesion to the desired surface. Screw caps have 0.2µm hydrophobic membrane for gasexchange.

Cat. No. Cap Type L x W x H cm Growth Area Qty. Price

T6025 Vented 9 x 5 x 2.5 25 cm2 360 $334.50

T6075 Vented 15 x 8.5 x 3.5 75 cm2 100 185.23

T6050 Vented 20.5 x 12 x 4.5 150 cm2 36 146.85

T6026 Filtered 9 x 5 x 2.5 25 cm2 360 366.70

T6076 Filtered 15 x 8.5 x 3.5 75 cm2 100 199.71

T6051 Filtered 20.5 x 12 x 4.5 150 cm2 36 157.95

T6010 Filtered 30.5 x 17 x 4.5 300 cm2 18 166.66


T6055-1 Peel-off flasks,150 cm2 18 $196.98

T6055-1C Peel-off flasks, 150 cm2 resealable version 18 238.09

T6055-2 Peel-off flasks,115 cm2 18 196.98

T6055-2C Peel-off flasks, 115 cm2 resealable version 18 238.09

T6001-0 Spatula, 195 mm length 150 251.15


FB5001 FBS - US Source 500 ml $249.00

FB5001-H FBS - US Source, Heat Inactivated 500 ml 249.00

FB5002 FBS - USDA Approved (non-US Source) 500 ml 219.00

FB5002-H FBS - USDA Approved (non-US Source), Heat Inactivated 500 ml 219.00

Fetal Bovine Serum■ High quality FBS at an affordable price

■ From USda licensed facilities inside and outside the U.S.

■ triple 0.1µm filtered

■ endotoxin < 2.0 eU/ml

■ tested for Growth Promotion*

■ large lot sizes

Denville Scientific FBS is rigorously tested for sterility and the absence of mycoplasma, specific viruses, bacteria,and fungi. Low levels of Endotoxin and Hemoglobin ensure premium quality. Diverse cell lines are subjectedto comprehensive performance tests (cell growth, plating efficiency, cloning efficiency) and biochemical profilesare documented for each production lot.

Large lot sizes are available, and a reserve program lets you plan ahead. Manufacturing facilities are GMPcompliant. Raw materials are from USDA approved sources and are fully traceable to the source.

*(4 passages on MRC-5 Human Lung Fibroblasts in 10% FBS)

F5855

TPP Tissue Culture Flasks■ tissue culture treated on bottom only - no more cells on walls!

■ White printed graduations - easier to read

■ Wide neck - no dead corners

All sizes include a unique body with a wider neck for easy cell retrieval with absolutely no dead corners. Only thegrowth zone is tissue culture treated; the side and top surfaces are untreated, reducing cell loss due to undesired tissueadhesion. Caps are available”vented” or filtered with 0.2µm membrane for gas exchange.

NEW300cm2

size

Tissue Culture

www.densci.com 167





TPP Tissue Culture Plates■ Black print alpha-numeric indexing

■ Writing surfaces on lid and plate

■ 96 well plates have increased capacity (340 µl) and barcodes

■ reduced condensation (in incubation) due to venting notches

■ Stackable design

Cat. No. No. of Well Well Well No. of Plates/ PriceWells Diam. mm Vol. ml Shape Packaging

T6006 6 34.5 15.53 Flat 126/Ind. wrapped $299.96

T6017 6 34.5 15.53 Flat 64/4 per pack 144.82

T6019 12 22.2 6.30 Flat 126/Ind. wrapped 299.96

T6012 12 22.2 6.30 Flat 64/4 per pack 144.82


T6028 24 16.2 3.29 Flat 64/4 per pack 144.82


T6096 96 6.7 0.34 Flat 96/6 per pack 203.80

T6097 96 6.7 0.31 Round 162/Ind. wrapped 371.36

T6098 96 6.7 0.31 Round 96/6 per pack 203.80


T8700-5 PCV tube without cap & insert 50/case 125.00

TPP PCV Biomass Cell Counters ■ as accurate as a hemacytometer

■ count sample volumes in one minute

■ Independent support documentation

■ no dilutions needed

The PCV Tube replaces the labor-intensive hemacytometer. You load 1 ml (or less) of your sample into the tube, spin in anymicrocentrifuge for 1 minute at 2400 x g. This forces the live cells into the capillary for counting. Each cell line will reed to becalibrated to the tube based on cell density (contact us for more technical information)


B1212-7S Rayon, “breathable”, 4.5 mil thickness, sterile 50 48.00

Microporous Adhesive Film■ tissue culture/cell culture

■ air/gas exchange

A rayon based film, designed for sealing plates, where air exchange is required for cell growth, etc. Superior gas exchangewhen compared with plate covers, due to uniform exchange in all regions of the plate. Easily pierceable. Noncytoxic. Twoend tabs for convenient handling and labelling. Non wetting hydrophobic barrier prevents accidental spillage andliquid transfer. Temperature range is -20°C to +80°C.

Help cellsbreathe!

you could call it...

a disposablehemacytometer

Micro Flasks/Tissue Culture Tubes■ Ideal for primary cell lines & microcell transfer

■ Flat, tc treated surface - 10 cm2

■ can be centrifuged up to 1200 x g

This tiny tissue culture flask has a 0.2µm filtered cap and fine graduation lines. It has excellent clarity (formicroscopic inspection). Its wide neck and “drop-shaped” growth surface allows it to be precisely worked witha cell scraper. 70 packs of 5 per case.


T6053 Polystyrene tissue culture flask/tube, 30 x 110 mm 350 $285.29

1-800-453-0385168

Cell Scrapers■ Increase cell recovery to nearly 100%

■ Unique - allows access to flask corners

■ Swivel blade for neat, gentle cell collection

■ Soft polyethylene blade minimizes cell damage

■ Sterile, individually wrapped

TPP Tissue Culture Dishes■ Unique grip ring for better handling

■ Vent notches to limit condensation

■ numeric (clock type) scale; divides dishes in quadrants

■ two labeling/marking areas

TPP dishes have advanced features that set them apart from traditional dishes. A serrated edge on the bottomhalf makes dropped dishes a thing of the past and the bottom “feet” prevent dishes from sticking together.

Cat. No. D x H Growth Area Qty. Price

T6040 40 x 10 mm 9.2 cm2 900 $309.07

T6060 60 x 15 mm 22.1 cm2 840 304.41

T6001 100 x 20 mm 60 cm2 240 159.62

T6059 150 x 20 mm 147.8 cm2 100 192.65

Cat. No. Total Length Blade Length Qty. Price

T6002 240 mm 12 mm 150 $284.88

T6003 300 mm 20 mm 150 321.43

T6004 380 mm 25 mm 100 267.16

Tissue Culturecentrifuges;page 3




Cat. No.Capacity (ml) Membrane Pkg PricePES membrane PVDF membrane

F5225 F5229 250 0.22µm 12 $95.00

F5226 F5230 250 0.45µm 12 95.00

F5227 F5231 500 0.22µm 12 149.00

F5228 F5232 500 0.45µm 12 149.00

Denville® Vacuum Filter Units■ extremely low protein-binding

■ Wide bottle opening for easy pouring

■ Individually wrapped, peel-open packaging

■ engraved graduations

■ connector fits multiple hose diameters

■ certified non-pyrogenic & gamma irradiated

The Denville 250 ml and 500 ml Vacuum Filtration Flasks are ideal for separation and purification of your samples.Membrane material includes PES and PVDF in .22µm and .45µm. Our flasks have a wide bottle opening for easyaccess and pouring of your samples, and the funnel is manufactured from optically clear polystyrene. The bottleand filter adapter are manufactured from 100% virgin polypropylene.

169www.densci.com

ordering list/ Worksheetorder catalog item Description qty per Page Priceqty no. Unit No.

10 C2170 Posi-Click Microtubes, 1.7ml 500 19 $12.50

Denville XL3000i series

Denville Autoradiography Film

Denville Posi-Click Microtubes

Denville Woodpecker Reloads

0.5ml

Denville SHARP Filter Tips

200 µl

1.7ml

My Denville Ordering Notes





centrifuges;page 3


general labequip; page 43

1-800-453-0385

centrifuges;page 3


general labequip; page 43

gen. consumables;page 69

molecular biologyequip; page 87

My Denville Ordering Notes

Ordering list/ Worksheet

BactiZapper Biomega Research ProductsBenchmate Oxford LabwareBetaBrick Denville ScientificBig Dye PE BiosystemsBiohit Biohit USABiomek Beckman InstrumentsBioRocker Denville ScientificBlotRocker Denville ScientificCavro Cavro LaboratoriesChillette Denville ScientificChoiceTaq Denville ScientificClavePak Denville ScientificClay Adams Becton Dickinson & Co.ClearBand Denville ScientificCostar Corning CostarCoolCube Biomega Research ProductsCryoTag Diversified BiotechDirectAmp Denville Scientific

Easy Stack Denville ScientificEppendorf Eppendorf-Netheler-Hinz GmbHExpressFect Denville ScientificEZRack Denville ScientificFastepper Denville ScientificFinnpipette LabsystemsGenesis TecanGilson Gilson Medical ElectronicsGrasshopper Grip Denville ScientificHyBlot Denville ScientificHyglo Denville ScientificHyLadder Denville ScientificIncuBlock Denville ScientificIsopure Denville ScientificLabnet Labnet InternationalLabpette Labnet InternationalMAGic Clamp Benchmark ScientificMatrix Matrix Technologies Corp.

Megabace Molecular DynamicsMLA Medical Laboratory AutomationMultigene Labnet InternationalMultiProbe Packard Instrument Co.MultiSub Denville ScientificNichiryo Nichiryo America Inc.Octapette Corning CostarOctoPool Denville ScientificOmniPage Denville ScientificOxford Oxford LabwarePCR Perkin Elmer/ABIPipetman Rainin Instruments, Gilson MedicalPlateMate Matrix Technologies Corp.PosiClick Denville ScientificQuick-seal Beckman CoulterRadMark Denville ScientificRepeater Brinkmann InstrumentsRigidStrip Denville Scientific

Sealpette JenconsSephadex Amersham PharmaciaSharp Barrier Denville ScientificSlipTech Denville ScientificSprayGlo Denville ScientificSynerGel Diversified BiotechTaq-Pro Denville ScientificTerminator Denville ScientificThermoGrid Denville ScientificUlster V-3 Ulster ScientificUltraSpin Denville ScientificWheaton Wheaton Science ProductsWoodpecker Denville ScientificXL-3000i Denville ScientificZymark Zymark Corp.

Trademarks: The following trademarks are the property of the companies listed below:

Order catalog item Description qty per Page Priceqty No. Unit No.

10 C2170 Posi-Click Microtubes, 1.7ml 500 19 $12.50


www.densci.com

molecular suppliespage 103

thermal cycling;page 95


pipetting systems& tips; page 117

sample storage;page 141

Tables and Charts

English/Metric ConversionsLength1 centimeter 0.394 in.1 in. 2.540 centimeters1 meter 3.2808 feet1 foot 0.305 meter1 kilometer 0.62137 mile1 mile 1.60935 kilometers

Volume1 cubic centimeter 0.0610 cubic in.1 cubic in. 16.3872 cubic centimeters1 cubic meter 35.314 cubic feet1 cubic foot 0.02832 cubic meter1 cubic meter 1.3079 cubic yards

Capacity1 milliliter 0.03382 ounce (U.S. liquid)1 ounce (U.S. liquid) 29.573 milliliters1 dram (U.S. Apothecaries) 3.6967 milliliters1 liter 1.05671 quarts (U.S. liquid)1 quart (U.S. liquid) 0.94633 liter1 liter 0.26418 gallon (U.S. liquid)1 gallon (U.S. liquid) 3.78533 liters

Mass1 gram 15.4324 grains1 grain 0.0648 gram1 gram 0.03527 ounce (Avoirdupois)

1 ounce (Avoirdupois) 28.3495 grams1 kilogram 2.20462 pounds (Avoirdupois)

1 pound (Avoirdupois) 0.45359 kilogram

The Genetic CodeFirst Second Third

Position Position Position (5' end) (3' end)

U C A GPHE SER TYR CYS U

PHE SER TYR CYS CU LEU SER Stop Stop A

LEU SER Stop TRP G

LEU PRO HIS ARG ULEU PRO HIS ARG C

C LEU PRO GLN ARG ALEU PRO GLN ARG G

ILE THR ASN SER UILE THR ASN SER C

A ILE THR LYS ARG AMET THR LYS ARG G

VAL ALA ASP GLY UVAL ALA ASP GLY C

G VAL ALA GLU GLY AVAL ALA GLU GLY G

Sizes of Marker Fragments In Base Pairsλ HindIII λ HindIII-EcoRI λ EcoRI pUC18 Sau3AI ØX174 HaeIII

23,130 21,226 21,226 955 1,3539,416 5,148 7,421 585 1,0786,557 4,973 5,804 341 8724,361 4,268 5,643 258 6032,322 3,530 4,878 141 3102,027 2,027 3,530 105 281564 1,904 78 271

125 1,584 75 2341,375 46 194947 36 118831 72564

Half-life Of Common IsotopesRadioisotope Half-lifeCarbon-14 (14C) 5,730 yearsIodine-12 (125I) 60 daysPhosphorus-32 (32P) 14.3 daysSulfur-35 (35S) 87.4 daysTritium (3H) 12.4 years

One Letter Codes for Amino Acids

A AlanineR ArginineN AsparagineD Aspartic AcidC CysteineE Glutamic AcidQ GlutamineG GlycineH HistidineI Isoleucine

L LeucineK LysineM MethionineF PhenylalanineP ProlineS SerineT ThreonineW TryptophanY TyrosineV Valine

Molecular Conversion Factorsbase mass

1 kb ds DNA (Na+) = 6.6 x 105 Da1 bk ss DNA (Na+) = 3.3 x 105 Da1 kb ss RNA (Na+) = 3.4 x 105 Da1 MDa ds DNA (Na+) = 1.52 kbaverage mass of dNMP = 330 Daaverage mass of dNMP bp = 660 Da

base protein1kb coding capac. = 333 amino acids =

40,000 Da protein10,000 Da protein = ~270 bp DNA50,000 Da protein = ~1.35 kb DNA100,000 Da protein = ~2.7 kb DNAaverage mass of amino acid = 120 Da

mass moles1 µg/ml of nucleic acid = 3.0 µM phosphate1 µg of a 1-kb DNA fragment =

1.5 pmol; 3.0 pmol ends1 pmol of a 1-kb DNA = 0.66 µg1 µg pBR322 = 0.36 pmol DNA1 pmol pBR322 = 2.8 µg

absorbance mass1 A260 unit of ds DNA = 50 µg/ml1 A260 unit of ss DNA = 33 µg/ml1 A260 unit of ss RNA = 40 µg/ml

Phosphate BufferStock Solution A = 27.6 g monobasic sodium phosphate,monohydrate, dissolved in deionized H2O to 1000mltotal volume.Stock Solution B = 28.4 g dibasic sodium phosphate,dissolved in deionized H2O to a 1000ml total volume.To prepare a 0.1M phosphate buffer of a chosen pH, usethe table below for the correct volume of A and B anddilute to a total volume of 200ml.

pH ml A ml B5.8 92.0 8.05.9 90.0 10.06.0 87.7 12.36.1 85.0 15.06.2 81.5 19.56.3 77.5 22.56.4 73.5 26.56.5 68.5 31.56.6 62.5 37.56.7 56.5 43.56.8 51.0 49.06.9 45.0 55.07.0 39.0 61.07.1 33.0 67.07.2 28.0 72.07.3 23.0 77.07.4 19.0 81.07.5 16.0 84.07.6 13.0 87.07.7 10.5 89.57.8 8.5 91.5

1-800-453-0385172

centrifuges;page 3




A

B

C

D

F

G

H

I

KL

M

E

IndexAa rdvark through Microplate

Aardvark Pipette Tips 135Absorbent Paper 92, 109-110Acrylic Labware, Radiation Protection 76-78Aerosol Barrier Tips 135-141Aerosol Filter Tips 135-141Agarose 43, 121Amber Microcentrifuge Tubes 20Antimicrobial Wipes 92Autoradiography Cassettes 40Autoradiography Film & Markers 40, 42Autoradiography Intensifying Screens 41Autoradiography Pens 42

Bags, Adhesive 80Bags, Bench 80Bags, Biohazard 80Balance Dishes 80Balances 48Barrier Tips 135-141Bath, Shaking 51, 66Bath, Ultrasonic 51Bath, Water 51, 52Beakers, Plastic 80Belly Dancer 66Bench Bags 80Bench Liners & Underpads 92Benchtop Centrifuge 4-13Beta Protection 76-78Beta Shielding Racks 76-78Biohit, Equivalent Pipette Tips 137Biomek Pipette Tips 138Block Chiller 53Block Heaters/Incubators 52, 55Blocking Solution, Hyblocker 41Blot Boxes 45Blot Paper, Gel 109, 110Blotter, Semi Dry 38Blotting Paper 109, 110Boats, Weighing 80Bottle Top Dispensers 143Bottles, Media 81Boxes, Blot 45Boxes, Cryogenic 156, 157Boxes, Fluorescence 96Boxes, Freezer 154, 156, 157Boxes, Freezer, Cardboard 154Boxes, Light 39Boxes, Microtube 154, 156, 157Boxes, Staining 45, 95Boxes, Storage 45, 95, 156, 157Buckets, Ice 160Bulb Pipette Filler 146

Cap Locks 19Carbon Black Tips 137Cardboard Freezer Boxes 154Cassettes, Autoradiography 40Cetus Pro/Pette Pipette Tips 139Cell Counter, PCV 167

Cell Scrapers/Spreaders 94,168Centrifuge, Clinical 9Centrifuge Rotors 8,14-16Centrifuge Tubes 17-26Centrifuge Tubes, 15 ml & 50 ml 24Centrifuge Tubes, Ultra 22-23Centrifuge, Benchtop 4-13Centrifuge, High Capacity 11-13Centrifuge, Micro 4-7Centrifuge, Mini 4Centrifuge, Refrigerated 7-8, 10-13Centrifuge, Slide 4, 6Centrifuge, Strip Tube 4Chemiluminescence HRP Detection 41Chest Freezers 72Chiller, Heating Block 53Chiller, Test Tube Block 53Chiller, Test Tube, Chillette 159Chillette 159Choice Taq 115ChromaTaq 116Clavepack 96 Tube Rack System 83, 153Cleaner, Ultrasonic 51Clearband Solution 119Color Caps for Microcentrifuge Tubes 19Color Coding Dots 89Columns, Spin 112Conductive Tips 137Conductive, Black Pipette Tips 137Containers, Multipurpose & Specimen 95Coolers 53, 158-160Coolers, PCR 108CoolCube 108Coomassie Stain, Denville Blue 39Crosslinker, UV 39, 99Cryogenic Storage 156-158Cryogenic Vials & Boxes 86, 87Culture Dishes 94, 168Culture Tubes 26Cutter, Gel 43Cutter, Microtube 19Cuvettes, Electroporation 110Cuvettes, UV 96Cyclers, Thermal 100, 101

Decontamination, RNase/DNA 110Deep Well Plates 150, 151Dewars, Liquid Nitrogen 75Direct Amp DNA Kits 114DisCide Disinfecting Towelettes 92Dishes, Petri & Tissue Culture 94, 168Disinfecting Towelettes, DisCide 92Disinfecting Wipes 92Dispensers, Bottle Top 143DNA Ladders 120DNA Polymerases 115-117DNA Purification Kits 112, 113DNase Removal Solution, Terminator 110dNTP’s 119Documentation System, Gel 46

Dots, Color Coding 89Drosophila Vials 87Dry Bath (Block Heater) 52, 55

ECL Spray 41

Eight-Channel Pipettors 125, 145

Electronic Pipettors 126

Electrophoresis Power Supplies 33

Electrophoresis, Gel 28-37

Electrophoresis, Horizontal Gel Boxes 28-37

Electrophoresis, Vertical Gel Boxes 34-37

Electroporation Cuvettes 110

Enzymes, Taq 115-117

Eppendorf Equivalent Tips 136-137

Expressfect Transfection Reagent 118

Extended Length Pipette Tips 134-136

Extraction Kit, Genomic 114

EZ Rack Tip Reload System 130

Fastepper Repeating Pipettor 145

Film, Adhesive 106, 151, 152, 167

Film, Autoradiography 40

Film, Plate Sealing 106, 151, 152, 167

Film, Plate Sealing, Porous 167

Film, X-Ray 40

Filter Barrier Tips 135-141

Filter Units, Disposable 93, 168

Finnpipette Pipette Tips 138

Flasks, Tissue Culture 166

Flipper Racks 163

Flip-Top Centrifuge Tubes 23

Floating Racks 161

Fluorescence Boxes 96

Fluorescent Rulers 42

Fly Vials 87

Four Sided Racks 161

Freezer Racks and Boxes 154-157

Freezer, Under-Counter 73

Freezers, Chest 72

Freezers, Ultra-Low 72

Fridges 73, 74

Gel Blot Paper 109, 110

Gel Boxes, Electrophoresis 45

Gel Cutter 43

Gel Documentation System 46

Gel Handling Accessories 43-45

Gel Loading Pipette Tips 134-136

Gel Scoop 43

Gel Staining Trays/Boxes 45

Gel XL 32

Genomic DNA Amp Kits 114

Gilson Pipette Tips 132

Gloves, Aloe 91

Gloves, Latex & Nitrile 90, 91

Heaters/Incubators, Block 54-58Heating Baths & Blocks 51-58Hemacytometer 167High Speed Centrifuge Tubes 22, 23Horizontal Gel Electrophoresis 28-32Hotplate 50Hotplate/Stirrer 50Hot Start Taq 115-117HRP Chemiluminescence Detection 41Hybridization Bath 98Hyblocker, Blocking Solution 41Hyblot CL Film 40Hybridization Bottles/Rack & Mesh 99Hybridization Ovens 98HyFect, See Expressfect 118HyGLO HRP Detection 41HyLadders 120

Ice Baths, Buckets/Pans 160Incubators 54-58Incubators Shakers 56, 57Incubators, Microtube, IncuBlock 52-55Inoculating Loops 94Intensifying Screens, Autoradiography 41Isopure™ DNA Kits 113

Kit, Plasmid 112, 113

Labels 89Ladders 120Latex Gloves 90, 91Lazy-L-Spreader 94Ligase DNA-ligator rapid kit 119Light Boxes 39Liquid Nitrogen Dewars 75Liquid Nitrogen Refrigerators 75Liquid Nitrogen Storage 75Loops, Inoculating 94Low Retention Plastics 82Low Retention Pipette Tips 129-133Low-binding Microcentrifuge Tubes 19

MAGic ClampTM System 56, 58, 59Magnetic Stirrer 50Markers, Autoradiography 42Markers, Marking Pens 89Media Bottles 81Mesh, Hybridization 99Micro Titer Plates 148-149Microcapillary Pipette Tips 134-136Microcentrifuge Tubes 17-20Microcentrifuge Tube Racks 160-163Microcentrifuge Tubes, Amber 20Microcentrifuge Tubes, Clip-top 19Microcentrifuge Tubes, Color Caps 19Microcentrifuge Tubes, Low-binding 19Microcentrifuge Tubes, PosiClick 17Microcentrifuge Tubes, Screw Capped 20Microcentrifuges 4-7Microplates 148-151

www.densci.com 173





N

O

P

U

V

W

X

S

T

R

Z

IndexMicrotube through Zymark

Microtube Boxes 156-158Microtube Cutter 19Microtube Incubators, IncuBlock 52-55Microtube Marker 89Microtube Pestles 19Microtube Racks 156-163Microtube 96 Rack System 83, 153Microtube Shakers 53, 54, 69, 70Mini Centrifuge 4Mini Ovens 98Mini Preps 112, 113Mini Vials 88Mixer, Nutating Platform 64, 65Motorized Pipettors 126, 143Multi-Channel Pipettors 125, 145Multi-Channel Reservoirs, Solution 144Multi-Well Plate Sealing Film 106, 151, 152, 167Multiwipes 92

Nitrile Gloves 90, 91Nucleotides, dNTP’s 119Nutating Platform Mixer 64, 65

Oak Ridge Centrifuge Tubes 23Oven, Hybridization 98Ovens, Mini 98Oxford Pipette Tips 138

Pans, Ice 158-160Paper, Blotting & Absorbent 92, 109, 110PCR Hood/Cabinet 101PCR Plates 104-106PCR Thermal Cyclers 100, 101PCR Tube Racks 108PCR Tubes 107, 108PVC Cell Counter 167Pens, Marking 89Pestles, Microtube 19Petri Dishes 94Petri Dishes, Tissue Culture 168pH Meters 49Photo Documentation Systems, UV 46Pipette Controllers 143Pipette Filler, Bulb 146Pipette Racks 128Pipette Tip Refills, Woodpecker 132Pipette Tips, Aardvark 135Pipette Tips, Aerosol Barrier 135-141Pipette Tips, Biohit, Equivalent 137Pipette Tips, Biomek 138Pipette Tips, Cetus Pro/Pette 139Pipette Tips, Conductive, Black 137Pipette Tips, Eppendorf, Tips for 136, 137Pipette Tips, Extended Length 134-136Pipette Tips, Filter 135-141Pipette Tips, Finnpipette 138Pipette Tips, Gel Loading 134-136Pipette Tips, Gilson 132Pipette Tips, Low Retention 129-133Pipette Tips, Microcapillary 134-136

Pipette Tips, Oxford/Nichiryo 138Pipette Tips, Pipetman 129-133Pipette Tips, Robotic 135-137Pipette Tips, Sequencing 134-136Pipette Tips, Siliconized 82Pipette Tips, Socorex 139Pipette Tips, Stack Racks 130Pipette Tips, Titertek 138Pipette Tips, Ultra Micro 134, 135Pipette Tips, Wide Orifice 135Pipette Tips, Zymark 139Pipette, 8 Channel, Disposable 145Pipetting Aids/Controllers 143Pipetman Pipette Tips 129-133Pipetman Shafts 146Pipettes - Pasteur, Serolog., Transfer 142Pipettors, Electronic 126Pipettors, Multi-Channel 125Pipettors, Repeating 145Pipettors, Single Channel 124Plasmid Kit 112, 113Plastic Beakers 80Plate Cooler 160Plate Sealing Film 106, 151, 152, 167Plate Shakers 53, 67, 68Plates, 96-Well & 384-Well 148-151Plates, Deep Well 150, 151Plates, Micro Titer 148, 149Plates, Multi-Well 148, 149Plates, Thermal Cycling 104-106Plates, Tissue Culture 167Polymerases 115-117PopStopper 55Posi-Click Tubes 17Power Supplies, Electrophoresis 31Protection Beta 76-78Protein Gel System 33-37Purification Kits, DNA 112, 113

Rack System, Microtube 162, 163Racks, Beta Shielding 76-78Racks, Flipper 163Racks, Floating 161Racks, Four Sided 161Racks, Freezer 154, 155Racks, Microcentrifuge Tubes 156-163Racks, PCR Tube 108Racks, Pipette 128Racks, Reversible 163Radiation Safety Equipment & Shields 76-78Refrigerated Centrifuge 7, 8, 10-13Refrigerators, Liquid Nitrogen 75Refrigerators, Under Bench 73Repeater® Eppendorf, Tips for 145Repeating Pipettor 145Reservoirs, Multi-Channel, Solution 144Reversible Racks 163RigidStrip PCR Tubes 108RNase Removal Solution, RNaseZap 110Robotic Pipette Tips 135-137

Rockers & Rocking Platforms 58-68Rollers, Plate Sealer 152Rotator 69, 70Rotor for Strip Tubes 4Rotors, Centrifuge 8, 14-16Rulers, Fluorescent & Gel 42

Scintillation Vials 88Scoop, Gel 43Scrapers/Spreaders, Cell 94, 168Screw Cap Microcentrifuge Tubes 20Sealing Film for Multi-Well Plates

106, 151, 152, 167Sealing Films, PCR 106Sealing Films, Porous 167Semi Dry Blotter 38Sequencing Pipette Tips 134-136Serological Pipettes 83, 142Shafts for Pipetman 146Shakers 58-68Shakers, Microtube 53, 54, 69, 70Shakers, Plate 53, 67, 68Shaking Baths 51, 66Shaking Incubator, VorTemp 54Shaking Water Bath 51, 66Shields, Radiation Safety 76-78Siliconized Centrifuge Tubes 19, 82Siliconized Pipette Tips 82SlipTech Plastics 82Socorex Pipette Tips 139Specimen Containers 80Spin Columns 112SpinSmart™ DNA & RNA Kits 112, 113SprayGLO... see HyGLO 41Spray ECL Reagent 41Spreader, Lazy-L 94Stack Racks Pipette Tips 130Stain, Coomassie, Denville Blue 39Staining Boxes 45, 95Staining Trays 45Sterilizer 70, 94Stirrer, Magnetic 50Stirring Hotplate 50Storage Boxes 45, 95, 156, 157Stratacooler, Equivalent 159, 160Strip Tube Centrifuge 4Strip Tubes 107, 108Submarine Gel Boxes 28-32Synergel 42Syringe Filters 93

Tags, Tube 89Taq Polymerase 115-117Test Tube Chiller, Chillette 159Test Tubes 17-26Thermal Cyclers 100, 101Thermal Cycling Plates 104-106Thermal Cycling Tubes 107, 108Tip Refill System, Woodpecker 132Tips, Conductive 137

Tips, Micro-Capillary 134-136Tips, Robotic 135-137Tips, Sequencing Pipette 134-136Tissue Culture Flasks 166Tissue Culture Petri Dishes 168Tissue Culture Plates 162-167Titertek Pipette Tips 138Towelettes, Disinfecting, DisCide 92Transfer Pipettes 142Transilluminators, UV and White Light 103Transport Tubes and Vials 85-88Trays 95, 96Tubes, Centrifuge 17-26Tubes, Culture 26Tubes, Labels 89Tubes, Microcentrifuge 17-20Tubes, Strip 107, 108Tubes, Strip, PCR (0.2 ml) 107, 108Tubes, Tags 89Tubes, Thermal Cycling 107, 108Tubes, Transport 85-88

Ultra Centrifuge Tubes 22, 23Ultra Micro Pipette Tips 134, 135Ultra-Low Freezers 72Ultrasonic Cleaner 51UnderCounter Refrigerator, Freezer 73UV Crosslinker 39, 99UV Cuvettes 96UV Penlight 39UV Photo Documentation Systems 46UV Transilluminator 103

Vari-Gel Systems 28-31Vertical Gel Electrophoresis 33-37Vials, Cryogenic 21, 86, 87Vials, Drosophila 87Vials, Fly 87Vials, Mini 88Vials, Scintillation 86VorTemp Shaking Incubator 54Vortexers 67, 68

Water Baths 51Weighing Boats 80Wide Orifice Pipette Tips 135Wipers, Disposable, Kimwipe equiv. 92Wipes, Disinfecting 92Woodpecker Reloads 132

XL-3000i, Pipettors 124, 125X-Ray Film 40X-Ray Marker 42X-Ray Security Jackets 42

Zymark Pipette Tips 139


Documents

Denville Scientific Inc. Catalog